395 langues concernées

*   ()
Noms*

3726 titres trouvés

[23959]    Creissels, Denis & Claire Grégoire (1993) : La notion de ton marqué dans l’analyse d’une opposition tonale binaire: le cas du mandingue
[507]   [Anonymous] (1993) : Manuel de fulfulde
[21954]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Vocabulaire français-kituba-tshiluba-tshisonge-tshikuba-tshitetela
[21962]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Glossary of Chikabanga
[21976]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Birifor grammar
[21977]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Vocabulaire nioniossé
[21982]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Luhaya: Wortschatz und Redewendungen
[21992]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Buli grammar
[22000]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Dictionnaire français-mashi
[22005]   [Anonymous] (19--) : KiSimbita grammar
[22031]   [Anonymous] (1926) : Grammar sy’oluganda
[22038]   [Anonymous] (1927) : Éléments de la grammaire mangala de l’Uelé, suivis d’un vocabulaire
[22040]   [Anonymous] (1928) : Report of Rejaf language conference 1928
[22042]   [Anonymous] (1928) : A dictionary with notes on the grammar of the Mashona language
[22043]   [Anonymous] (1928) : Vocabulaire français, oromo, abyssin
[22046]   [Anonymous] (1928) : Vocabulario de Chimanhica
[22049]   [Anonymous] (1929) : Buku da bahlayi: ledi da ku dama shipele
[22068]   [Anonymous] (1936) : Nomenclatura elementare e espressioni nelle lingue amarica, galla, araba (dialetto tripolino)
[22072]   [Anonymous] (1938) : Miners’ companion in English, Afrikaans, Sesuto and Mine Kaffir
[22075]   [Anonymous] (1939) : Wörterbuch Deutsch-Kinyankyusa
[22083]   [Anonymous] (1944) : Akarimojong-Swahili-English vocabulary
[22086]   [Anonymous] (1945) : Studi etiopici raccolti da Conti Rossini
[22101]   [Anonymous] (1951) : Die invloed van die Namataal op Afrikaans
[22102]   [Anonymous] (1951) : The orthography of Sotho
[22107]   [Anonymous] (1952) : Kutaura cirungu: Zezuru and English phrase book
[22110]   [Anonymous] (1953) : Buli primer
[22119]   [Anonymous] (1956) : Pequeno dicionário escolar: bundo-português/português-bundo
[22120]   [Anonymous] (1957) : Hanyar tadi da turanci/A dictionary of English conversation for Hausa students
[22122]   [Anonymous] (1957) : Citumbuka-English, English-Citumbuka: some common useful words
[22123]   [Anonymous] (1957) : Elementos rudimentares de gramática portuguesa para uso dos vimbundos
[22124]   [Anonymous] (1957) : Sotho: terminology and orthography 1
[22130]   [Anonymous] (196-) : Kutaura cirungu: zakakudziridzwa (Zezuru and English phrase book)
[22141]   [Anonymous] (1962) : Cimambwe grammar
[22142]   [Anonymous] (1962) : Kutaura cirungu: Zezuru and English phrase book
[22154]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Dictionary Maninka-English
[22165]   [Anonymous] (1966) : The phonology of Dagari
[22170]   [Anonymous] (1968) : Hanyar tadi da turanci/A dictionary of English conversation for Hausa students
[22209]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Vocabulário da lingoa canarina com versam portugueza
[22216]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Cimambwe grammar
[22233]   [Anonymous] (1975) : Sisaala-English, English-Sisaala dictionary
[22236]   [Anonymous] (1976) : Dictionnaire bamiléké des mots et expressions fe'e fe'e, avec leur traduction française. Fascicules 1-2: A-Kà
[22253]   [Anonymous] (1978) : Études nubiennes: colloque de Chantilly, 2-6 juillet 1975
[22280]   [Anonymous] (1982) : Bibliographie fulfuldé
[22284]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Dialectes manding du Mali
[22291]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Zaïre, Ciluba
[22294]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Juta se sakwoordeboek/Juta’s pocket dictionary
[22297]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Lexique du senufo de Ndorola
[22304]   [Anonymous] (1984) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Tchad, Sara-ngambay
[22305]   [Anonymous] (1984) : Revised Kono, Krio, Limba, Mende and Themne orthographies - workshop held during April 24-27, 1984
[22318]   [Anonymous] (1986) : Lexique dogon, français
[22328]   [Anonymous] (1987) : Zjuc’hôa ortografie/orthography 2 (Boesman/Bushman)
[22335]   [Anonymous] (1989) : Ndebele dictionary sample
[22347]   [Anonymous] (1991) : A Fulfulde-English dictionary
[22358]   [Anonymous] (1995) : Conference report from the first Runyakitara conference, Makerere University, 1994
[22369]   [Anonymous] (1997) : Glossário de conceitos político-sociais: caderno de trabalho na língua ciutée
[22373]   [Anonymous] (1997) : Glossário de conceitos político-sociais: caderno de trabalho na língua cimanyika
[22374]   [Anonymous] (1997) : Actes de la 8ème conférence internationale des études nubiennes, Lille, 11-17 septembre 1994
[22385]   [Anonymous] (2003) : Maninka sentence repetition test survey report: an investigation into the degree of bilingualism proficiency between Maninka of Kankan and Malinké, Kuranko, Sankaran, Konyanka, as well as other dialects of Maninka
[23590]   [Anonymous] (1966) : Health vocabulary, 1966: guide for translation into the language, Chinyanja, of the host country, Malawi
[1]   =Oma, Kxao Moses & Magdalena Broerman (1998) : Do the San of southern Africa have a say on education?
[17]   Abba, Isa Alkali , Ibrahim Mukoshi & Gidado Tahir (Ed) (1991) : Studies in Fulfulde language
[19]   Abbey, E. T. A. , Vincent Okunor & Emmanuel N. A. Mensah (1992) : Buli primer
[34]   Abdel-Massih, Ernest T. (1971) : Tamazight verb structure: a generative approach
[23361]   Abdel-Massih, Ernest T. (1971) : A computerized lexicon of Tamazight: Berber dialect of Ayt Seghrouchen
[62]   Abdurahim Adem (1993) : The phonology of Girirra
[64]   Abe, Maya (2002) : [Language use of the Ma’a people]
[79]   Abel, Herbert (1921) : Die Verbalformen des abhängigen Satzes (Subjunktiv und Infinitive) im Nubischen
[80]   Abera Nefa (1982) : Oromo verb inflection
[81]   Abera Nefa (1988) : Long vowels in Oromo (generative approach)
[85]   Aberra Daniel (1994) : Verb-affixes in Ari
[86]   Aberra Daniel (1994) : Word formation in Ari
[23215]   Abouba, Kamal (1993) : Morphologie nominale du chaoui
[140]   Abu-Manga, Al-Amin (1986) : Fulfulde in the Sudan: process of adaption to Arabic
[143]   Abu-Manga, Al-Amin (1991) : Arabic loanwords in the Nilotic languages of southern Sudan
[145]   Abu-Manga, Al-Amin (1995) : The Songhai speech communities in the Sudan with special reference to the Songhai speakers of the Blue Nile
[141]   Abu-Manga, Al-Amin & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (1988) : On the middle voice in African languages (Fulfulde and Somali)
[160]   Adam, Jean Jerome (1954) : Dialectes du Gabon: la famille des langues téké
[169]   Adama, Hamadou (1997) : Les nouveaux prénoms des Peuls du Cameroun
[181]   Adams, Charles (1982) : Lexical accession in Sharamboko: a camp language in Lesotho
[188]   Addisu, Tolesa (1988?) : Ethno-historical background of Oromo language and literature
[23757]   Adébòwálè, O. (1997) : The ‘language’ of the Ìjèshà
[190]   Adegbija, Efurosibina [Emmanuel] (1989) : Lexico-semantic variation in Nigerian English
[197]   Adegbija, Efurosibina [Emmanuel] (2001) : Saving threatened languages in Africa: the case of Oko
[238]   Adetugbo, Abiodun (1977) : Nigerian English: fact or fiction
[239]   Adetugbo, Abiodun (1979) : Appropriateness and Nigerian English
[240]   Adetugbo, Abiodun (1979) : Nigerian English and communicative competence
[244]   Adey, A. D. (1977) : South African “Black” English: some indications
[273]   Adjekum, Grace (1990) : The Dagaari spelling symbol “MH”
[285]   Affuso, E. (1977) : I pronomi di I e II persona in semitico, egiziano e berbero
[312]   Agetua, J. (1977) : The role of Pidgin English in Nigerian literature
[315]   Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (1971) : West African Pidgin English: simplification and simplicity
[317]   Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (1984) : Linguistic implications of the changing role of Nigerian Pidgin English
[321]   Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (1988) : The standardization of Nigerian Pidgin English
[325]   Agonsi, A. C. (1983) : Pidgin English in Imo State of Nigeria: a linguistic study
[349]   Aikhionbare, M. O. (1981) : Aspects of the syntax of Nigerian Pidgin English: relativization, focusing and negation
[350]   Aikhionbare, M. O. & Beban Sammy Chumbow (1982) : Focus in Nigerian Pidgin English
[363]   Ajiboye, F. O. (1986) : The phonology of Erusu
[368]   Akamin, Nkemnji Michael (1985) : A comparative study of Nhew dialects with a focus on mutual intelligibility
[23860]   Akeriweh (2000) : A step towards the standardisation of Kènswéynséy, a Grassfields Bantu language
[390]   Akinkugbe, Femi (1976) : An internal classification of the Yoruboid group (Yoruba, Isekiri, Igala)
[416]   Akintúnde, (1995) : Comparative number words of five Àkókó dialects and Edo with Standard Yorùbá
[22744]   Akinyemi, T. O. (1986) : Ikpesi phonology
[432]   Aklilu Yilma (1993) : [Includes Oromo sentence repetition tests (SRT). Revised version appeared 2002 as »Fast linguistic assessment of multilingualism in Ethiopia: a progress report«, SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR), n 2002-045]
[439]   Aklilu Yilma, & Klaus Wedekind (2002) : Survey report on the Oromo language
[427]   Aklilu Yilma, Ralph Siebert & Kati Siebert (1993) : Survey of the Omotic languages “Sheko” and “Yem”
[440]   Aklilu Yilma, Ralph Siebert & Kati Siebert (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the Omotic languages Sheko and Yem
[474]   Alalou, Ali (2003) : The pragmatics and syntax of deixis in Tamazight (Berber): the case of the morphemes ‘d’ and ‘nn’
[473]   Alalou, Ali & Patrick Farrel (1993) : Argument structure and causativization in Tamazigt Berber
[476]   Alapini, Julien (1950) : Le petit dahoméen: grammaire, vocabulaire, lexique en langue du Dahomey
[488]   Aleko, Hilaire & Gilbert Puèch (1988) : Notes sur la langue ngové et les Ngubi
[490]   Alemayehu Abebe (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the Ometo dialect of Ethiopia
[492]   Alemayehu Abebe (2002) : Ometo dialect pilot survey report
[495]   Alemayehu Gurmu (1985) : The structure of simple sentences in Kistance
[496]   Alemayehu H. Giorgis (1982) : The morphological analysis of the pronouns in Gogat
[497]   Alemayehu Haile (1981) : Omotic and Kushitic verbal markers: a possible isogloss
[498]   Alemayehu Haile (1993) : Ometo dialect survey: a pilot survey report
[499]   Alemayehu Haile (1993) : Ometo dialect survey: second phase survey report
[501]   Alemayehu Haile (1993) : [Survey of the Ometo area]
[505]   Alemgena Belete (2003) : Interrogative sentences in Oromo
[509]   Alex, Inoma (1989) : A reconstruction of the segmental phonology of proto-Central Delta
[514]   Alexander, Neville (1992) : Harmonising Nguni and Sotho
[554]   Ali, Mohamed Nuuh & Linda Arvanites (1985) : The place of Jiiddu in Proto-Soomaali
[556]   Ali, Mohammed (1989) : Trends in Oromo lexicon and lexicography
[557]   Ali, Mohammed (1991) : Antonyms and some related problems in Oromo
[552]   Ali, Saeed & Yèro Sylla (1977) : Perceptual transparency and relativization: a case study in Fula
[564]   Alidou, Dioula Ousseina (1997) : A phonological study of language games in six languages of Niger
[577]   Allan, Edward Jay (1975/76) : Inalienable possession in four Ethiopian languages
[22643]   Alo, Paulin Ogundipe (1989) : Phonetic aspects of nasalization in Tsabe (Yoruba)
[22707]   Alo, Paulin Ogundipe (1990) : Interaction between segments and tone in Tsabe
[23514]   Alobwede, Charles d'Epie (1998) : Banning Pidgin English in Cameroon
[622]   Aloys, (1---) : Vocabulaire kikumu-kifransa
[632]   Alves, [Padre] Albano (1951) : Dicionário etimológico bundu-português, ilustrado com muitos milhares de exemplos entre os quais 2000 provérbios indígenas
[638]   Amatigue, Guirou (1987) : Aspects of Dogon sentence structure
[641]   Amayo, Airen (1980) : Tone in Nigerian English
[27464]   Ameka, Felix K. & James Essegbey (2013) : Serialising languages: Satellite-framed, verb-framed or neither
[1213]   Amha, Azeb (1989) : Verb morphology in Bodi
[1214]   Amha, Azeb (1996) : Aspects of the verb in Ometo
[688]   Amoako, Joe (1999) : Substrate theory revisited through Ghanaian Pidgin English
[708]   Anasiudu, B. N. (1987) : Nigerian English slang: coinage processes
[710]   Anbessa Teferra (1987) : Ballissha: women’s speech among the Sidama
[714]   Anbessa Teferra (1994) : Phonological government in Sidaama
[721]   Anders, H. D. (1934/35) : A note on a south-eastern Bushman dialect
[756]   Andersen, Torben (2002) : Studies in western Nilotic languages
[766]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1977) : A phonology of Ngyemboon-Bamiléké
[770]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1980) : The noun classes of Ngyemboon-Bamileke
[772]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1981) : An autosegmental account of Bamiléké-Dschang tonology
[774]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1982) : From semi-vowels to aspiration to long consonants in Ngyemboon-Bamiléké
[776]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1985) : Animate and inanimate pronominal systems in Ngyemboon-Bamileke
[781]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (2001) : Phonological characteristics of Eastern Grassfields languages
[22887]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1980) : A autosegmental account of Bamileke-Dschang tonology
[777]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (Ed) (1991) : Tone in five languages of Cameroon
[765]   Anderson, Stephen R. (1976) : On the description of consonant gradation in Fula
[791]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar (1997) : Seyeyi revisited: prospects for the future of a threatened language
[793]   Andrade, Ernesto dʼ (1975) : Ordem das regras fonologicas (linguas de Angola e Moçambique)
[794]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (19--) : Unpublished grammatical and lexical materials on Oromo and Somali
[818]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1974) : Note on the linguistic situation of the Somali and Galla in Kenya
[824]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1976) : Introduction to written Oromo
[832]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1980) : Some observations on the present orthography for Oromo
[852]   Angkaaraba Saanchi, James Nubabong (1980) : The nominal phrase in Dagaari
[853]   Angkaaraba Saanchi, James Nubabong (1992) : The Dagaaba dirge: a study of its structure and style
[860]   Angogo, Rachel Msimbi (1983) : Unity in diversity: a linguistic survey of the Abaluhyia of western Kenya
[873]   Aniche, Godfrey C. (1982) : Standard Nigerian English and the educated user
[877]   Ankei, Yuji (1986) : Nomenclatures comparées de mammifères dans deux langues bantoues: songola (D24) et ombo (C69)
[878]   Ankei, Yuji (1986) : Connaissance populaire du poisson chez les Songola et les Bwari: ethnoichtyologie comparée ds pêcheurs du fleuve Zaïre et du Lac Tanzganyika
[879]   Ankei, Yuji (1989) : Folk knowledge of fish among the Songola and the Bwari: comparative ethnoichtyology of the Luabala River and Lake Tanganyika fishermen
[882]   Annan, B. (1969) : The situation of Pidgin English in West Africa
[883]   Annett, Mary & Anna Kohler (1975) : Enquête dialectale fali
[913]   Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (2003) : Gemination in the morphology of some African languages
[956]   Appleyard, David L. (1998) : Language death: the case of Qwarenya (Ethiopia)
[958]   Appleyard, David L. (2001) : The verb to say as a verb “recycling device” in Ethiopian languages
[965]   Arakin, V. D. (1963) : Maljgasskij yaazyk
[972]   Arbeitman, Yoël L. (Ed) (1988) : Fucus: a Semitic/Afrasian gathering in remembrance of Albert Ehrman
[974]   Ard, Josh (1979) : A comparative and historical study of locative-based periphrastic verbal forms in Fula dialects
[980]   Arensen, Jon[athan] Edward (1989) : On comparing language relationships: a case study of Murle, Kacipo and Tirma
[993]   Aristar, Anthony Rodrigues (1994) : Binder-anaphors and the diachrony of case displacement
[1018]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1978) : The development of Fulani studies: a linguist’s view
[1022]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1985) : The tenth vowel in proto-Kwa
[1041]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1974) : Some aspects of the study of Fula dialects
[23731]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1965) : Fula dialects in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’
[1055]   Arua, Arua E. (2004) : Botswana English: some syntactic and lexical features
[1069]   Ashtiany, Julia (1993) : Media Arabic
[1078]   Asinya, Osbert Esikpong (1987) : A reconstruction of the segmental phonology of Bakor (an Ekoid Bantu languge)
[22746]   Asinya, Osbert Esikpong (1985) : Elements of Nde phonology
[1079]   Askale Lemma (1994) : Word formation in Girirra
[1080]   Askale Lemma (1998) : Verb formation in Girirra
[1088]   Aspesi, Francesco (1987) : Remarque sur la suffixation chamito-sémitique
[1091]   Assebe Buli (1981) : Oromo substantives: some aspects of their morphology
[1093]   Assirelli, Oddone (1945) : Il sistema pronominale nelle lingue etiopo-cuscitiche
[1106]   Atkins, Guy (1954) : An outline of Hungu grammar
[23868]   Atta, Samuel Ebongkome (1993) : The phonology of Lukundu (Bakundu)
[1135]   Avermaet, E. van (1955) : Langage rythmé des Baluba
[1140]   Awad, Maher (1996) : On the function of the complementation na in Bolanci
[1141]   Awambeng, Elizabeth Ncheafor (1991) : A generative phonology of Nkwen
[1142]   Awambeng, Elizabeth Ncheafor (2002) : Tonal processes in Nkwen: an autosegmental perspective
[1158]   Awonusi, Victor O. (1985) : Sociolinguistic variation in Nigerian (Lagos) English
[1161]   Awonusi, Victor O. (1998) : Nigerian English in political telemarketing
[23853]   Ayafor, Vera Mapi Fozoh (2002) : The structural phonology of Cirambo
[1196]   Ayele Bekerie (1997) : Ethiopic, an African writing system: its history and principles
[1200]   Ayodele, Samuel O. (1982) : Nigerian primary school teachers’ mastery of English language pronunciation
[1201]   Ayodele, Samuel O. (1983) : A description of the varieties of Nigerian English for pedagogic purposes
[1207]   Ayotte, Michael & Melinda Lamberty (2002) : Rapid appraisal sociolinguistic survey among NGEMBA cluster of languages: Mankon, Bambili, Nkwen, Pinyin and Awing
[23941]   Ayuʼnwi, N. Neba (1996) : Aspects of a generative phonology of Pinyi
[1211]   Ayyub, Abd al Rahman M. (1952) : The verbal system in a dialect of Nubian
[1212]   Ayyub, Abd al Rahman M. (1968) : The verbal system in a dialect of Nubian (being a description of the verbal function in the structures called “relatio” and “relatio adjunct”, as spoken in the Halfa district)
[1224]   Ba, Oumar (1968) : Glossaire des mots mandingues passés en pulaar
[22840]   Babalola, Solomon Adebaye Q. (1966) : The content and form of Yorùbá Ìjálá
[1258]   Badie, Manglibè Joseph (19--) : Contribution a une étude morphosyntaxique du n’cam: parler du sous-groupe Gurma des langues Gur (Nord-Togo)
[1259]   Badreddine, B. (1977) : Le parler de Kairouanville: étude phonologique et phonétique
[1274]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1978/84) : Yaren guddiranci
[1285]   Bahru Lilaga (1982) : The morphophonemics of nouns and verbs in Enor
[1300]   Bailey, Richard W. (1984) : Notes on South African English
[1301]   Bailey, Richard W. (1985) : South African English slang: form, function and origins
[1311]   Baines, John (1985) : Color terminology and color classification: ancient Egyptian color terminology and polychromy
[1319]   Bakamba Mputu, Alphee (2001) : Equisse du parler lohangó
[23407]   Bakamba Mputu, Alphee (2004) : Notes descriptives sur le lontomb’e njale
[1323]   Bakari, Mohamed (1985) : The morphophonology of the Kenyan Swahili dialects
[1324]   Bakatumana, Ntumba (1986) : Les réflexes dans les phonèmes proto-bantu en kinyakasenga
[1325]   Baker, Philip (1969) : The language situation in Mauritius with special reference to Mauritian Creole
[1326]   Baker, Philip (1972) : Kreol: a description of Mauritian Creole
[1327]   Baker, Philip (1976) : Towards a social history of Mauritian Creole
[1329]   Baker, Philip (1982) : The contribution of non-francophone immigrants to the lexicon of Mauritian Creole
[1337]   Baker, Philip (1990) : Kreol: a description of Mauritian Creole
[1338]   Baker, Philip & Anand Syea (1991) : On the copula in Mauritian Creole: past and present
[1332]   Baker, Philip & Premnath Ramnah (1985) : Mauritian Bhojpuri: an Indo-Aryan language spoken in a predominantly creolophone society
[1334]   Baker, Philip & Vinesh Y. Hookoomsing (1987) : Diksyoner kreol morisyen
[1343]   Bakhressa, Salim K. (1992?) : Kamusi ya maana na matumizi
[1347]   Bal, Willy (1974) : O destino de palavras de origem portuguesa num dialecto quicongo
[1366]   Baldi, Sergio (1992) : Arabic loanwords in Hausa via Kanuri and Fulfulde
[1367]   Baldi, Sergio (1995) : On Arabic loans in Hausa and Kanuri
[1432]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1982) : Standard Nigerian English: issues of identification
[1467]   Bancel, Pierre (1991) : The three-way vowel harmony in Nènì (Bantu A.44, Cameroon)
[1479]   Banjo, Ayo (1971) : Standards of correctness in Nigerian English
[1480]   Banjo, Ayo (1971) : Towards a definition of ‘Standard Nigerian Spoken English’
[1489]   Banjo, Ayo (1995) : On codifying Nigerian English research so far
[1509]   Banti, Giorgio (1988) : “Adjectives” in East Cushitic
[1511]   Banti, Giorgio (1991) : Invariable verbal paradigms in some Omo-Tana languages
[1512]   Banti, Giorgio (1991/92) : Some concord-less verbal paradigms in Omo-Tana
[1525]   Barbag-Stoll, Anna (1975) : Some aspects of semantic shifts in English loanwords in West African Pidgin English
[1527]   Barbag-Stoll, Anna (1978) : Nigerian Pidgin English as a medium of literary expression
[1528]   Barbag-Stoll, Anna (1983) : Social and linguistic history of Nigerian Pidgin English as spoken by the Yoruba, with special reference to the English-derived lexicon
[1530]   Barbeau, D. (1972) : Le pidgin english comme moyen d’expression littéraire chez les romanciers du Nigeria
[1556]   Barnard, Alan (1978) : The kin terminology system of the Nharo Bushmen
[1560]   Barnard, Alan (1980) : Kin terminology systems of the Khoe-speaking peoples
[1575]   Barnwell, Katharine Grace Lowry (1966) : Notes on the Mbembe clause system: a preliminary analysis
[1576]   Barnwell, Katharine Grace Lowry (1966) : Reading and writing Mbembe
[1577]   Barnwell, Katharine Grace Lowry (1969) : The noun class system in Mbembe
[1578]   Barnwell, Katharine Grace Lowry (1969) : A grammatical description of Mbembe (Adun dialect), a Cross-River language
[1579]   Barnwell, Katharine Grace Lowry (1974) : Mbembe
[1609]   Barreteau, Daniel (1995) : Vowel and tonal variations within the consonantal framework of the verbal stem in Central Chadic languages
[22592]   Barreteau, Daniel (1978) : Aspects de la morphologie nominal en mofu-gadar
[1600]   Barreteau, Daniel & Robert Hedinger (Ed) (1989) : Description de langues camerounaises
[1608]   Barreteau, Daniel , Evelyne Ngantchui & Terri R. Scruggs (1993) : Bibliographie des langues camerounaises
[1626]   Barry, Abou-Dardaye (2000) : Les emprunts du peul à l’anglais
[1630]   Bartens, Angela (1995) : Die Iberoromanisch-basierten Kreolsprachen: Ansätze der linguistischen Beschreibung
[1671]   Basset, André (1936) : Siwa, Aoudjila et Imeghran a propos d’un rapprochement
[1680]   Basset, André (1938) : Note sur les parlers rifains du Zerhoun
[1703]   Basset, André (1948) : Écritures libyque et touarègue
[1707]   Basset, André (1948) : Sur la toponymie berbère et specialement sur la toponymie Chaouia Aït Frah
[1769]   Bates-Mims, Merelyn B. (1986) : Chez les noirs: a comparative-historical analysis of pidgin and creole languages
[1780]   Batibo, Herman M. (1988) : Root affixation rules in Zairean Swahili as evidence of earlier Bantu rules
[1810]   Batibo, Herman M. (1999) : Report on the International Basarwa Languages Workshop held at the University of Botswana, 14th to 16th January 1999
[1821]   Batibo, Herman M. (2004) : The role of the external setting in language shift process: the case of Nama-speaking Ovaherero in Tshabong
[1827]   Baucom, Kenneth L. (1972) : The Wambo languages of South West Africa and Angola
[1830]   Baucom, Kenneth L. (1975) : The phonology of proto-Wambo
[1831]   Baudelaire, H. (1944) : La numération de 1 à 10 dans les dialectes habé de Garoua, Guider-Poli et Rey-Bouba
[1853]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1985) : Pre-Tsonga noun class prefixes and verb suffixes
[1857]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1997) : Languages of the Eastern Caprivi
[1862]   Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1981) : Lango: some morphological changes in verb paradigm
[1863]   Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1982) : Aspects of morphological and syntactic divergence in Lango and Acholi
[1864]   Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1983) : Morphological and syntactic divergence in Lango and Acholi
[1870]   Baxter, Alan S. (2002) : ‘Semicreolization?’ - The restructured Portuguese of the Tongas of Sao Tome: a consequence of L1 acquisition in a special contact situation
[1869]   Baxter, Paul T. W. (1990) : Oromo blessings and greetings
[1871]   Baye Yimam (1981) : Oromo substantives: some aspects of their morphology
[1872]   Baye Yimam (1986) : The phrase structures of Ethiopian Oromo
[1873]   Baye Yimam (1987) : Relative clauses in Oromo
[1875]   Baye Yimam (1988) : The subject of infinitives in Oromo
[1876]   Baye Yimam (1988) : Focus in Oromo
[1877]   Baye Yimam (1990) : The structure of Zayse NPs
[1879]   Baye Yimam (1994) : Some aspects of Zergulla morphology
[1880]   Baye Yimam (1997) : The pragmatics of greetings, felicitation and condolence expressions in four Ethiopian languages
[1882]   Bayisa-ba-Nkaniku (1975) : Étude comparative des formes pronominales en français et en manyaanga
[1893]   Beardsley, R. Brock & Carol M. Eastman (1971) : Markers, pauses and code switching in bilingual Tanzanian speech
[1899]   Bearth, Thomas (1993) : Satztyp und Situation in einigen Sprachen Westafrikas
[1897]   Bearth, Thomas & Christa Link (1980) : The tone puzzle of Wobé
[22966]   Bearth, Thomas & Christa Link (1978) : Les tons du wobé: étude fonctionelle
[1894]   Bearth, Thomas & Hugo Zemp (1967) : The phonology of Dan (Santa)
[1930]   Bechhaus-Gerst, Marianne (1984/85) : Sprachliche und historische Rekonstruktionen in Bereich des Nubischen unter besonderer Berücksichtigung des Nilnubischen
[1935]   Bechhaus-Gerst, Marianne (1989) : “Nile-Nubian” reconsidered
[1937]   Bechhaus-Gerst, Marianne (1996) : Sprachwandel durch Sprachkontakt am Beispiel des Nubischen im Niltal: Möglichkeiten und Grenzen einer diachronen Soziolinguistik
[1934]   Bechhaus-Gerst, Marianne (Ed) (1989) : Nubier und Kuschiten im Niltal: Sprach- und Kulturkontakte im “no man’s land”
[1932]   Bechhaus-Gerst, Marianne & Heike Behrend (1985) : “Libyans” - “Nubians”: mutations of an ethnonym
[1939]   Bechon, S. (2000) : Description de la langue sangu, langue bantu du sud-ouest de la Tanzanie
[1957]   Becker-Donner, Etta (1944) : Über zwei Kruvölkerstämme: Kran und Grebo
[1954]   Becker, Lee A. & David Phineas Bhukanda Massamba (1980) : Ci-Ruri tonology (a preliminary view)
[1960]   Beckett, Elvira (1974) : A linguistic analysis of Gurma
[1966]   Bedore, Lisa M. , Laurence B. Leonard & Jack Gandour (1994) : The substitution of a click for sibilants: a case study
[1976]   Beguinot, Francesco (1924) : A proposito di una voce libica citata da Erodoto
[1978]   Beguinot, Francesco (1927) : Appunti di epigrafica libica
[1980]   Beguinot, Francesco (1929) : Note di epigrafia libica
[1981]   Beguinot, Francesco (1930) : Per gli studi di toponomastica libico-berbera
[1986]   Beguinot, Francesco (1935) : Studi linguistici nel Fezzan
[1987]   Beguinot, Francesco (1938) : Di alcune parole dellinguaggi nord-africani derivate del latino
[1989]   Beguinot, Francesco (1943) : Alcune etimologie et questioni fonetiche magrebine
[1991]   Beguinot, Francesco (1950) : Gli studi sull’epigrafia libica e sulle iscrizione Tuareg in Italia nell’ultimo quarentennio
[1995]   Behnk, Frida (1930) : Grammatik der Texte aus El-Amarna
[1997]   Behrens, Peter (1981) : C-Group-Sprache - Nubisch - Tu Bedawiye: ein sprachliches Sequenzmodell und seine geschichtlichen Implikationen
[23355]   Belaid, Boudris (1993) : Tamawalt usegmi: vocabulaire de l’éducation français-tamazight
[2012]   Bell, Herman (1970) : Place names in the Belly of Stones
[2015]   Bell, Herman (1973) : An extinct Nubian language in Kordofan
[22641]   Belnap, R. Kirk (1993) : The meaning of deflected/strict agreement variation in Cairene Arabic
[2029]   Belova, Anna Grigorievna (1988) : The position of Himyaritic within the South Semitic group of Semitic languages (Yemenite-Ethiopian isoglosses)
[2030]   Belova, Anna Grigorievna (1996) : Einige jemenitisch-afrikanische Isoglossen
[2036]   Bender, C. J. (1922) : Die Volksdichtung der Wakweli: Sprichwörter, Fabeln und Märchen, Parabeln, Rätsel und Lieder
[2037]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1966) : Notes on lexical correlations in some Ethiopian languages
[2040]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1968) : Remarks on the glotto-chronology of northern Ethiopian Semitic languages
[2041]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1971) : The languages of Ethiopia: a new lexicostatistical classification and some problems of diffusion
[2043]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1972) : Addenda to guide to Ethiopian language nomenclature
[2046]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1974) : The role of phonological innovations in the subgrouping of Ethiopian languages
[2049]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1975) : Towards a lexicostatistic classification of Ethiopian languages
[2050]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1975) : The beginnings of ethnohistory in western Wellegga: the Mao problem
[2062]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1979) : The eastern edge of the Sahel: Ethiopian Nilo-Sahelians
[2070]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1983) : Remnant languages of Ethiopia and Sudan
[2074]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1986) : Ethiopian language policies 1974-1981
[2075]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1986) : A possible Cushomotic isomorph
[2077]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1986) : A note on the copula and genitive in Oromo
[2078]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1987) : First steps towards Proto-Omotic
[2080]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1988) : Proto-Omotic phonology and lexicon
[2085]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1990) : The limits of Omotic
[2088]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1990) : Gender in Omotic
[2093]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1994) : Aroid (South Omotic) lexicon
[2094]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1994) : Comparative Aroid (South Omotic): syntax and morphosyntax
[2095]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1994) : The mystery languages of Ethiopia
[2097]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1996) : The limits of Omotic revisited
[2101]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1996) : Genetic sub-grouping of East Sudanic
[2104]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1997) : Upside-down Afrasian
[2112]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (2003) : Omotic lexicon and phonology
[2115]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (2003) : The Omotic lexicon
[2116]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (2005) : The East Sudanic languages: lexicon and morphology
[2052]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (Ed) (1976) : The non-Semitic languages of Ethiopia
[2065]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (Ed) (1981) : Peoples and cultures of the Ethio-Sudan borderlands
[2114]   Bender, Marvin Lionel , Gábor Takács & David L. Appleyard (Ed) (2003) : Selected comparative-historical Afrasian linguistic studies, in memory of Igor M. Diakonoff
[2057]   Bender, Marvin Lionel , Sydney W. Head & Roger Cowley (1976) : The Ethiopian writing system
[2135]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor , Donna Skitch & Esther Cresmann (1973) : Duka sentence, clause and phrase
[2140]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor , Elizabeth J. Olsen & Ann R. White (1989) : Dogon
[2134]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor , Esther Cresmann & Donna Skitch (1971) : The nominal phrase in Duka
[23598]   Benjamin, Martin & Ann [Joyce] Biersteker (2001) : The Kamusi Project edit engine: a tool for collaborative lexicography
[22432]   Bennett, Michael Eric (1986) : Aspects of the simple clause in Malagasy: a stratificational approach
[2164]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1981) : Proto-Thagicu lexical reconstructions
[2192]   Benyam Abbebe (1988) : The phonology of Rayyo Oramo
[2195]   Berchem, Jörg (1989/90) : Sprachbeziehungen im Bereich des Kulturwortschatzes zwischen den Bantusprachen und dem Malagasy
[2200]   Berger, Paul (1938) : Die südlichsten Hamitensprachen Ostafrikas: Überblick über die vorläufigen Ergebnisse meiner linguistischen Forschungsreise 1934-36 in das abflusslose Gebiet Ostafrikas, II: die Iraku-Gruppe
[2201]   Berger, Paul (1943) : Überlieferung der Kindiga mit sprachlichen Notizen
[2205]   Bergman, Richard K. (1968) : Vowel sandhi in Igede and other African languages
[24382]   Berhaut, Jean (1967) : Flore du Sénégal
[2224]   Bernini, Giuliano & Vermondo Brugnatelli (Ed) (1987) : Atti della 4a giornata di studi camito-semitici e indoeuropei, Bergamo, Istituto Universitario, 29, novembre 1985
[2227]   Bernsten, Jan[ice] Graham (1998) : Runyakitara: Uganda’s ‘new’ language
[2232]   Berry, Jack (1952) : Structural affinities of the Volta River languages and their significance for linguistic classification
[2248]   Berry, Jack (1971) : Pidgins and creoles in Africa
[2237]   Berry, Jack & Gordon Innes (1957) : Notes on the phonetics of the Grebo language of Liberia
[2258]   Berthelette, John (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Pwo people
[2261]   Berthelette, John (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Nuni language
[2273]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1951) : Trois îlots linguistiques du Moyen-Dahomey: le Tshummbuli, le Banzantché et le Basila
[2274]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1951) : Quatre dialectes mandé du Nord-Dahomey et de la Nigeria anglaise
[2275]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1951) : La place des dialectes géré et wobé par rapport aux autres dialectes de la Côte d’Ivoire
[2276]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1952) : Aperçu d’ensemble sur les dialectes de l’ouest de la Nigéria
[2277]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1952) : Les dialectes du Moyen-Togo
[2278]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1953) : La place des dialectes dogon de la falaise de Bandiagara parmi les autres groupes linguistiques de la zone soudanaise
[2280]   Bertin, F. (1967) : Quelques signes de l’arabisation des noms portés par les Issas
[2292]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1974) : A socio-linguistic description of Kimaa and its points of contacts with Kishambala
[2308]   Besten, Hans den (1987) : Die niederländischen pidgins der alten Kap-kolonie
[2309]   Besten, Hans den (1989) : From Khoekhoe foreigner talk via Hottentot Dutch to Afrikaans: the creation of a novel grammar
[2324]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] & Derek F. Gowlett (1981) : S. Sotho woordeboek/S. Sotho dictionary
[2328]   Beyer, Klaus (1993) : Lexikalische Entlehnungen aus dem Mande in die Songhay-Sprache
[2337]   Beyries, J. (1930) : Proverbes et dictons mauritaniens
[23983]   Bibeau, Gilles (1978) : L’organisation Ngbandi des noms de maladies
[23035]   Bickerton, Derek (1990) : Instad of teh cult of personality
[2366]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen & Michael T. Doyle (1995) : Lexical extraprosodicity in Chilungu
[2376]   Biddulph, Joseph (1985) : Introduction to Bushman
[2379]   Biddulph, Joseph (1987) : Roots: a Mandingo grammar
[2386]   Biddulph, Joseph (1998) : Mandingo, Malinke, Bambara - speeches of Old Mali: a brief introduction
[2392]   Biehler, Edward (1927) : English-Chiswina dictionary with an outline Chiswina grammar
[2399]   Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] (1987) : Ju|wasi lessons
[2401]   Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] (1994) : A new orthography of the Ju|’hoan Bushman language and its political/educational implications
[2402]   Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] (1995) : Patrick Dickens’s Ju|’hoan linguistics work: educational and political implications
[2403]   Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] (1998) : Idioms of identity: Ju-|’hoan-language political rhetoric 1987-1992
[2404]   Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] (1998) : Creativity and conservation: Ju|’hoan language education projects
[2405]   Bigangara, Jean-Baptiste (1982) : Eléments de linguistique burundaise
[2419]   Biloa, Edmond (2003) : L’influence du français sur l’anglais camerounais
[2422]   Bimson, Kent [David] (1976) : Comparative reconstruction of Mandekan
[2425]   Bing, Janet [Mueller] (1991) : Color terms and lexical classes in Krahn/Wobé
[2427]   Bing, Janet [Mueller] & John Duitsman (1993) : Postpositions and the valency marker in Krahn: monosemy vs polysemy
[2424]   Bing, T. B. (1982) : The Sotho orthographies: yesterday, today and tomorrow
[2432]   Binyam Tibebu (2003) : Relative clauses in Ochollo
[2435]   Bird, Charles Stephen (1970) : The development of Mandekan (Manding): a study of the rôle of extra-linguistic factors in linguistic change
[2437]   Bird, Charles Stephen (1971) : Some observations on the phonology of Mandekan: diachronic and synchronic regularity
[2441]   Bird, Charles Stephen & others (1981) : The dialects of Mandenkan
[2445]   Birkeli, Emil (1---) : Bausi, Malagasy, Bisa and Lala
[2455]   Bishop, Vaughan Frederick (1974) : Multilingualism and national orientations in Kano, Nigeria
[2456]   Bissila, S. B. (1991) : Description phonologique du laale (dialecte teke du Congo)
[2457]   Bisson, (1940) : Lecons de berbère tamazight
[2460]   Bitima, Tamene (2000) : A dictionary of Oromo technical terms, Oromo-English
[2465]   Bittremieux, Leo (1922) : Mayombsch idioticon
[2467]   Bittremieux, Leo (1927) : Mayombsch idioticon
[2468]   Bittremieux, Leo (1934) : Mayombsche Namen
[2470]   Bittremieux, Leo (1943) : Inleiding op een mayombsch kruidwoordenboek
[2474]   Bittremieux, Leo (1945) : Oude voornamen in Mayombe
[2476]   Biwandu, K. (1978) : L’harmonie vocalique, l’harmonie nasale et l’haplologie en “ntandu”
[2482]   Black, Paul D. (1973) : The Konsoid dialect chain
[2484]   Black, Paul D. (1975) : Linguistic evidence on the origins of the Konsoid peoples
[2486]   Black, Paul D. (1976) : Werizoid
[2498]   Blanchard, Yves & Philip A. Noss (1982) : Dictionnaire gbaya-français, dialecte yaayuwee
[2505]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1987) : Les voyelles finales des nominaux en i-nzèbi (B52)
[2507]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1988) : Relèvements tonals en eshira et en massango: première approche d’une tonologie comparée du groupe bantou B40
[2512]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1990) : Noms composés en massango et en nzèbi de Mbigou (Gabon)
[2526]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (2000) : Bipartition des nom polysyllabiques réflexes du type tonal *BH dans les zones B.40 et H.12
[2503]   Blanchon, Jean Alain & François Nsuka-Nkutsi (1984) : Détermination des classes tonales des nominaux en ci-vili, i-sangu et inzèbi
[2517]   Blanchon, Jean Alain & Jean-Noël Nguimbi Mabiala (1993) : Défini, référentiel et générique en kiyoombi: étude synchronique
[2515]   Blanchon, Jean Alain & M. Alihanga Martin (1992) : Notes sur la morphologie du lempiini de Eyuga
[2527]   Blanchy, Sophie (1987) : L’interprête mahorais-français et français-mahorais
[22475]   Blanchy, Sophie (1996) : Dictionnaire mahorais-français/français-mahorais
[2529]   Blass, Regina (Ed) (1975) : Sisaala-English, English-Sisaala dictionary
[2538]   Blazek, Václav (1998) : Nubian numerals in the Nilo-Saharan context
[2544]   Blecke, Thomas (1998) : Nomen, Verb und (Proto-)West-Mande-Syntax: neue Evidenz aus den Bozo-Sprachen
[24232]   Blecke, Thomas & Bärbel Blecke (1997) : Les parlers bozo : révision d'une enquête dialectologique
[2545]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1920) : Birds and insects in Bushman folklore
[2546]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1924) : Note on Bushman orthography
[2547]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1924) : Bushman terms of relationship
[2548]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1927) : The distribution of Bushman languages in South Africa
[2549]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1928) : Bushmen of central Angola
[2550]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1928/29) : Bushman grammar: a grammatical sketch of the language of the |Xam-ka-!k’e ; part 1
[2551]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1929) : Comparative vocabularies of Bushman languages
[2552]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1929/30) : Bushman grammar: a grammatical sketch of the language of the |Xam-ka-!’e (continuation) ; part 2
[2559]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1939/40) : A short survey of Bushman languages
[2560]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1956) : A Bushman dictionary
[2561]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (2000) : Notes on the language of the //N!ke or Bushmen of Griqualand West [edited by Tom Güldemann]
[2554]   Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel (1936) : A fragment: a continuation of a comparative grammar of South African languages (paragraphs 559-562)
[2558]   Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel & Lucy Catherine Lloyd (1938) : Das wahre Gesicht des Buschmannes in seinen Mythen und Märchen
[2570]   Blench, Roger M. (1993) : An outline classification of the Mambiloid languages
[2577]   Blench, Roger M. (1996) : Report on the Tarokoid languages
[2586]   Blench, Roger M. (1999) : Reports from Plateau field trips 1998-1999. Brief notes on Ningye, Cara, Bu, Hasha, and Rukul.
[2589]   Blench, Roger M. (2003) : ‘We have our own small one insise’: hidden languages of the Ngasic group
[2590]   Blench, Roger M. (2003) : A note on Ochichi
[2565]   Blench, Roger M. & A. E. Edwards (1988) : A dictionary of the Momi (Vere) language
[2591]   Blench, Roger M. & John Garah Nengel (2004) : Notes on the Panawa (Bujiyel) people and language
[2592]   Blench, Roger M. & John Garah Nengel (2004) : Notes on the Seni people and language, with an addendum on the Ziriya
[2607]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick & Sokka Gignarta (1986) : Konso exceptions to SOV typology
[2633]   Blommaert, Jan (1997) : The impact of state ideology on language: Ujamaa and Swahili literature in Tanzania
[2636]   Blommaert, Jan (1998) : The other side of history: grassroots literacy and autobiography in Shaba, Congo
[2637]   Blommaert, Jan (1999) : Reconstructing the sociolinguistic image of Africa: grassroots writing in Shaba (Congo)
[2640]   Bloor, Thomas & Wondwosen Tamrat (1996) : Issues in Ethiopian language policy and education
[2647]   Bluck, G. van (1947) : Niloten en Sudantalen
[2652]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1972) : The development of some affixes in the Bia and Central Akan subgroups of Tano
[2653]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1975) : Nzema-Ahanta medial [k] and its reflexes in other central Volta-Comoe languages
[2671]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1993) : Complex predicates and event structure: an intergrated analysis of serial verb constructions in the Mabia languages of West Africa
[2673]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1994) : Language, history and culture in northern Ghana: an introduction to the Mabia linguistic group
[2674]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1996) : Linguistics, education and politics: an interplay on the study of Ghanaian languages
[2675]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1996) : Linguistic relativity and the Mabia temporal system: evidence from Dagaare and Dagbane
[2676]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1997) : Linguistics, education and politics: an interplay on the study of Ghanaian languages
[2682]   Bodomo, Adams B. (2000) : Dàgáárè
[2700]   Boeck, L. B. de (1949) : Dialectgroepen in het Ngiri-gebied
[2701]   Boeck, L. B. de (1949) : Taalkunde en de talenkwestie in Belgisch-Kongo
[2719]   Boelaert, Edmond (1957) : Systematiek der bloedverwantschapstermen bij de Nkundo
[2721]   Boëseken, Anna J. (1972) : The meaning, origin and use of the terms Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan
[2722]   Boëseken, Anna J. (1974) : Dr A. J. Boëseken replies to Prof. R. H. Elphick[’s comment on] “The meaning, origin and use of the terms Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan”
[2728]   Bogny, Yapo Joseph (1994) : Syntaxe du ngwla, langue kwa de Côte d’Ivoire
[3099]   Böhm, Gerhard (1986) : Mimation und Nunation: eine grosserythräische Glosse
[3101]   Böhm, Gerhard (1987) : Leo Reinisch: ‘Das persönliche Fürwort und die Verbalflexion in den chamito-semitischen Sprachen’
[3106]   Böhm, Gerhard (1992) : Zur Urspachstammesgeschichte der Papua und Sudanneger
[3108]   Böhm, Gerhard (2001) : “Schalzlautsprachen”? Boskop, Buschmann, Hottentott: Aspekte der Ursprachstammesgeschichte in Afrika
[2749]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges & Mallafe Dramé (1978) : Where do relative clauses come from in Mandingo?
[2737]   Bokamba, G. D. (1971) : Specificity and definiteness in Dzamba
[2786]   Bokula, Moiso (1991) : Étude comparée du système de numérotation de 1 à 10 dans quelques langues non-bantu du Haut-Zaïre
[2787]   Bokula, Moiso (1991) : Recherches sur les langues du Soudan central parlées au Zaire
[2810]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (1984) : Le nghwla, langue sans consonne nasale
[2816]   Bollée, Annegret [Alsdorf] (1977) : Zur Entstehung der französischen Kreolendialekte im Indischen Ozean: Kreolisierung ohne Pidginisierung
[23773]   Bond, Oliver (2006) : A broader perspective on Point of View: logophoricity in Ogonoid languages
[2832]   Bongo, A. (1956) : Esquisse de phonologie et morphologie de la langue nkucu, dialecte ohendo
[2838]   Bonnefoux, Benedicto M. (1940) : Dicionário olunyaneka-português
[2839]   Bonnet, Charles (Ed) (1992) : Études nubiennes: conférence de Genève - actes du 7ème congrès international d’études nubiennes, 3-8 septembre 1990
[2840]   Bontinck, Frans (1985) : L’étymologie du terme bosenji
[2842]   Bontinck, Frans (1991) : L’ethnonyme “mongo”
[2844]   Bontinck, Frans (1993) : Le toponyme Ngiri-Ngiri reexaminé (avec la réponse de Motingea Mangulu)
[2845]   Bontinck, Frans (1994) : Marginalia “kuba”
[2853]   Bonvini, Emilio (1995) : A propos et en marge de “Greater Chadic”: le cas du voltaïque
[2860]   Boone, Douglas W. , David P. Bradley & Caroline A. Grant (1992) : Central Yambasa survey report
[2862]   Boonzaier, S. (1975) : Die vertaling en voorlopige standaardisasie van die ‘Reynell verbal comprehension scale’ op ’n omskrewe groep Afrikaans-sprekende kinders
[2863]   Bootaan, Cabdulqaadir F. (2003) : Mahuraan: “lama huraan waa caxska jiilaall”
[2864]   Booysen, J. M. (1982) : Otjiherero: ’n volledige grammatika met oefeninge en sleutels in Afrikaans
[2866]   Booysen, J. M. & J. Muharupu (1987) : Otjiherero terminologielys/terminology
[2869]   Borello, Mario (1995) : Dizionario oromo-italiano/Oromo-Italian dictionary
[2873]   Boris, Gilbert (1958) : Lexique du parler arabe des Marazig
[2879]   Borland, Colin H. (1986) : Problems in the linguistic reconstruction of Zimbabwean prehistory
[2888]   Bosch, Barbara & Vivian de Klerk (1994) : Oor klokkies en sticks: byname in ’n Afrikaanssprekende gemeenskap
[2885]   Bosch, Johannes L. (1964) : Die Shambiu van die Okavango: ’n volkenkundige studie
[2897]   Bosha, I. (1993) : Taathira za kiarabu katika kiswahili pamoja na kamusi thulathiya, kiswahili-kiarabu-kiingereza [The influence of Arabic language on Kiswahili with a trilingual dictionary, Swahili-Arabic-English]
[2898]   Boshoff, S. P. E. (1921) : Volk an taal van Suid-Afrika
[2900]   Boshoff, S. P. E. (1950) : Abiekwasgeelhout: ’n etimologiese bydrae
[2905]   Bosman, D. B. , I. W. van der Merwe & L. W. Hiemstra (1984) : Tweetalige woordeboek/Bilingual dictionary
[2909]   Bostoen, Koen (1997) : Het Shaba-Swahili: geschiedenis en bronne
[2936]   Botha, T. J. R. (1985) : Probleme met die eienaamverbinding in die afrikaanse televisiediens
[2928]   Botha, T. J. R. (Ed) (1968) : Taal en teken: bundel opgedra aan prof. G. S. Nienaber op sy sestigste verjaarsdag
[2949]   Botne, Robert Dale (1987) : Semantics and pragmatics of tense in Kikerebe and Kinyarwanda
[2953]   Botne, Robert Dale (1989/90) : The historical relation of Cigogo to Zone J languages
[2955]   Botne, Robert Dale (1990/91) : Verbal prosody in Ciruri
[2966]   Botne, Robert Dale & Andrew Tilimbe Kulemeka (1998) : Asymmetric corodination in Lega
[22908]   Bouka, Léonce Yembi (1989) : Teke and its dialects in Congo: status of the research
[859]   Boukhris, Fatima (1989) : Le verbe en tamazight: lexique et morphologie (parlers des Zemmours)
[2982]   Boulinier, Georges (1976) : Bibliographie linguistiques comorienne
[2983]   Boum, Marie Anne (1980) : Le groupe menchum: morphologie nominale
[2987]   Bounfour, Abdellah (1984) : Linguistique et littérature: études sur la littérature orale marocaine
[2993]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1964) : A propos de la phonologie du sara
[3007]   Bouquiaux, Luc & Jacqueline M. C. Thomas (1980) : Le peuplement oubanguien, hypothèse de reconstruction des mouvements migratoires dans la région oubanguienne d’après des données linguistiques et de tradition orale
[3013]   Bourdin, Jean-François (1983) : Bibliographie analytique des langues parlées en Afrique subsaharienne, 1970-1980
[3022]   Bourquin, Walther (1927) : Die Sprache der Phuthi
[3026]   Bourquin, Walther (1951) : Click-words which Xhosa, Zulu and Sotho have in common
[3027]   Bourquin, Walther (1951) : Schnalzwörter als geschichtliche Urkunden
[3028]   Bourquin, Walther (1952) : Notes on the concords in Xhosa, Zulu and Sotho, their differences and general aspects
[3032]   Bousacq, E. (1929) : Les langues du Congo
[23984]   Boutrais, Jean (1994) : Pour une nouvelle cartographie des Peuls
[3054]   Boyd, Raymond (1995) : De l’expression et de l’expressivité en morphologie: analyse comparée de la dérivation verbale en zande et en nzakala
[3055]   Boyd, Raymond (1996) : Congo-Saharan revisited
[3069]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1982) : Structures sociales et particularismes linguistiques en pays de langue ‘ngbandi’: eléments pour une étude
[3082]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1991) : De deux a trois registres tonals: l’exemples des verbes sara-bongo-baguirmiens
[3084]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1993) : Identité tonale et filiation des langues sara-bongo-baguirmiennes (Afrique centrale)
[3086]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1995) : Présentation d’une étude comparative des propriétés tonales des langues sara-bongo-baguirmiennes
[3088]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1996) : Mutation et réflection dans l’expansion des registres tonals: l’exemple des langues sara-bongo-baguirmiennes
[3090]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2000) : Identité tonale et filiation des langues sara-bongo-baguirmiennes (Afrique centrale)
[3068]   Boyeldieu, Pascal & Marcel Diki-Kidiri (Ed) (1982) : Le domaine ngbandi
[3133]   Bradford, N. H. G. (1962) : Bunyoro adult literacy campaign
[3165]   Branford, William (1987) : The South African pocket Oxford dictionary
[3189]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1995) : Urban linguistics in Nigeria: the example of “Language Use in Maiduguri Metropolitan - LUMM”
[3218]   Breedveld, Anneke (1985) : Reflexes of Proto-Bantu alveolar consonants (in Bamileke, A.40, A.50 and A.60)
[3219]   Breedveld, Anneke (1988) : Nasal-plosive sequences in Fulfulde
[3240]   Brenzinger, Matthias (1995) : The “islanders” of Lake Abbaya and Lake Ch’amo: Harro Ganjule, Gats’ame, and Bayso
[3244]   Brenzinger, Matthias (1999) : Personal names of the Kxoe: the example of Tcóo-names
[3250]   Bresnan, Joan & Lioba [Priva] Moshi (1988) : Applicatives in Kivunjo (Chaga): implications for argument structure and syntax
[3270]   Breton, Roland J. L. (1981) : Groupe A10: Lundu-Mbo, Oroko-Ngoe. Map of Oroko-Ngoe language group of SW Cameroon
[3275]   Bridges, R. C. (1968) : A manuscript Kinika vocabulary and a letter of J. L. Krapf
[3280]   Bris, Pierre le & [Révérend] [Père] André Prost (1981) : Dictionnaire bobo-français, précédé d’une introduction grammaticale et suivi d’un lexique français-bobo
[3281]   Brisson, Robert (19--) : Vocabulaire bira
[3287]   Brockelmann, Carl (1929) : Zur Kritik der traditionellen Aussprache des Äthiopischen
[3288]   Brockelmann, Carl (1950) : Abessinische Studien
[3289]   Brockett, A. A. (1985) : The spoken arabic of Khâbûra on the Bâtina of Oman
[3293]   Brokensha, David W. (Ed) (1972) : Akwapim handbook
[3294]   Bromber, Katrin (1991) : “Kujitegemea”: Versuch einer semantischen Beschreibung
[3313]   Bross, Michael & Ahmad Tela Baba (1994) : Construction of a furnace among the Guddirawa: description and linguistic remarks
[3342]   Brown-Edminston, A. B. (1932) : Grammar and dictionary of the Bushonga or Bukuba language
[3328]   Brown, Gillian (1968) : The dialect situation in Bugisu
[3331]   Brown, Gillian (1972) : Phonological rules and dialect variation: a study of the phonology of Lumasaaba
[3323]   Brown, John Tom (1925) : Secwana dictionary: English-Secwana and Secwana-English
[3324]   Brown, John Tom (1925/65) : Secwana dictionary: English-Secwana and Secwana-English
[3343]   Browne, Gerald M. (1981) : Griffith’s Old Nubian lectionary
[3344]   Browne, Gerald M. (1982) : Griffith’s Old Nubian lectionary
[3345]   Browne, Gerald M. (1988) : Studies in Old Nubian
[3346]   Browne, Gerald M. (1997) : Old Nubian dictionary
[3348]   Bruens, A. (1937) : A grammar of Lundu
[3349]   Bruens, A. (1942/45) : The structure of Nkom and its relations to Bantu and Sudanic
[3371]   Brunot, Louis (1952) : Textes arabes de Rabat, 2: glossaire
[3369]   Brunot, Louis & ɛ́lie Malka (1940) : Glossaire judéo-arabe de Fès
[3387]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1959) : The T/K languages: a new substratum
[3388]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1968) : The *N/*K languages of Africa
[3381]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel & Archibald Norman Tucker (1948) : The distribution of the Nilotic and Nilo-Hamitic languages of Africa
[3397]   Brye, Edward (2002) : A rapid appraisal survey of Jimi, a language of Cameroon (Mayo-Tsanaga Division, Far North Province)
[3396]   Brye, Edward & Elizabeth Brye (2001) : Rapid appraisal and intelligibility testing surveys of the eastern Beboid group of languages (Northwest Province): ALCAM [871, 872, 873, 874, 875] of the Donga Mantung Division and unclassified ALCAM [885, 886] of the Menchum Division
[3041]   Büchner, H. (1964) : Vokabulare der Sprachen in und um Gava (Nordnigerien)
[3417]   Buck, H. (1924) : A Mashona dictionary
[3439]   Bughwan, D. (1970) : An investigation into the use of English by the Indians in South Africa, with special reference to Natal
[24393]   Bühnen, Stefan (1992) : Place Names as an Historical Source: An Introduction with Examples from Southern Senegambia and Germany
[3445]   Bujra, J. (1974) : Pumwani: language usage in an urban Muslim community
[3454]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1940) : Début de vocabulaire de dialecte de pentaan
[3456]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1940) : Notions de grammaire et début de vocabulaire de kisaghata
[3460]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1948) : Le problème bochiman et hottentot: les faits linguistiques
[3466]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1952) : Les langues khoin
[3453]   Bulck, V. van (1938) : Die Ubangi-Uele Sprachengruppe in nordlichen Belgisch Kongo
[3462]   Bulck, V. van (1949) : Existe-t-il un groupe de langues soudanaises équatoriales? Troisième congrès international des sciences éthnologiques et anthropologiques, Bruxelles 15 août 1948
[3467]   Bulck, V. van (1952) : International Bantu-Sudanese Team
[3479]   Bunduki, K-Nzaaza (1975) : Essai de lexique linguistique français-ciluba
[22958]   Burmeister, Jonathan L. (1988) : Personal pronouns in Anyi and related languages
[3504]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1938) : Tonologisch onderzoek van het luba: het ‘hoofdtelwoord’
[3510]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1939) : Le tšílúbà, langue à intonation
[3512]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1939) : Le luba, langue à intonation, et le tambour-signal
[3514]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1950) : Vorm en tonen de infinitief in het amashi
[3515]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1952) : Le numéraux en amashi
[3516]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1953) : Tonologisch onderzoek van de possessief met nominale stam in het amashi
[3503]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. & [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van Bulck (1937) : Accent in de kongoleesche talen
[3522]   Burssens, Nico (1990) : Bibliographie van het tijdschrift “Kongo-Overzee” 1934-1959
[3528]   Busane, M. (1990) : Lexicography in central Africa: the user perspective, with special reference to Egypt
[3544]   Bwantsa-Kafungu, S. Pierre (1966) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue ngwii
[3556]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa (1976) : Strategies in loan phonology
[23717]   Byrd, Steven (2005) : Calunga, an Afro-Brazilian speech of the Triângulo Mineiro: its grammar and history
[3570]   Cabrera, Lydia (1992) : El monte. Igbo-finda, ewe orisha, vititi nfinda: notas sobre las religiones, la magia, las supersticiones y el folklore de los negros criollos y el pueblo de Cuba
[3571]   Cabrera, Lydia (2001) : Vocabulario congo, el bantú que se habla en Cuba: español-congo y congo-español
[3575]   Cadi, Kaddour (1987) : Système verbal rifain: forme et sens
[3576]   Cadiou, Yves (1983) : La structure du mot en kiyarwanda
[3579]   Cadora, F. J. (Ed) (1992) : Bedouin, village and urban Arabic: an ecolinguistic study
[3581]   Caeneghame, R. van (1943) : Het prefix ka-tu in Luba
[3582]   Caeneghame, R. van (1946) : Het prefix ku
[3583]   Caeneghame, R. van (1950) : Aanvullingen bij een tonologische studie
[3584]   Cagnat, René Louis Victor & Alfred Merlin (1923) : Inscriptions latines d’Afrique: Tripolitaine, Tunisie, Maroc
[3594]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1999) : Triple splits in Proto-Buli-Konni
[3585]   Cahill, W. (1970) : Kamusi ya kwanza Kiswahili-Kiingereza
[3619]   Callender, John B. (1975) : Afroasiatic cases and the formation of Ancient Egyptian constructions with possessive suffixes
[3629]   Calonne-Beaufaict, A. de (19--) : Les Ababua
[3635]   Camara, Joseph (1---) : Essai d’une description morphosyntaxique du constituant verbal en malinke de Guinée
[3637]   Cambron, (1---) : Vocabulaire bamanga/bengamisa
[3666]   Cantineau, Jean (1940) : Les parlers arabes du département d’Oran
[3667]   Cantineau, Jean (1941) : Les parlers arabes des territoires du sud
[3668]   Cantineau, Jean (1946) : Les parlers arabes du Hôrân: notions générales, grammaire
[3717]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1971) : Les langues du Tchad
[3718]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1972) : Études et documents sara-bongo-baguirmiens
[3728]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1978) : Le mots voyagers dans l’interfluve Bahr-Erguig/Chari/Logone
[3729]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1978) : Les langues du Soudan oriental
[3730]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1978) : Le groupe des langues du Soudan central
[3722]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (Ed) (1977) : Études phonologiques tchadiennes
[3727]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (Ed) (1978) : Préalables à la reconstruction du proto-tchadique
[3714]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre & Jacques Fédry (1969) : Le groupe des langues “sara” (République du Tchad)
[3736]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre , Marcel Diki-Kidiri & others (Ed) (1982) : Contacts de langues et contacts de cultures, 4: l’expansion des langues Africaines: peul, sango, kikongo, ciluba, swahili
[3739]   Capron, Jean (1973) : Communautes villageoises Mali-Haute Volta Bwa
[3742]   Carbou, Henri (1954) : Méthode pratique pour l’étude de l’arabe parlé en Ouaday et à l’est du Tchad
[3745]   Cardinall, Alan Wolsey (1924) : The division of the year among the Talansi of the Gold Coast
[22805]   Cardoso, Carlos Lopes (1967) : “Ovatjimba” em Angola
[22806]   Cardoso, Carlos Lopes (1966) : “Olumbali” do distrito de Moçâmedes: achegas para o seu estudo
[22807]   Cardoso, Carlos Lopes (1966) : “Olumbali” do distrito de Moçâmedes: achegas para o seu estudo
[3751]   Caressa, Ferruccio (1936) : Manuale linguistica per l’Africa oriental: lingue araba, amarica, galla, tigrina
[3752]   Caressa, Ferruccio (1958) : Dizionario africano: italiano-amarico, tigrino, arabo, galla, migurtino, benadirese
[3753]   Caressa, Ferruccio (1986) : Manuale linguistica per l’Africa oriental: lingue - araba, amarica, galla, tigrina
[3759]   Carlson, Robert J. (1991) : Grammaticalization of postpositions and word order in Senufo languages
[3762]   Carlson, Robert J. (1997) : The Senufo languages
[3775]   Carnochan, Jack (1977) : Bachama and Semito-Hamitic
[22414]   Caron, Bernard (2003) : A propos de Kal et de Sigidi: problèmes de dialectologie Zaar (tchadique sud Bauchi)
[3814]   Carrington, John F. (1959) : Notes on Dr Sim’s Yalulema vocabulary
[3855]   Carter, Hazel (1987) : Kongo language course = Maloïngi makikongo: a course in the dialect of Zoombo, northern Angola
[3840]   Carter, Hazel & João Makondekwa (1970) : Kongo course/Maloongi makikoongo (dialect of Zoombo, Angola)
[3865]   Casali, Roderic F. (1995) : On the reduction of vowel systems in Volta-Congo
[3876]   Casalis, A. (1989) : English Sotho vocabulary
[3877]   Cassels, D. A. (1984) : Vowel intrusion and change in Swahili words of Arabic origin
[3878]   Cassett, A. (192-) : Citonga grammar and vocabulary for use of settlers between Livingstone and Kafue
[3879]   Cassidy, F. G. (1964) : Toward a recovery of early English-African pidgin
[3887]   Cassimjee, Farida & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1992) : The tonology of depressor consonants: evidence from Mijikenda and Nguni
[3895]   Castex, [Dr] (1938) : Vocabulaire comparé des principaux dialectes avant actuellement cours en Haut-Ogoué
[3906]   Cavallera, Giovanni (1939) : Grammatica della lingua oromo
[3914]   Cernecov, S. B. (1980) : Zu den Veränderung der gesellschaftspolitischen Lexik in der modernen amharischen Sprache und der Sprachsituation im revolutionären Äthiopien
[3937]   Cerulli, Enrico (1942) : Il linguaggio degli Amar Cocchè e quello degli arbore nella zona del lago Stefania
[3936]   Cerulli, Ernesta (1938) : Il linguaggio dei Giangerò ed alcune lingue sidama dell’Omo (Basketo, Ciara, Zaissè)
[3948]   Ceyssens, Rik (1998) : Balungu: constructeurs et destructeurs de l’état en Afrique centrale
[3951]   Chabrelie, Louis (1935) : Notes sur la langue des Sara, avec un vocabulaire comparatif des différents dialectes
[3952]   Chabrelie, Louis (1935) : Notes sur quelques croyances des sara
[3957]   Chaibou, Niandou (1998) : Identification et représentation de soi par le langage: case de ayneha “j’ai dit que...”
[3960]   Chaine, Marius (1938) : Grammaire éthiopienne
[3970]   Chaker, Salem & Andrzej Zaborski (Ed) (2000) : Études berbères et chamito-sémitiques: mélanges offerts à Karl-G. Prasse
[3969]   Chaker, Salem & Dominique Caubet (Ed) (1996) : La négation en berbère et en arabe maghrébin
[23181]   Chaker, Salem & Slimane Hachi (2000) : A propos de l’origine et de l’âge de l’écriture libyco-berbère
[3976]   Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed (199-) : Comorien
[22454]   Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed (199-) : Dictionnaire français-comorien
[3971]   Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed & Noël-Jacques Gueunier (1977) : Recherches sur l’instrumentalisation du comorien: les problèmes de graphie d’après la version comorienne de la loi du 23 novembre 1974
[3972]   Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed & Noël-Jacques Gueunier (1979) : Le dictionnaire comorien-français et comorien-français du R. P. Sacleux
[3974]   Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed , Michel Lafon & Jean-Luc Sibertin-Blanc (1988) : Projet d’orthographe pratique du comorien
[3987]   Chanda Chibila, Musamba (1975) : Éléments de grammaire générative et transformationnelle de la langue nkore
[3989]   Chanfi, Djae Ahamada (1990) : Le syntagme nominal en comorien
[3990]   Chanfi, Djae Ahamada (1991) : Les formes verbales fléchies du comorien
[3997]   Charette, Monik (1982) : La construction associative en bété de Gbadi
[4045]   Chéron, Georges (1925) : Le dialecte sénoufo du Minianka: grammaire, textes et lexiques
[4049]   Chick, J. Keith & M. Seneque (1987) : The role of the applied linguist in language planning: the medium of instruction problem in Kwazulu, Natal
[4059]   Chifundera, Kusamba & Ngandu-Myango Malasi (1989/90) : La connaissance des ophidiens dans le bulega (Kivu, est du Zaïre)
[22421]   Childs, George Tucker (2003) : The African substrate in an African pidgin: the case of Guinea French
[4085]   Chimbutane, Feliciano S. , Alfredo Chamusso , Bento Sitoe , Gabriel Simbine , Jorge Maiela Gujamo & Karl Erland Gadelii (2000) : Proposta da ortografia do Citshwa
[4100]   Chimhundu, Herbert & others (Ed) (1996) : Duramazwi rechishona
[4107]   Chimuka, S. S. (1977) : Zambian languages: orthography approved by the Ministry of Education
[4110]   Chinebuah, Isaac K. (1969) : The examining of Ghanaian languages
[4112]   Chinebuah, Isaac K. (1970) : The education review report and the study of Ghanaian languages
[4118]   Chiomio, Giovanni (1941) : I Magi (Masi) nell’Etiopia del sud-ovest
[4131]   Chiwome, Emmanuel (1992) : The role of a language in translation in the development of literature: the case of Cishona
[4133]   Cho Taehong, & Peter Ladefoged (1997) : Variations and universals in VOT: evidence from 17 endangered languages
[4134]   Cho Taehong, & Peter Ladefoged (1999) : Variations and universals in VOT: evidence from 18 languages
[4136]   Chokoe, Sekgaila (2001) : The quest for meaning: the role of meaning dominance in Northern Sotho ambiguity
[4142]   Christeller, Suzanne (1960) : English-Sotho, Sotho-English pocket dictionary
[4143]   Christeller, Suzanne (1961) : English-Sotho, Sotho-English pocket dictionary
[4147]   Christiansen, Niels & Regula Christiansen (2002) : Some verb morphology features of Tadaksahak, or: Berber or Songhay, this is the question
[4155]   Chum, Haji (1994) : Msamiati wa pekee wa Kikae/Kae specific vocabulary
[4154]   Chum, Haji & H. E. Lambert (1962/63) : A vocabulary of the Kikae dialect
[4156]   Chumbow, Beban Sammy (1978) : Pidgin English and the role of simplification and restructuring in pidginization and creolization
[4160]   Chumbow, Beban Sammy & Emile-Gille Nguendjio (1991) : Floating tones in Bangwa
[4172]   Churma, Donald G. (1988) : Consonant gradation in Fula suffixes: the ugly truth
[4175]   Cichon, Peter (Ed) (1996) : Das sprachliche Erbe des Kolonialismus in Afrika und Lateinamerika: Bestandsaufnahme und Perspektiven aus romanistischer Sicht
[4176]   Cifoletti, Guido (1987) : Terminologia maritima araba e begia in Sudan
[4184]   Clamons, Cynthia Robb (1993) : Gender assignment in Oromo
[4185]   Clamons, Robbin (1995) : How recent contact erased ancient traces in the gender systems of the Oromo dialects
[4183]   Clamons, Robbin , Ann E. Mulkern & Gerald Sanders (1993) : Salience signalling in Oromo
[4186]   Clamons, Robbin , Ann E. Mulkern , Gerald Sanders & Nancy Stenson (1999) : The limits of formal analysis: pragmatic motivation in Oromo grammar
[4187]   Clark, D. (1---) : Akarimojong manuscript grammar
[4195]   Clark, Mary Morris (1993) : Representation of downstep in Dschang Bamileke
[23688]   Clark, Raymond C. & others (1979) : Mauritanian Arabic: teacher’s handbook
[4217]   Cleire, R. (1941) : Le sens des préfixes nominaux en mashi
[4218]   Cleire, R. (1942) : Talen rond het Kivu-Meer
[4219]   Cleire, R. (1955) : Grammaire mashi
[4241]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1920) : Supplément à la grammaire pratique de la langue luba
[4244]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1925) : Le verbe en langue luba
[4245]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1929) : Nouvelle grammaire luba
[4246]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1931) : Rytme et parallélisme en langue luba
[4247]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1934/35) : Lubataal-Studie ; deele 1-3
[4248]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1935/36) : Lubataal-Studie ; deel 4
[4249]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1936) : Dictionnaire luba, I: luba-français
[4250]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1936) : Dictionnaire luba: luba-français, français-luba
[4251]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1937) : Dictionnaire luba, II: français-luba
[4252]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de & Amaat F. S. Burssens (1946/47) : Langage luba
[4258]   Clézio, Yves M. L. le (1975) : Writing Shilluk with an Arabic script
[4261]   Clifton, John M. (1975) : Nonsegmental tone in Lango
[4265]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1972) : Le verbe banda
[4266]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1978) : Etudes comparatives: étude préliminaire à une dialectologie banda
[4268]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1981) : Le banda
[4271]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1988) : Le groupe banda
[4272]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1995) : Emprunts ou substrat? Analyse des convergences entre le groupe banda et les langues du Soudan Central
[4274]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1998) : Entre oubanguien et soudan central: les langues banda
[4276]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (2003) : Les modeles de dérivation en banda: regard diachronique
[4285]   Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers (1990) : Bibliography: the codification and elaboration of Namibian languages
[4286]   Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers (1991) : Languages in contact and conflict in Africa: an ethnolinguistic survey of the languages of Namibia
[4296]   Coates, Nick (1996) : Publishing in Namibian languages
[4300]   Cockin, George (1954) : Zik’s orthography
[4302]   Coertze, Pieter Johannes (1936) : Die betekenis en funksie van die voorvoegsel van die sewende klas van selfstandige naamwoorde in die Sotho-Tswana groep van bantoetale
[4303]   Coetser, Attie (1999) : Die invloed van Afrikaans op Phuti
[4304]   Coetzee, Abel J. (1939) : Leengoed: gedagtes oor taal, volksgeloof, kultuur
[4309]   Coetzee, C. G. & A. Christel Stern (1985) : Die beleid wat gevolg is by amptelike pleknaamgewing in Duits-Suidwes-Afrika
[4334]   Cohen, David (1968) : Les langues chamito-sémitiques
[4335]   Cohen, David (1969/70) : L’inaccompli en -n- du bedja et le système verbale chamito-sémitique
[4338]   Cohen, David (1972) : Problèmes de linguistique chamito-sémitique
[4347]   Cohen, David (1988) : L’oromo
[4349]   Cohen, Kevin Bretonnel (2000) : Aspects of the grammar of Kukú
[4314]   Cohen, Marcel (1924) : Langues éthiopiennes
[4317]   Cohen, Marcel (1926/27) : Du verbe sidama dans le groupe couchitique
[4318]   Cohen, Marcel (1927) : Consonnes laryngales et voyelles en éthiopien
[4320]   Cohen, Marcel (1931) : Études d’éthiopien méridional
[4321]   Cohen, Marcel (1933) : Les résultats acquis de la grammaire comparée chamito-sémitique
[4322]   Cohen, Marcel (1934) : Sur l’affixe N dans les verbes expressifs de diverses langues chamito-sémitiques
[4325]   Cohen, Marcel (1939) : Nouvelles études d’éthiopien méridional
[4327]   Cohen, Marcel (1947) : Essai comparatif sur le vocabulaire et la phonétique du chamito-sémitique
[4328]   Cohen, Marcel (1951) : Langues chamito-sémitiques et linguistique historique
[4330]   Cohen, Marcel (1952) : Langues éthiopiennes
[4331]   Cohen, Marcel (1953) : Sémitique, égyptien, libyco-berbère, couchitique et méthode comparative
[4363]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1953) : Fanagalo en die Bantoe-tale van Suid-Afrika
[4365]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1955) : Notes on Mokwena
[4376]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1963) : Bushman languages
[4386]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1972) : Bushman languages
[4391]   Coleman, John (1996) : Declarative syllabification in Talshit Berber
[4393]   Colin, G. S. (1926) : Etymologies magribines ; partie 1
[4394]   Colin, G. S. (1927) : Etymologies magribines ; partie 2
[4396]   Colin, G. S. (1930) : Mauritanica’
[4398]   Collard, H. J. (1920) : Petite grammaire du lala-lamba, tel qu’il se parle de Sakania à Elisabethville
[4401]   Colle, [Révérend] [Père] (19--) : Éléments de grammaire et de vocabulaire du mahavu
[4415]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (1998) : Plurality in Hoan
[4416]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (2001) : Aspects of plurality in €Hoan
[4417]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (2001) : The internal structure of verbs in Ju|’hoan and €Hoan
[4418]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (2002) : Multiple verb movement in €Hoan
[4419]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (2003) : The internal structure of vP in Ju|’hoansi and €Hoan
[23412]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (2001) : Multiple verb movement in €Hoan
[2020]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] & Arthur Bell (2001) : €Hoan and the typology of click accompaniments in Khoisan
[4407]   Collins, T. (1---) : Unpublished Suk-English vocabulary
[4422]   Colombel, Véronique de (1982) : Esquisse d’une classification de dis-huit langues tchadiques du nord-Cameroun
[4425]   Colombel, Véronique de (1987) : Traits chamito-sémitique de l’Uldeme et expansion vocalique
[4433]   Colombel, Véronique de (2000) : La pluralité verbale dans une dizaine de langues des monts du Mandara
[4435]   Colomer, Gilbert (1983) : Lexique français-arabe: le parler maghrebin
[4439]   Combrink, Johan G. H. (1974) : Watsenaam
[4440]   Combrink, Johan G. H. (1974) : Soek: Afrikaans se fleksie
[4444]   Combrink, Johan G. H. (1985) : Toename van plekke in die groter RSA
[4458]   Connell, Bruce A. (1998) : Moribund languages of the Nigeria-Cameroon borderland
[4465]   Connell, Bruce A. (2001) : An introduction to the Mambiloid languages
[22589]   Connell, Bruce A. (2000) : The integrity of Mambiloid
[4470]   Connelly, Michael J. (1984) : Basotho children’s acquisition of noun morphology
[4471]   Connelly, Michael J. (1987) : Basotho children’s early development of speech
[4473]   Conradie, Simone (2002) : Parameter resetting in the second language acquisition of Afrikaans: the SIP and the V2 parameter
[4477]   Conti Rossini, Carlo (1920) : La tribu ed il linguaggio dei Gamila sul fiume Dabus
[4478]   Conti Rossini, Carlo (1925) : Sui linguaggi dei Naa e dei Ghimirra (Sce) nell’Etiopia meridionale
[4480]   Conti Rossini, Carlo (1927) : Etiopia
[4481]   Conti Rossini, Carlo (1927) : Sui linguaggi parlati a nord dei laghi Rodolfo e Stefania
[4482]   Conti Rossini, Carlo (1936) : Bibliografica etiopica, 1927-1936
[4483]   Conti Rossini, Carlo (1936) : Contributi per la conoscenza della lingua haruro (isole del Lago Margherita)
[4484]   Conti Rossini, Carlo (1937) : Il popolo dei Magi nell’Etiopia meridionale e il suo linguaggio
[4486]   Conti Rossini, Carlo (1941) : Grammatica elementare della lingua etiopica
[4513]   Cook, Clare (2004) : Extraction marking vs scope-marking in Nêhiyawêwin and Yorùbá
[4530]   Cooper, K. N. (1984) : Lexique zime-français - Vun tàrí
[4531]   Coopmans, Peter (1994) : Comments on the paper by Ouhalla
[22903]   Cope, Pamela S. (1993) : The plural in Lele
[4548]   Corbett, Greville G. (1991) : Gender
[4551]   Cordemans, A.-T. (19--) : Vocabulaire “basakata”, non-publié
[4576]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Vocabulary of English words translated into Kiswahili and Kinguu
[4582]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Species [of trees and shrubs with] Wasukuma names
[4586]   Cosper, Ronald (1999) : Barawa lexicon: a wordlist of eight South Bauchi (West Chadic) languages - Boghom, Buli, Dott, Geji, Jimi, Polci, Sayanci and Zul
[25410]   Cosper, Ronald (2008) : Cross-Validation of Lexical Data in Chadic: A Comnparison of Sources in South Bauchi
[10217]   Cottevielle-Giraudet, R. (1936) : L’ancién egyptien et les langues africaines
[4624]   Courtecuisse, Regis (1995) : Taxonomy of some fungi used by the Songola people (Zaire)
[4660]   Crabtree, William Arthur (1925) : The origin of the Bahima: supplementary note
[4663]   Crabtree, William Arthur (1931) : Kavirondo - Correspondence to the editor
[4670]   Crass, Joachim (2002) : Die Grammatikalisierung des Verbes ‘sagen’ im Beria
[4671]   Crass, Joachim & Angelika Jakobi (2004) : Grammaire descriptive du beria: le dialecte kube
[23459]   Crass, Joachim , Girma A. Demeke , Ronny Meyer & Andreas Wetter (200-) : Copula and focus constructions in selected Ethiopian languages
[4674]   Crawhall, Nigel T. (1999) : Going to a better life: perspectives on the future of language in education for San and Khoe South Africans
[4675]   Crawhall, Nigel T. (2004) : Rediscovery of the N|u and the €Khomani land claim process, South Africa
[4684]   Creider, Chet A. (1973) : Systems of conversational interaction: a study of three East African tribes
[4692]   Creider, Chet A. (1981) : The tonal system of proto-Kalenjin
[4698]   Creider, Chet A. (1986) : Binary vs n-ary features
[4710]   Creissels, Denis (1979) : Le comitatif, la coordination et les constructions dites ‘possessives’ dans quelques langues africaines
[4711]   Creissels, Denis (1980) : Variations dialectales dans les systèmes de marques predicatives des parlers manding
[4712]   Creissels, Denis (1981) : De la possibilité de rapprochements entre le songhai et les langues niger-congo (en particulier mandé)
[4722]   Creissels, Denis , Claire Grégoire & Léonce Yembi Bouka (1992) : Place des parlers bozo dans la classification des langues mandé
[4754]   Crisp, William (1924) : Notes towards a Secoana grammar with a series of exercises
[4756]   Cronjé, A. P. J. (1955) : Die Sotho-tale in die Bantu-lokasie van Pretoria: ’n studie van fonologiese aanpassing
[4760]   Crosby, J. (1966) : The morphology of the substantive in Ncheu
[4757]   Crosby, Oscar T. (1931) : Notes on Bushmen and Ovambo in South West Africa
[4766]   Crozier, David Henry & Roger M. Blench (1992) : An index of Nigerian languages
[4776]   Cruz, Clément da (1956) : Petit recueil des pseudonyms (population fon, région d’Abomey)
[4777]   Cruz, Maxime S. C. da (1992) : Semantic restrictions on serial verb constructions with ‘take’ and ‘hold’ in Fon
[4784]   Culy, Christopher (1991) : Command and Fula dum pronominals
[4786]   Culy, Christopher (1996) : Agreement in Fula pronouns
[4783]   Culy, Christopher & B. Gnalibouly Dicko (1988) : Fula makko and theories of anaphora
[4789]   Cuny, Albert (1930) : La catégorie de duel dans les langues indo-européennes et chamito-sémitiques
[4790]   Cuny, Albert (1946) : Invitation è l’étude comparative des langues indo-européennes et langues chamito-sémitiques
[4804]   Cyffer, Norbert (1981) : The person elements in Saharan languages: a step towards the creation of proto-Saharan
[4820]   Cyffer, Norbert (1996) : Adaptation and delimitation: some thoughts about the Kanurization of the Gamergu
[4815]   Cyffer, Norbert , Herrmann Jungraithmayr , E. Platte & R. Vogels (1994) : Auf den Spuren vergangener Kulturen: Dynamik ethnischer und sprachlicher Prozesse im Mega-Tschad-Raum
[4829]   Czekanowski, Jan (1924) : Forshungen im Nil-Kongo-Zwischengebiet, Bd 2: Ethnographie Uele/Ituri/Nil-lander
[24408]   Dacko, Bruno (1978?) : Le Ngbaka Bobangui : Esquisse phonologique - Etude de lʼénoncé minimal et des nominaux
[4844]   Dadzie, A. B. K. (1986) : The place of Pidgin English in the Nigerian milieu
[4846]   Daeleman, Jan (1958) : Dag- en jaarverdeling bij de Bakoongo
[4849]   Daeleman, Jan (1966) : Morfologie van naamwoord en werkwoord in het Kongo (Ntandu) met ontleding van het foneemsystem
[4854]   Daeleman, Jan (1980) : Les étymologies africaines du FEW
[4858]   Daeleman, Jan & J. L. Pauwels (1983) : Notes d’ethnobotanique ntandu (Kongo). Principales plantes de la région de Kisaantu: nomes ntandu et noms scientifique
[4864]   Daget, Jacques , M. Konipo & M. Sanankoua (1953) : La langue bozo
[4869]   Dahl, Otto Christian (1951) : Malgache et maanjan: une comparison linguistique
[4873]   Dahl, Otto Christian (1983) : Sorabe revelant l’évolution du dialecte antemoro
[4875]   Dahl, Otto Christian (1989) : Bantu substratum in Malagasy
[4878]   Dakay, T. (1973) : Grammaire pratique de bamileke-fe’efe’e
[4888]   Dalby, David (1963) : Banta and Mabanta
[4898]   Dalby, David (1969) : Further indigenous scripts of West Africa: Manding, Wolof and Fula alphabets and Yoruba ‘holy’ writing
[4904]   Dalby, David (1971) : Ashanti survivals in the language and traditions of the windward maroons of Jamaica
[23561]   Dalby, David (1965) : The Mel languages in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’, 1: Baga, Landuma, and Temne
[4891]   Dalby, David & Paul Edward Hedley Hair (1964) : “Le langage de Guynee”: a sixteenth-century vocabulary from the Pepper Coast
[4918]   Dale, Desmond (1981) : Duramazwi: a basic Shona-English dictionary
[4920]   Daleman, Jan (1966) : Morfologie van naamword en werkwoord in het Kongo (Ntandu)
[4922]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1974) : Arguments for a unified treatment of y-initial and vowel-initial roots in Olutsootso
[4924]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1975) : The diachronic development of nasal deletion in OluTsootso
[4925]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1975) : On underlying and superficial constraints in OluTsootso
[4927]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1976) : Passivizing locatives in OluTsootso
[4930]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1977) : Towards an explanation of diachronic and synchronic exceptions on OluTsootso and Kyamutwara (Haya)
[4931]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1977) : Past tense formation on (Oru)Haya
[4965]   Dammann, Ernst (1961) : Die sprachliche Verhältnisse in Ghana (les relations linguistiques au Ghana)
[4973]   Dammann, Ernst (1968) : Die Afrikanistik an der Philipps-Universität zu Marburg
[4992]   Dammann, Ernst (1992) : Baraloni als Name für Lamu
[4993]   Dammann, Ernst (1996) : Einigs über omitandu
[4994]   Damtew Daniel (2000) : Compounding in Konso
[4996]   Dancy, Paul (1983) : Learn to read and write Buli - for those who already know how to read English and want to learn to read Buli
[4999]   Danon-Boileau, Laurent & Aliou Mohamadou (1994) : Façons de penser, façons de parler: les classes nominales du peul
[5000]   Danquah, J. B. (1956) : Notes on ‘Oburoni’ and ‘Buronya’
[5004]   Darden, Bill (1992) : The Cairene Arabic verb without form classes
[5008]   Datta, Ansu K. (1978) : Languages used by Zambian Asians
[5017]   Davey, Anthony S. & Adrian Koopman (2000) : Adulphe Delegorgue’s ‘Vocabulaire de la langue zoulouse’
[5016]   Davey, Lydia & Christo van Rensburg (1993) : Afrikaans: sy ondergang in Tlhabane
[5019]   Davids, Achmat (1996) : Laying the lie of the ‘Boer’ language: an alternative view of the genesis of Afrikaans
[5028]   Davies, Ian R. L. , Christina Davies & Greville G. Corbett (1994) : The basic colour terms of Ndebele
[5033]   Davis, Margaret Beatrice (1938) : A Lunyoro-Lunyankole-English and English-Lunyoro-Lunyankole dictionary
[5034]   Davis, Margaret Beatrice (1952) : A Lunyoro-Lunyankole-English and English-Lunyoro-Lunyankole dictionary
[5040]   Dawson, Keith (1975) : L’accord vocalique en tépo
[22941]   Dawson, Keith (1982) : Remarks on negation in Tepo Krou
[5041]   Deacon, Janette (1986) : ‘My place is the Bitterspits’: the home territory of Bleek and Lloyd’s |Xam San informants
[5044]   Deacon, Janette (1996) : A short note on Lloyd’s !Kung informants
[5048]   Decapmaker, J. (1954) : L’emploi du passif dans le langage des Bakongo
[5049]   Decary, R. (1928) : Lexique français-antandroy
[5257]   Déchamps-Wenezoui, Martine (1981) : Le français, le sango et les autres langues centrafricaines: enquête sociolinguistique au quartier Boy-Race (Bangui, Centrafrique)
[5050]   Decorse, Dr. & Maurice Gaudefroy-Demombynes (1920?) : Rahab et les Arabes du Chari: documents arabes et vocabulaire
[5058]   Dejeneie Leta (1975) : Oromo for beginners: language materials
[5059]   Dejeneie Leta (1980) : Verbs in Oromo sentence patterns
[5069]   Delafosse, Maurice (1929) : La langue mandingue et ses dialectes (malinké, bambara, dioula), I: introduction, grammaire, lexique français-mandingue
[5073]   Delafosse, Maurice (1955) : La langue mandingue et ses dialectes (malinké, bambara, dioula)
[24558]   Delafosse, Maurice (1904) : Vocabulaires comparatifs de plus de soixante langues ou dialectes africains, parlés à la Côte dʼIvoire et dans les régions limitrophes, avec des notes linguistiques et ethnologiques, une bibliographie, et une carte
[5083]   Delgado, Juan Alvarez (1964) : Inscriptiones libicas de Canarias: ensayo de interpretacion libica
[5084]   Delheure, Jean (1984) : Agraw n yiwalen tumzabt t-tfrancist/Dictionnaire mozabite-français
[5086]   Delille, A. (1935) : Inleiding tot de Chichoksche spraakleer
[5092]   Dell, François & Mohamed Elmedlaoui (1989) : Clitic ordering, morphology and phonology in the verbal complex of Imdlawn Tashlhiyt Berber ; part 1
[5093]   Dell, François & Mohamed Elmedlaoui (1991) : Clitic ordering, morphology and phonology in the verbal complex of Imdlawn Tashlhiyt Berber ; part 2
[5095]   Dell, François & Mohamed Elmedlaoui (1992) : Quantitative transfer in the nonconcatenative morphology of Imdlawn Tashlhiyt Berber
[5098]   Dell, François & Mohamed Elmedlaoui (1996) : On consonant releases in Imdlawn Tashlhiyt Berber
[5099]   Dell, François & Mohamed Elmedlaoui (1996) : Nonsyllabic transitional vocoids in Imdlawn Tashlhiyt Berber
[5101]   Dell, François & Mohamed Elmedlaoui (2002) : Syllables in Tashlhiyt Berber and in Moroccan Arabic
[5096]   Dell, François & Oufae Tangi (1992) : Syllabification and empty nuclei in Ath-Sidhar Rifian Berber
[5097]   Dell, François & Oufae Tangi (1993) : On the vocalization of /r/ in Ath-Sidhar Rifian Berber
[5143]   Demolin, Didier & Christoph Segebarth (1992) : Analyse de la production des voyelles de quelques langues Soudan Central par IRM
[5149]   Demolin, Didier , Hubert Ngonga-Ke-Mbembe & Alain Soquet (2002) : Phonetic characteristics of an unexploded palatal implosive in Hendo
[5152]   Dempwolff, Otto (1927) : Die Hervorhebung von Satzteilen als Anlass zur Verwendung besonderer Wortformen
[5185]   Denis, [Révérend] [Père] J. (19--) : Vocabulaire “babai”/bokoro, non-publié
[5186]   Denis, [Révérend] [Père] J. (19--) : Vocabulaire “kidia”/bokoro, non-publié
[5187]   Denis, [Révérend] [Père] J. (19--) : Vocabulaire “basa”/bokoro, non-publié
[5188]   Denning, Keith (1989) : The diachronic development of phonological voice quality, with special reference to Dinka and other Nilotic languages
[5196]   Denolf, P. (1932) : Lukuba, taal der Bakuba, in ’t bizonder de gewesttaal der Mpianga
[5203]   Dent, George Robinson (1996) : Kompakte Zoeloe woordeboek/Isichazimazwi sesibhunu nasesizulu: Afrikaans-Zoeloe, Zoeloe-Afrikaans
[5216]   Dereje Sebsibie (2001) : Noun morphology of Shekka
[5220]   Derive, Marie-José (1990) : Étude dialectologique de l’aire manding de Côte-d’Ivoire
[5218]   Derive, Marie-José & K. Atin (1980) : Correspondences phonétiques dans les parlers manding de Côte d’Ivoire
[5233]   Destaing, Edmond (1937) : Textes arabes en parler des Chleuhs du Sous (Maroc): transcriptions, traduction, glossaire
[5234]   Destaing, Edmond (1937/40) : Entretien sur la question des labio-vélaires en chamito-sémitique: berbère
[5235]   Destaing, Edmond (1937/40) : Remarques sur la qualification en Tachelhait du Sous (Maroc)
[5236]   Detienne, P. (1956) : Dialectes du maindombe: essai de géographie linguistique
[22710]   Dettweiler, Stephen H. & Sonia G. Dettweiler (2005) : Sociolinguistic survey (level one) of the Lela people
[5275]   Diagana, Seydina Dusmana (19--) : Contact de langues: approche sociolinguistique des emprunts du soninke au français, a l’arabe et au pulaar
[5282]   Diagne, Pathé (1978) : Manuel de conversation/Conversation hand-book. Wolof: Francais, English; Mandeng: Français, English; Pulaar: Français, English
[5283]   Diakifukila, Nl. (1981) : Quelques considérations morpho-sémantiques des formes pronominales en kimanyanga
[5284]   Diakonoff, Igor Mikhailovich (1965) : Semito-khamitskie yazyki: opyt klassifikatsii
[5285]   Diakonoff, Igor Mikhailovich (1975) : On root structure in proto-Semitic
[5286]   Diakonoff, Igor Mikhailovich (1988) : Afrasian languages
[5287]   Diakonoff, Igor Mikhailovich , Alexander Jurievich Militarev , Viktor Jakovlevich Porkhomovsky & Olga Valerievna Stolbova (1993) : On the principles of Afrasian phonological reconstruction
[5290]   Diakonoff, Igor Mikhailovich , Anna Grigorievna Belova , Alexander Jurievich Militarev & Viktor Jakovlevich Porkhomovsky (1995) : Historical comparative vocabulary of Afrasian ; part 3
[5291]   Diakonoff, Igor Mikhailovich , Anna Grigorievna Belova , Alexander Jurievich Militarev & Viktor Jakovlevich Porkhomovsky (1996) : Historical comparative vocabulary of Afrasian ; part 4
[5292]   Diakonoff, Igor Mikhailovich , Anna Grigorievna Belova , Alexander Jurievich Militarev & Viktor Jakovlevich Porkhomovsky (1997) : Historical comparative vocabulary of Afrasian ; part 5
[5288]   Diakonoff, Igor Mikhailovich , Anna Grigorievna Belova , Alexander Serafimovich Chetverukhin , Alexander Jurievich Militarev , Viktor Jakovlevich Porkhomovsky & Olga Valerievna Stolbova (1994) : Historical comparative vocabulary of Afrasian ; part 1
[5289]   Diakonoff, Igor Mikhailovich , Anna Grigorievna Belova , Alexander Serafimovich Chetverukhin , Alexander Jurievich Militarev , Viktor Jakovlevich Porkhomovsky & Olga Valerievna Stolbova (1994) : Historical comparative vocabulary of Afrasian ; part 2
[5297]   Diall, Gouro Hamsamba (199-) : Paradigmatika i funksionirovanije pronominalnoj sistemy: na materiale fulfulde
[10317]   Diall, Gouro Hamsamba & Bory Traoré (1997) : Lexique des élections français-fulfude
[5298]   Diallo, Darsalam & Moïse Lankoande (1969) : Commission nationale des langues voltaïques
[5299]   Diallo, Mohamadou (1988) : Eléments de systématique et de dialectologie du marka-kan (Burkina-Faso)
[5308]   Diankenda, N. (1980) : Étude contrastive français-kimanyanga
[5309]   Dianoux, H. J. (1961) : Les mots d’emprunt d’origine arabe dans la langue songhay
[5346]   Diarra, Boubacar (1990) : Gramática oxikwanyama
[5340]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de matemática português-oxikwanyama
[24245]   Diarra, Sékou O. (1992) : Le système tonal du Fuladugukakan
[5347]   Diarra, Sékou Oumar (1992) : Eléments de description du fuladugukakan de sébékoro (parler manding du Mali)
[5348]   Dias, Manuel Lázaro (1949) : O Quimbundo na escala evolutiva das línguas
[22495]   Diatta, Christian Sina (1999) : Parlons jola: langue et culture des Diolas (Sénégal)
[5358]   Dickens, Patrick John (1977) : Grammar simplification via rule inversion: the effect of historical deletion of nasals on modern Sotho
[5406]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1978) : The consonants of proto-Upper Cross and their implications for the classification of the Upper Cross languages
[5408]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1982) : Contacts between eastern Nilotic and Surma groups: linguistic evidence
[5421]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1987) : Drift and selective mechanisms in morphological changes: the Eastern Nilotic case
[5423]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1988) : The lexical reconstruction of proto-Nilotic: a first reconnaissance
[5450]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2002) : Colourful psi’s sleep furiously: depicting emotional states in some African languages
[17051]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2006) : Areal diffusion versus genetic inheritance: an African perspective
[5453]   Dinote Kusia, & Ralph Siebert (1994) : Second survey of languages of the Gawwada, Tsamaya and Diraasha areas with excursions to Birayle (Ongota) and Arbore (Irbore)
[19388]   Dinote Kusia, Zewde Cheru , Klaus Wedekind , Yegzaw Bekele & Tanaba Wolde-Gebriel (1994) : Second survey of languages of the Gawwada, Tsamay and Diraasha areas, with excursions to Birayle (Ongota) and Arbore (Irbore) - part 1
[5455]   Dinslage, S. & Rudolf Leger (1996) : Language and migration: the impact of the Jukun on Chadic speaking groups in the Benue-Gongola Basin
[5458]   Dion, Paul E. (1973) : La langue de Ya’udi: description et classement de l’ancien parler de Zencirli dans le cadre des langues sémitiques de nord-ouest
[5486]   Djarangar, Djita Issa (1988) : Le système tonal du bedjonde (sara/Tchad)
[5487]   Djarangar, Djita Issa (1989) : Description phonologique et grammaticale de bédjonde, parler sara de Bédiondo, Tchad
[5490]   Djarangar, Djita Issa (1991) : Some Sara vowel inventories and vowel system predictions
[5491]   Djarangar, Djita Issa (1992) : De la dispersion des voyelles dans l’espace linguistique sara
[5492]   Djarangar, Djita Issa (2000) : Essai de classification des langues sara
[23882]   Djiafeua, Prosper (1989) : Esquisse phonologique du mpumpung, parler de Yokadouma
[5502]   Djoumessi, Mathias (1970) : Syllabaire bamiléké, à l’usage de l’école populaire du Kumzse
[5510]   Dobronravin, Nikolai (2000) : Hausa, Songhay and Mande Languages in Nigeria: multilingualism in Kebbi and Sokoto
[5523]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1925) : An outline of the phonetics of the language of the Chû: Bushmen of north-west Kalahari
[5583]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1959) : Ukuwulisisiwa kwamasiwi ambi amwibuku lyawalesa
[5600]   Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1972) : O proisxozdenii licnyx okoncanij glagolov v vostocnosidamskix i irakvskix jazykax
[5605]   Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1978) : On phonemic stress in proto-Semitic
[5609]   Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1988) : East Cushitic and Semitic: word-initial laryngeals
[5625]   Dombrowski, Franz Amadeus (1987) : Leo Reinischs materieller Beitrag zur Bedeutung des Agau, insbesondere des Bilin, für Erforschung der hamitischen und semitischen Sprachen
[5629]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (1998) : Kontakt zwischen Minyanka und Bambara
[5630]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (1998) : Contact minyanka-bambara: l’exemple de la relativisation
[5631]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (1999) : Phénomènes de contact entre les langues minyanka et bambara (sud du Mali)
[5632]   Domche Teko, Engelbert (1984) : Du dialecte à la langue dans le bamiléké: un essai de dialectologie appliquée
[5634]   Domingue, N. (1984) : Syntactic innovations in Mauritian Bhojpuri
[5635]   Donald, W. O. , D. D. David & J. I. David jnr (1993) : Lexique fulfulde-anglais-français
[5639]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1965) : Bibliographie du programme Lolemi
[5644]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1968) : Notes de travail sur quelques langues de l’ouest ivoirien
[24348]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1969) : Les systèmes phonologiques des langues de Casamance
[24389]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1975) : Etat des études sur les langues du Sénégal
[5657]   Donnelly, Simon Scurr (1991) : Phonology and morphology of the noun in Yeeyi
[5661]   Donwa-Ifode, Shirley O. (1983) : Is Nigerian Pidgin English creolizing?
[5664]   Donwa-Ifode, Shirley O. (1995) : Preliminary historical inferences from Ijo loan words in Delta Edoid languages
[5665]   Doornbos, Paul (1979-1981) : Unpublished materials on Kodoi/Marfa collected at Beida (informant: Faki Mahmuud, 45, male), Maba collected at Foro Boranga (informants: Faki Muhmadi, 45, male, trader & fakir; Juma Ali, 20, male, tailor), Masalit collected at Foro Boranga (informants: Ibrahim Yahya Abdarraham, 33, male, linguistics graduate; Abu Kora Adam, 45, male, official), Aiki collected at Foro Boranga (informant: Al-Tahir Abakr), and Kibet collected at Foro Boranga (informant: Ahmad Xamiis of Am Timam, 32, male, unemployed)
[5666]   Doornbos, Paul & Marvin Lionel Bender (1983) : Languages of Wadai-Darfur
[5670]   Dornan, Samuel Shaw (1921) : Tati Bushmen
[5671]   Dornan, Samuel Shaw (1925) : The Kalahari languages
[5687]   Downing, Laura J. (1999) : Verbal reduplication in three Bantu languages
[5690]   Downing, Laura J. (2001) : How ambiguity of analysis motivates stem tone change in Durban Zulu
[5691]   Downing, Laura J. (2001) : Ungeneralizable minimality in Ndebele
[23444]   Downing, Laura J. (2000) : Satisfying minimality in Ndebele
[5701]   Dramé, Mallafe (1981) : Aspects of Mandingo grammar
[5706]   Drewes, A. J. (1956) : Nouvelles inscriptions de l’Éthiopie
[5716]   Drexel, Albert (1928) : Kann das Ful als hamitische Sprache gelten?
[5719]   Drexel, Albert (1929?) : Psychologische Erwägungen zum fulschen Anlautswechsel
[5722]   Driberg, Jack H. (1923) : The Lango: a Nilotic tribe of Uganda
[5731]   Drolc, Ursula (1998) : Language use in Monduli, Tanzania
[5732]   Drolc, Ursula (1999) : Swahili among the Maasai: on the interlanguage Swahili by Maa speakers
[5740]   Dubinsky, Stanley , Maria-Rosa Lloret-Romañach & Paul Newman (1988) : Lexical and syntactic causatives in Oromo
[5744]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna & T. E. Reutt (1973) : [Materials on the lexicon of Margi and Bura languages]
[5760]   Ducati, Bruno (1935) : L’amharico, il suaheli, il galla: dizionnaretto delle tre principali lingue parlate in Abissinia
[5765]   Ducroz, J. M. & M. C. Charles (1979) : Recherches sur la prosodie soney (parler kaado du Gorouol, Niger)
[5766]   Duerksen, John (1989) : Syllable initial ‘h’ in Dinka
[5767]   Duerksen, John (1997) : Dinka dialects: a preliminary report
[23086]   Duerksen, John (2004) : Dinka-Nuer orthographies
[5772]   Dugast, R. (1948) : L’anatomie du corps humain et les causes de maladies (vocabulaire ndiki)
[5850]   Dühring, F. K. (1925) : Zusammenstellung meiner Sprachaufnahmen des Pani-Dui im Tscholere-Gebirge und des Lakka im Logone-Gebiet mit den Sprachaufnahmen des Lakka im Mayo Nakana von Strümpel
[23026]   Duitsman, John (1981) : A plus for plurals in writing Liberian Krahn
[23027]   Duitsman, John (1981) : Liberian Krahn: some notes on vowel harmony
[5791]   Dumestre, Gérard (Ed) (1978) : Journées d’études, langue et linguistique Manding, Orcemont, 5-7 juillet, 1978
[5831]   Dunstan, Elizabeth (1971) : Noun class systems in Mbam-Nkam
[5828]   Dunstan, Elizabeth (Ed) (1966) : The sound systems of twelve Nigerian languages and English
[5829]   Dunstan, Elizabeth (Ed) (1969) : Twelve Nigerian languages: a handbook on their sound systems for teachers of English
[5833]   Dupigny, E. G. M. (1920) : Gazetteer of Nupe Province
[5853]   Dwyer, David J. (1968) : An introduction to West African Pidgin English
[5861]   Dwyer, David J. (1981) : Lorma: a reference handbook of phonetics, grammar, lexicon and learning procedures
[5866]   Dwyer, David J. (1987/88) : Towards proto-Mande phonology
[5852]   Dwyer, David J. & David Smith (1966) : An introduction to West African Pidgin-English
[5860]   Dwyer, David J. , P. Bodegie & J. D. Bague (1981) : A learner directed approach to Lorma: a handbook on communication and culture with dialogs, texts, cultural notes, exercises, drills, and instructions
[5879]   Dyson-Hudson, Rada (1962) : An Akarimojong-English check list of the trees of southern Karamojong
[5917]   Eaton, Helen Catherine (1997) : The Barabaig noun
[23351]   Eberle, Andrea & Regina Schulz (2004) : Koptisch: ein Leitfaden durch das Saïdische
[5931]   Ebermann, Erwin (1993) : Zur Entstehung des Kausativpräfixes ‘la-’ im Manding
[6419]   Echu, George (2002) : Multilingualism as a resource: the lexical appropriation of Cameroon indigenous languages by English and French
[5962]   Edegbe, J. U. (1936) : Benin English grammar
[5963]   Edel, Elmar (1955/64) : Altägyptische Grammatik
[5964]   Edel, Elmar (1981) : Hieroglyphische Inschriften des Alten Reiches
[5967]   Edenmyr, Niklas (2000) : Locative nouns in four Bantu languages
[5976]   Edgar, John T. (1991) : First steps toward Proto-Tama
[5975]   Edgar, John T. & John E. Lavers (1991) : First steps toward Proto-Maba [with a historical note by John E. Lavers]
[5979]   Edmiston, Althea Brown (1940) : Grammar and dictionary of the Bushonga or Bukuba language, as spoken by the Bushonga or Bukuba tribe who dwell in the Upper Kasai District, Belgian Congo, Central Africa
[6011]   Egner, Ingeborg (1980) : Prolongation du radical verbal et changement de la valence du verbe en wobé
[6012]   Egner, Ingeborg (1988) : Analyse conversationelle de l’échange réparateur en wobé: parler wee de Côte d’Ivoire
[6013]   Egner, Ingeborg (1989) : Précis de grammaire wobé
[22917]   Egner, Ingeborg (1983) : Constraintes sociolinguistiques portant sur le discours d’instruction en wobé
[22947]   Egner, Ingeborg (1989) : The role of topos in the use oif a Wobe particle
[22949]   Egner, Ingeborg (Ed) (1992) : Esquisses phonologiques de trois langues ivoriennes: beng, dida, yaouré
[6010]   Egner, Ingeborg & Verena Hofer (1978) : Information marquée dans la proposition wobé
[22769]   Eguchi, Paul Kazuhisa (1969) : Memoranda on some languages of the Mandara mountain area in the northern Cameroons
[6017]   Egziʼabher, Yohannes Gabra (1947) : Ethiopian dictionary: Tigrigna-Amharic
[6025]   Ehret, Christopher (1974) : Ethiopians and East Africans: the problem of contacts
[6035]   Ehret, Christopher (1981) : Revising proto-Kuliak
[6044]   Ehret, Christopher (1987) : Proto-Cushitic reconstruction
[6046]   Ehret, Christopher (1988) : Social transformation in the early history of the Horn of Africa: linguistic clues to developments of the period 500 BC to AD 500
[6049]   Ehret, Christopher (1991) : The consonant inventory of Proto-Eastern Cushitic
[6050]   Ehret, Christopher (1993) : Nilo-Saharans and the Saharo-Sudanese neolithic
[6051]   Ehret, Christopher (1995) : Reconstructing Proto-Afroasiatic (Proto-Afrasian): vowels, tone, consonants and vocabulary
[6052]   Ehret, Christopher (1995) : Do Krongo and Sjabo belong in Nilo-Saharan?
[6055]   Ehret, Christopher (1999) : Nostratic - or proto-human?
[6033]   Ehret, Christopher & Derek Nurse (1981) : The Taita Cushites
[6071]   Eisele, John C. (1990) : Time reference, tense and formal aspect in Cairene Arabic
[6072]   Eisele, John C. (1992) : Cairene Arabic auxiliaries and the category AUX
[22638]   Eisele, John C. (1990) : Aspectual classification of verbs in Cairene Arabic
[6083]   Ejimatswa, E. W. (1983) : Aspects of the Bassa-Nge phonology
[6093]   Eksteen, L. C. (1966) : Die leksikale definisie: ’n leksikografiese ondersoek
[6109]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1983) : Tanzanian and Ugandan isolates
[6112]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1988) : Patterns of sound in northern Khoisan
[6119]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1996) : Ju|’hoan orthography and its uses
[6118]   Elderkin, Edward Derek & Josephat B. Maghway (1992) : Some West Rift roots
[6125]   Elders, Stefan (1989) : Jabeessituu: focus in het Wellegga Oromo
[6136]   Elias, Philip & Jan Voorhoeve (1981) : How arbitrary are Mbam-Nkam correspondences? Alveolar reflexes of initial *B in Mbam-Nkam
[6138]   Elias, Philip , Jacqueline [Warnier] Leroy & Jan Voorhoeve (1984) : Mbam-Nkam or Eastern Grassfields
[6140]   Eliet, Edouard (1953) : Les langues spontanées, dites commerciales, du Congo : le monokotuba comparé au lingala et au lari de la région du Pool
[6153]   Elmedlaoui, Mohamed (1992) : Aspects des représentations phonologiques dans certaines langues chamito-semitiques
[6155]   Elmedlaoui, Mohamed (1994) : Extension de la racine en chamito-sémitique
[6156]   Elmedlaoui, Mohamed (1995) : Aspects des représentations phonologiques dans certaines langues chamito-sémitiques
[6159]   Elphick, Richard H. (1974) : Comment on Boëseken’s “The meaning, origin and use of the terms Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan”
[6160]   Elphick, Richard H. (1975) : Final comment on Boëseken’s “The meaning, origin and use of the terms Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan”
[6173]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1980) : Reconstructing the lenis feature in proto-Edoid
[6174]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1983) : The vowels of proto-Edoid
[6175]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1983) : Noun class prefixes in proto-Edoid
[6183]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1995) : Nigerian Pidgin: problems and prospects
[6182]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] & Augusta Phil [E.] Omamor (1991) : Nigerian Pidgin: background and prospects
[6170]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] & Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] Williamson (1977) : Reconstructing nasals in proto-Benue-Kwa
[6189]   Emanatian, Michele (1990) : The Chaga consecutive construction
[6207]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1991) : The study of Nigerian languages in Nigerian universities: the past, the present and the future
[6220]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1939) : Sotho-woordelys, met die Afrikaanse ekwivalente versamel uit bestaande Sotho-literatuur
[6229]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1969) : ‘n Poging om die onderskeidingskenmerke van enkele vendafoneme tot ‘n patroon van klankopposisies
[6240]   Endress, Gerhard & Dimitri Gutas (1993) : A Greek and Arabic lexicon: materials for a dictionary of the mediaeval translations from Greek into Arabic
[6241]   Engda Wolde-Semayat (1992) : The structure of the noun phrase in Ari
[6250]   Engelmann, Gudrun (1966) : Umtersuchungen zum Verbsystem des Altsuaheli
[6264]   Ennaji, Moha (1999) : The Arab world (Maghreb and Near East)
[6277]   Epstein, A. L. (1959) : Linguistic innovation and culture on the Copperbelt, Northern Rhodesia
[6279]   Erichsen, W. (1954) : Demotische Glossar
[23569]   Ernst, Urs (1996) : Alphabet et orthographe du mbonjoo (kako-ouest)
[6301]   Eshetu Kebede (1981) : The verb ‘to be’ in Oromo
[6307]   Essegbey, James A. B. K. (2004) : Auxiliaries in serialising languages: on COME and GO verbs in Sranan and Ewe
[6339]   Essien, Okon E. (Ed) (1991) : The tense systems of Nigerian languages and English
[6357]   Estermann, [Padre] Carlos (1962) : Confusões toponímicas e topográficas (Caconda, Cafima, Capangombe)
[22494]   Etsio, Edouard (1999) : Parlons teke: langue et culture Congo et Gabon
[6377]   Evans-Pritchard, Edward Evan (1934) : Imagery in Ngok Dinka cattle-names
[6388]   Evrard, E. (1966) : Étude statistique sur les affinités de cinquant-huit dialectes bantous
[6392]   Eyasu Haylu (2001) : The structure of noun phrases and dependent clauses in Tenaro
[22551]   Eynde, J. van den (1955) : Grammatikale studie van het Tshishokwe met een proeve van vergelijkende klankleer van het Tshishokwe
[6405]   Fabb, Nigel (1992) : The licensing of Fon verbs
[6408]   Faber, Alice (1985) : Akkadian evidence for proto-Semitic affricates
[6409]   Faber, Alice (1989) : On the nature of proto-Semitic *l
[6412]   Fabian, Johannes (1982) : Schratching the surface: observations on the poetics of lexical borrowing in Shaba Swahili
[6417]   Fabian, Johannes (1990) : Power and performance: ethnographic explorations through proverbal wisdom and theatre in Shaba, Zaïre
[6418]   Fabian, Johannes (1991) : Potopot: problems of documenting the history of spoken Swahili in Shaba
[22491]   Fadaïro, Dominique (2001) : Parlons fon: langue et culture ddu Bénin, bilingue français-fon
[6425]   Fafowora, O. F. (1995) : The need for medical vocabulary in Nigerian languages
[6442]   Fagerli, Ole T. (1993) : Affix order in Fulfulde and the scope in interpretation
[6443]   Fagerli, Ole T. (1994) : Verbal derivations in Fulfulde
[6446]   Faïk-Nzuji Madiya, Clémentine (1970) : Enigmas lubas-nshinga: étude structurale
[6447]   Faïk-Nzuji Madiya, Clémentine (1976) : Devinettes tonales luba: tusumwinu
[6449]   Faïk-Nzuji Madiya, Clémentine (1991) : Système anthroponymique luba
[6451]   Fakuade, Gbenga (1989) : The three-language formula for Nigeria: problems of implementation
[6452]   Fakuade, Gbenga (1994) : Lingua franca from African sources in Nigeria: the journey so far
[6461]   Fandohan, A. Iréné (1985) : Nuwlansen yoyo fonme ton le [New principles for writing Fon]
[6471]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1984) : Rivers Pidgin English: tone, stress or pitch-accent language?
[6473]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1985) : Rivers Pidgin English: tone, stress or pitch-accent language?
[6474]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1985) : River Pidgin (Creole) English: tone, stress or pitch-accent language?
[6481]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1990) : From old Guinea to Papua New Guinea: a comparative study of Nigerian Pidgin and Tok Pisin
[6470]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. , O. Ibim , Glory Worukwo , A. Minah & A. Tariah (1984) : Rivers State Pidgin English
[6487]   Farias, P. de Moraes (1990) : The oldest extant writing of West Africa: medieval epigraphs from Essuk, Saney and Egef-n-Tawaqqast (Mali)
[6493]   Farina, Felice (1986) : Nakarimojon-English and English-Nakarimojon dictionary
[6489]   Farina, J. (1927) : Grammaire de l’ancien égyptien
[6490]   Farina, J. (1934) : Le vocali dell’antico egiziano
[6495]   Farinha, António Lourenço (1946) : Elementos de gramática landina
[6505]   Fasold, Ralph W. (1997) : Motivations and attitudes influencing vernacular literacy: four African assesments
[6510]   Faure, P. (1969) : Introduction au parler arabe de l’est du Tchad
[6516]   Fayer, Joan M. (1982) : Written Pidgin English in Old Calabar in the 18th and 19th centuries
[6517]   Fayer, Joan M. (1986) : Pidgins as written languages: evidence from 18th century Old Calabar
[6538]   Fellman, Jack (1996) : Lines of classification in Ehtiopian-Semitic
[6539]   Feral, G. (1951) : Morphologie du verbe dans le dialecte hassane
[6540]   Ferguson, Charles A. (1970) : The Ethiopian language area
[6541]   Ferguson, Charles A. (1970) : The role of Arabic in Ethiopia
[6553]   Ferraz, Luiz Ivens (1980) : Notes on a pidgin dialect
[6555]   Ferraz, Luiz Ivens (1984) : Fanakalo: a pidgin caught in a crisis
[6558]   Ferreira, F. H. (1929) : Sethlapiñ nomenclature and uses of the indigenous trees of Griqualand West
[6562]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1961) : Die gesnedenheid van foneemverbindings in Sotho
[6563]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1961) : Die fonemiese struktuur van die Sothotale: ’n sinchronies-vergelykende ontleding
[6566]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1968) : Morfofonemiese aanpassings in die Sothotale
[6571]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1977) : Morfologie van die voornaamwoorde in die Sothotale
[22612]   Ferreira, Marcelo & Heejeong Ko (2003) : Questions in Buli
[6579]   Ferry, Marie-Paule (1995) : La parenté des lexiques calculée suivant les méthodes de la génétique des populations: un exemple atlantique
[23559]   Fiedler, Ines & Anne Schwarz (2005) : Out-of-focus encoding in Gur and Kwa
[6634]   Firchow, O. (1953) : Grundzüge der Stilistik in den alt-ägyptischen Pyramidentexten
[6643]   Firoo, Londoo (2003) : Mandinka kango taamañaa
[6646]   Fisch, Maria (1979/81) : Personennamen und Namensgebung: eine ethnologisch-etymologische Studie bei den Kavangostämme
[6647]   Fisch, Maria (1984) : Die Kavangofischer
[6648]   Fisch, Maria (1985/87) : Ursprung und Bedeutung des Namens Okavango
[6650]   Fischer, [Père] François (1949) : Grammaire-dictionnaire comorien
[6651]   Fischer, Henry George (1979) : Ancient Egyptian calligraphy: beginner’s guide to writing hieroglyphs
[6653]   Fischer, Henry George (1983) : Ancient Egyptian calligraphy: beginner’s guide to writing hieroglyphs
[6655]   Fischer, Henry George (1988) : Ancient Egyptian calligraphy: beginner’s guide to writing hieroglyphs
[6657]   Fischer, Henry George (1999) : Ancient Egyptian calligraphy: beginner’s guide to writing hieroglyphs
[6659]   Fisher, Alan (1976) : Phonologie guéré
[22968]   Fisher, Alan (1980) : La marque du déclaratif en guéré
[6660]   Fisseha Hailu (1984) : Noun morphology of Yamsa
[6681]   Fleming, Harold C. (1969) : The classification of West Cushitic within Hamito-Semitic
[6685]   Fleming, Harold C. (1976) : Omotic overview
[6693]   Fleming, Harold C. (1987) : Proto-Gongan consonant phonemes: stage one
[6694]   Fleming, Harold C. (1988) : Mao’s ancestor: consonant phonemes of proto-Mao
[6695]   Fleming, Harold C. (1988) : Proto-South-Omotic or Proto-Somotic consonant phonemes: stage one
[6699]   Fleming, Harold C. (1992) : Omotic and Cushitic: a reply to Lamberti
[6701]   Fligelman, Frieda (1932) : Moral vocabulary of an unwritten language (Fulani)
[6702]   Fligelman, Frieda (1932) : The richness of African negro languages (Fulani as a type)
[22910]   Flik, Eva (1977) : Tone glides and registers in five Dan dialects
[22918]   Flik, Eva (1978) : Dan tense-aspect and discourse
[6739]   Fontaney, V. Louise (1984) : Notes towards a description of Teke (Gabon)
[6752]   Ford, Carolyn M. (1991) : Notes on the phonology and grammar of Chaha Gurage
[6750]   Ford, Kevin C. (1986) : The tonal phonology of Siya (a central-Togo language) and the historical significance of its major functions
[6765]   Forson, D. (1990) : The implementation of English by the Roman Catholic Vicariate of Windhoek, Namibia
[6776]   Fortune, George (1963) : A note on the languages of Barotseland
[6781]   Fortune, George (1970) : The languages of the western province of Zambia
[6782]   Fortune, George (1970) : The references of primary and secondary noun prefixes in Zezuru
[22505]   Fouda, Mercédès (2001) : Je parle camerounais: pour un renouveau francofaune
[6808]   Fourie, David J. (1990) : Comments on the future of Oshiwambo
[6823]   Fourie, David J. (1997) : The linguistic position of Oshimbalanhu within the Wambo group
[6814]   Fourie, Kotie (1992) : Taalkommunikasie en taalbeplanning op die myne van Namibië
[6828]   Fox, Samuel E. (1982) : The structure of the morphology in Cairene Arabic
[6834]   Fraenkel, Merran (1970) : Zur Theorie der Lamed-He Stämme: gleichzeitig ein Beitrag zur semitisch-indogermanischen Sprachwissenschaft
[6845]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1982) : Another look at West Chadic verb classes
[6846]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1982) : The underlying form of verb in proto-Chadic
[6847]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1983) : Marking syntactic relations in proto-Chadic
[6849]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1984) : On the proto-Chadic syntactic pattern
[6858]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1987) : The relative clause in proto-Chadic
[6866]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1995) : Two complementizers in Lele
[6870]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (2001) : A grammar of Lele
[23687]   Francis, Timothy P. & Stephen Hanchey (1979) : Mauritanian Arabic: grammar handbook
[6878]   Franken, J. L. M. (1953) : Taalhistoriese bydraes
[6889]   Franz, Gottfried Heinrich (1929) : An arithmetical terminology in the Sotho group of Bantu languages
[6891]   Franz, Gottfried Heinrich (1931) : Motsosha-lenyôra (seripa sa I, sa II): pukana ya thutô ya polêlô ya Sesotho e e lekanetshexo
[6892]   Franz, Gottfried Heinrich (1933) : Sotho terminologies
[6907]   Frend, W. H. C. (1972) : Coptic, Greek and Nubian at Q’asr Ibrim
[6911]   Frick, Esther & Margrit Bolli (1971) : Inventaire préliminaire des langues et dialectes de Côte d’Ivoire
[6918]   Friedrich, Johannes (1938) : Die Silbenschrift des Mende-Nejus Kisami Kamara
[6924]   Froelich, Jean-Claude (1963) : Les Kabrè, les Lamba, les Naoudemba
[6942]   Fukui, Katsuyoshi (1977) : Folk classification of color and cattle among the Bodi
[6943]   Fukui, Katsuyoshi (1977) : The world through colour pattern: the Bodi in southwest Ethiopia
[6944]   Fukui, Katsuyoshi (1978) : [Symbolic world of colour pattern in a pastoral society: the Bodi of southwest Ethiopia]
[6946]   Fukui, Katsuyoshi (1988) : [Cultural device for the diversified selection of naimal coat-colour: folk genetics among the Bodi of southwest Ethiopia]
[6966]   Gabel, Creighton (1965) : Stone age hunters of the Kafue
[6967]   Gabriels, B. , A. Cloete & W. Botha (1998) : Bureau of the WAT
[6984]   Gaden, [Le Commandant] Henri (1969/72) : Dictionnaire peul-français
[6988]   Gajdos, Martina (2004) : Fulfulde: Lehrbuch einer westafrikanischen Sprache
[6994]   Galand, Lionel (1948) : Baquates et Barghwawâta
[6999]   Galand, Lionel (1975) : Libyque et berbère
[7018]   Galtier, Gérard (1980) : Problèmes dialectologiques et phonographématiques des parlers mandingues
[24228]   Galtier, Gérard (1987-88) : La notation graphique du son [ŋ] dans quelques langues du Mali (bambara, songhaï, dogon, bozo)
[7028]   Gamble, David Percy (1987) : Intermediate Gambian Mandinka-English dictionary
[7035]   Gamta Tilahun (1988) : Oromo English dictionary: problems of indicating pronunciation using the Amharic syllabary
[7036]   Gamta Tilahun (1989) : Oromo-English dictionary
[7038]   Gamta Tilahun (2000) : The politicization of my Oromo-English dictionary: the writer’s reflections
[7041]   Gankin, E. B. (1969) : Amcharsko-russkij slovar’
[7040]   Gankin, E. B. & Kebbede Desta (1965) : Russko-amcharskij slovar’
[7048]   Garber, Anne Elizabeth (1980) : Word order change and the Senufo languages
[7059]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1924) : The term pr-n-st’ in Pap. Mayer
[7078]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1947) : Ancient Egyptian onomastica
[7084]   Gardner, Sheena F. (1999) : From Molelowakgotla through Michael to Mpho: the role of English from an onomastic perspective
[7089]   Garmadi, S. (Ed) (1969) : Travaux de phonologie, parlers de Djemmal, Gabès, Mahdia (Tunisie), Tréviso (Italie)
[7088]   Garmadi, S. , A. el Ayeb , A. Attia & A. Mʼhiri (1968) : Étude linguistique des deux premiers livres de lecture arabe en usage en Tunisie
[22729]   Gasparini, Armido (1947) : Elementi di grammatica Gumus con frasi, testo e dizionario
[7125]   Gbéto, Flavien (1997) : Assimilation du pronom substitutif en gbe et phénomènes apparentés revisités
[23703]   Gbéto, Flavien (2004) : Esquisse de la tonologie synchronique de wemegbe, dialecte gbe du sud-Benin
[7134]   Gebhart, Ute (1991) : Vergleichende Untersuchungen zu seriellen Verbalkonstruktionen im West African Pidgin English and Krio
[7144]   Geider, Thomas (1985) : Pokomo lexical data on trees and their uses
[7145]   Geider, Thomas (1989) : Beekeeping and honeywine in Pokomo culture, history and lexicography
[7155]   Gensler, Orin David (1994) : On reconstructing the syntagm S-Aux-O-V-Other to Proto-Niger-Congo
[12670]   George Madugu, Isaac S. (1985) : Complex verbs in Nupe and Yoruba
[7169]   Gerber, Hendri H. (2000) : Woordeboek Afrikaans - Noord-Sotho/Pukuntshu Seburu - Sesotho sa Leboa
[7179]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1972/73) : Das Nominalsystem der Plateau-4-Sprachen: Versuch einer Rekonstruktion
[7180]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1972/73) : Abriss der Nominalenklassen im Koro, North-Central State, Nigeria
[7182]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1974) : Pi-, hi-, fi-, bi- und bu- in den Plateausprachen Nordnigerias: Klasse neun/zehn oder Klasse neunzehn?
[7186]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1978) : Benue-Kongo oder Kwa?
[7194]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1983) : Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Sprachen des Nigerianischen Plateaus
[7196]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1984) : More on the verbal system of Zarek (northern Nigeria)
[7205]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1988) : Auf- und Abbau von nominalen Klassensystemen
[7206]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1988) : Bemerkungen zur Morpho(no)logie des Kwoi
[7211]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1994) : Serialverbkonstruktionen in den Plateausprachen Nordnigerias
[7214]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1998) : Die Stellung des Mungaka zu den Bantusprachen: Bemerkungen zu einem Bali-Lexikon
[7224]   Getahun Amare (1983) : The dialect of Wollo, with special reference to Ambassel Awrajja
[7228]   Getatchew Haile (1996) : Ethiopic writing
[7241]   Gibson, Gordon D. , Thomas John Larson & Cecilia R. McGurk (1981) : The Kavango peoples
[4446]   Giese, Wilhelm (1952) : Los estudios de las lenguas canarias de E. Zyhlarz
[7243]   Giess, Wilhelm & Jan Winston Snyman (1970) : Eingeborenennamen und Gebräuche von Pflanzen des Kau-Kauveldes
[7244]   Giess, Wilhelm & Jan Winston Snyman (1986) : The naming and utilization of plantlife by the Zhu|’hõasi Bushmen of the Kau-Kauveld
[7254]   Gilley, Leoma G. (2004) : Morphophonemic orthographies in fusional languages: the cases of Dinka and Shilluk
[7261]   Gilman, Charles (1979) : Convergence in Lingala and Zairian Swahili
[7262]   Gilman, Charles (1979) : Cameroonian Pidgin English: a neo-African language
[7272]   Ginneken, [Père] Jacques van (1938) : L’importance des latérales caucasiennes pour l’étude des langues africaines, indoeuropéennes et chamito-sémitiques: contribution à la grammaire comparée des langues du Caucase
[7275]   Girard, Tim (1992) : A sociolinguistic survey of the Werizoid dialect chain
[7282]   Girard, Tim (2002) : A sociolinguistic survey report of the Werizoid dialect chain
[7283]   Girault, L. (1963) : Le verbe en dagara et les familles de verbes dérivés
[7284]   Girgis, Savet (1948) : A list of common fish of the Upper Nile with their Shilluk, Dinka and Nuer names
[23489]   Githiora, Chege , Heather Littlefield & Victor B. Manfredi (Ed) (2004) : Kinyira njira! Step firmly on the pathway
[7293]   Givón, Talmy (1969) : Studies in ChiBemba and Bantu grammar
[7304]   Givón, Talmy (1972) : Studies in ChiBemba and Bantu grammar
[7310]   Givón, Talmy (1974) : Syntactic change in Lake Bantu: a rejoinder
[7314]   Givón, Talmy (1976) : On the SOV reconstruction of southern Nilotic: internal evidence from Toposa
[7321]   Glaesel, Heidi (1997) : They’re not just ‘samaki’: towards an understanding of fisher vocabulary on the Kenya coast
[7324]   Gleeson, Joseph , Omer Awad & David Rorick (1968) : Is ka wahh u qabso: wahaa dhigey
[7326]   Glover, Phillip Earle (1947) : Provisional check-list of British and Italian Somaliland trees, shrubs and herbs, including the reserved areas adjacent to Abyssinia
[7329]   Gluckman, Max (1959) : The technical vocabulary of Bartose jurisprudence
[7330]   Gnalibouly, Boureïma A. & Antonina Ivanovna Koval (1982) : Les questions controversées de la conjugaison verbale en peul
[7507]   Göbelsmann, Claus (1988) : Textanalyse zu Tempus (T), Aspekt (A) und Modalität (M) im Swahili: das TAM-System in der Prosasprache des Shabaan bin Robert
[7335]   Goellnitz, W. (1945) : Wörterbuch Deutsch-Osikuanjama
[7349]   Goldenberg, Gideon (1969) : Kestaneñña: studies in a northern Gurage language of Christians
[7350]   Goldenberg, Gideon (1974) : L’étude du gouragué et la comparaison chamito-sémitique
[7367]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1984) : Meeussen’s rule
[7371]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1985) : Tone in CiRuri present continuous
[7378]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1991) : Tone and accent in Llogori
[7379]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1992) : Tone and accent in Llogoori
[7380]   Goldstein, Louis (1995) : Lendu consonants and the role of overlapping gestures in sound change: comments on Demolin
[22604]   Good, Jeff Craig (200-) : Whe arguments become adjuncts: negation and object preposing in Leggbó
[7393]   Goodall, Edward Basil Herbert (1921) : Some Wemba words: some meanings and explanations
[7400]   Goodwill, J. , A. Kotzé , Levi Namaseb , Angelika Tjoutuku , E. Kaura , Paavo Hasheela , L. Mbenzi , D. Nakare , M.!Goraseb & V. =Eiases (1991) : A first school dictionary for Namibia with Nama-Damara, Herero, Kwangali, Oshiwambo and Afrikaans words
[7402]   Goody, Jack (1963) : Ethnological notes on the distribution of the Guang languages
[7404]   Gordon, Robert James (1972) : Some sociological aspects of verbal communication in Okombahe, SWA: a community study
[7428]   Gottschligg, Peter (1992) : Verbale Valenz und Kasus in Ful
[7429]   Gottschligg, Peter (1995) : Determination und Referenz in der Entwicklung der Nominalklassensysteme des Ful und anderer atlantischer Sprachen
[7430]   Gottschligg, Peter (1995) : Sprachwandel und Dialektologie des Anlautwechsels im Ful
[7431]   Gottschligg, Peter (1997) : Zur Spezialisierung pronominaler Reliktformen im Ful
[7432]   Gottschligg, Peter (1997) : Nominale Morphophonologie des Ful von Klingenheben bis Paradis: keine Rezeptionsgeschichte
[7434]   Gottschligg, Peter (1999) : Senegal language deixis and its development in Fula dialects
[7435]   Gottschligg, Peter (2000) : La morphologie nominale peule dans le cadre dialectal et nord-(ouest)-atlantique
[22400]   Gottschligg, Peter (2003) : A non-rhotic Fula dialect from Kouandé (northern Bénin)
[7451]   Gouffé, Claude (1970/71) : Une corrélation typologique dans quatre langues de l’Afrique occidentale: les fonctions de “N-”
[7462]   Gough, David H. (1986) : Xhosa narrative: an analysis of the production and linguistic properties of discourse with particular reference to Iintsomi texts
[7475]   Gouws, R. H. (1992) : Aspekte van die Suid-Afrikaanse leksikografiepraktyk
[7505]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1995) : The emergence of Lingala in Bukavu
[7506]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (200-) : Bukavu Swahili
[7504]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. & Tembue Zembele (1992) : Codeswitching in Bukavu
[7522]   Gragg, Gene B. (1972) : Sumerian and selected Afro-Asiatic languages
[7523]   Gragg, Gene B. (1976) : Oromo of Wellega
[7524]   Gragg, Gene B. (1980) : Lexical aspects of Oromo-Amharic language contact: Amharic loanwords in western Oromo
[7525]   Gragg, Gene B. (1982) : Oromo dictionary
[7530]   Grah, Claire (1983) : Approche systèmatique du nèwòlè
[23077]   Graham, Steve (1995) : A case study: language development strategies among the Diola people of southern Senegal
[7536]   Granda, German de (1970) : Un temprano testimonio sobre las hablas ‘criollas’ en Africa y America (P. Alonso de Sandoval, De instauranda Aethiopum Salute, 1627)
[7533]   GrandʼHenry, Jacques (1971) : Observations sur la phonétique des parlers arabes de Ténès (Algérie occidentale)
[7535]   GrandʼHenry, Jacques (1976) : Les parlers arabes de la région du Mzab (Sahara algérien)
[7543]   Grapow, Hermann (1937) : Zur Erforschungsgeschichte des Demotischen
[7545]   Grapow, Hermann (1938) : Von hieroglyphisch Demotischen zum Koptischen
[7546]   Grapow, Hermann (1939) : Wie den alten Ägypter sich anredeten, wie sie sich grüssten und wie sie miteinander sprachen
[7547]   Grapow, Hermann (1940) : Wie den alten Ägypter sich anredeten, wie sie sich grüssten und wie sie miteinander sprachen
[7548]   Grapow, Hermann (1941) : Wie den alten Ägypter sich anredeten, wie sie sich grüssten und wie sie miteinander sprachen
[7550]   Grapow, Hermann (1942) : Wie den alten Ägypter sich anredeten, wie sie sich grüssten und wie sie miteinander sprachen
[7552]   Grapow, Hermann (1952) : Untersuchungen zur ägyptischen Stilistik, I: der stilistische Bau der Geschichte des Sinuhe
[7563]   Gray, Ian R. (1978) : Buli noun classes
[7564]   Gray, Ian R. (1978) : Buli concords
[7558]   Gray, J. M. (1936) : The Basoga
[7677]   Grébaut, S. (1945) : Cahiers pour l’enseignement de la langue éthiopienne, I: le verbe fort trilittère qatala (schèmes et flexions)
[7678]   Grébaut, S. (1952) : Supplément au lexicon linguae aethiopicae de A. Dillmann et édition lexique juste d’Urbin
[7568]   Grebe, Karl H. (1984) : The domain of noun tone rules in Lam Nso
[7590]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1949) : Studies in African linguistic classification. Part 2: the classification of Fulani
[7594]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1950) : Studies in African linguistic classification. Part 5: the Eastern Sudanic family
[7606]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1957) : Nilotic, ‘Nilo-Hamitic’, Hamito-Semitic: a reply
[7607]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1958) : The labial consonants of proto-Afro-Asiatic
[7624]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1965) : The evidence for */mb/ as a proto-Afro-Asiatic phoneme
[22579]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1968) : Nubian language and writing
[7650]   Greenway, P. J. (1947) : A veterinary glossary of some tribal languages of Tanganyika Territory
[7661]   Gregersen, Edgar Alstrup (1974) : Nilotic nasal-stop clusters
[7685]   Grégoire, Claire (1976) : Le champ sémantique du thème *-bánjá
[7692]   Grégoire, Claire (1985) : L’expression du passif en maninka
[7682]   Grégoire, Henri Claude (1975) : Étude de la langue juro: phonetique, phonologie, enquête lexicale
[7668]   Gregorio, Giacomo de (1926) : Il Suahili nella Somalia italiana e i suoi elementi arabici
[7671]   Greschat, Hans-Jürgen & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (Ed) (1969) : Wort und Religion, Kalima na dini: Studien zur Afrikanistik, Missionswissenschaft, Religionswissenschaft, Ernst Dammann zum 65. Geburtstag
[7705]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine (1992) : Status change of languages in sub-Saharan Africa
[7707]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine (1994) : Die Entwicklung des Oromo zur Schriftsprache
[7710]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine (1996) : The rise of new terms in Oromo: means and problems
[7713]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine (1997) : Swahili-loanwords in Oromo
[7714]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine (1998) : Fokusmarker im Oromo
[7715]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine (1999) : The formation of questions in Oromo and Somali: a comparative analysis
[7716]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine (2001) : A grammatical sketch of written Oromo
[7706]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine & Tamene Bitima (1994) : Lehrbuch des Oromo: eine praktische Einführung
[7708]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine & Tamene Bitima (1995) : Übungsbuch Oromo
[7752]   Grobler, G. M. M. (1978) : Is hierdie p ’n b of ’n p?
[7753]   Grobler, G. M. M. (1991) : Die kort drietalige sakwoordeboek/The concise trilingual pocket dictionary: Afrikaans-Northern Sotho-English/English-Northern Sotho-Afrikaans
[7756]   Groenewald, P. S. (1969) : Senwabarwana: ontlening en vokaalvervanging
[7766]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1988) : Leksikologiia i slovobrazovanie afrikanskikh iazykov
[7778]   Grottanelli, Vinigi L. (1941) : I Niloti dell‚ Etiopia allo stato attuale delle nostre conoscenze
[7780]   Grottanelli, Vinigi L. & Claudia Massari (1943) : Missione di studio al lago Tana, 6: i Baria, i Cunama e i Beni Amer
[7783]   Gruber, Jeffrey S. (1973) : €Hòã kinship terms
[7785]   Gruber, Jeffrey S. (1975) : Plural predicates in €Hòã
[7786]   Gruber, Jeffrey S. (1975) : Bushman languages of the Kalahari: €Hòã - vocabulary stems, €Hòã - vocabulary - recorded utterances
[7794]   Grünwaldt, Sylvia (1996) : Lexikalisches Erbe Afrikas im heutigen Spanischen der Karibikküste Kolumbiens
[7819]   Guarisma, Gladys (2003) : Kpa? (A53)
[16410]   Gudahi, Wilson Kaiga G. (2003) : The phonology of a Bantu dialect: Logoli language
[7837]   Guédou, Georges A. G. (1976) : Xó et gbè: langage et culture chez les Fon du Dahomey
[7840]   Guédou, Georges A. G. (1985) : Xó et gbè: langage et culture chez les fon (Bénin)
[7844]   Guidi, Ignazio (1932) : Breve storia della letteratura etiopica
[7847]   Guillerme, L. (1920) : Dictionnaire français-kikemba
[7848]   Guillet, Gérard (1972) : Initiation à la tonalité met à la grammaire de la langue fon
[7852]   Guindo, Paul & Gérard Galtier (1976) : Rapport sur le choix d’une langue standard pour l’ensemble des parlers dogon
[7922]   Güldemann, Tom (1998) : San languages for education: a linguistic short survey and proposal
[7929]   Güldemann, Tom (2000) : The //N!ke or Bushmen of Griqualand West, Notes on the language of the //N!ke or Bushmen of Griqualand West [by Dorothea Bleek]: editor’s introduction
[7934]   Güldemann, Tom (2002) : Using older Khoisan sources: quantifier expressions in Lower Nossop varieties of Tuu
[7856]   Gulliver, Philip Hugh (1951) : The name ‘Lango’ as a title for the Nilo-Hamites
[7857]   Gulliver, Philip Hugh (1952) : Bell-oxen and ox-names among the Jie
[7860]   Guma, Mthobeli (2001) : The cultural meaning of names among Basotho in South Africa: a historical and linguistics analysis
[7938]   Günther, Wilfried (1968) : A Fula word-list of the early 19th century
[7940]   Günther, Wilfried (1973) : Das portugiesische Kreolisch der Ilha do Príncipe
[7862]   Gusimana, Barthelemey (1955) : Dictionnaire français-kimbala
[7879]   Guthrie, Malcolm & Archibald Norman Tucker (Ed) (1956) : Linguistic survey of the northern Bantu borderland
[7914]   Guye, H. (1920) : Des noms propres chez les ba-Ronga
[7946]   Haacke, Catherine (1967) : Zur Wahl des Endvokals bei der Aufnahme amharischer Lehnwörter in das Galla
[7961]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1988) : How to perpertuate misconceptions of a language [= review article based on ‘Khoe-Kowap’ by Gerhard Böhm]
[7971]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] & Edward Derek Elderkin (Ed) (1997) : Namibian languages: reports and papers
[7979]   Haaland, Gúnnar (1978) : Ethnic groups and language use in Darfur
[7980]   Haapanen, Helmi (1958) : Omayeletumbulo gaawambo
[7983]   Haberland, Eike (1966) : Zur Sprache der Bodi, Mursi und Yidenic in Südwest-Äthiopien
[7989]   Habte Bulti (2003) : Analysis of tone in Oromo
[7991]   Hachipola, Simooya Jerome (1991) : A historico-comparative study of Zambian Plateau Tonga and seven related lects
[7997]   Hachipola, Simooya Jerome (1998) : Survey of the minority languages of Zimbabwe
[7999]   Hadaya Yohannes, & Gedemo Gemechu (1996) : Konso-English-Amharic agricultural dictionary
[23122]   Haerdi, Fritz (1964) : Die Eingeborenen-Heilpflanzen des Ulanga-Distriktes Tanganjikas (Ostafrika)
[8091]   Haïdara, Youssouf Mohammed (199-) : Grammaticeskaja struktura jazyka mezetniceskogo obscenija: na materiale jazyka songaï
[8092]   Haïdara, Youssouf Mohammed , Youssouf B. Maiga , Mohamed B. Maiga & John Priestley Hutchison (1995) : Lexique songay-français
[8044]   Haile Yesus Bala (1988) : Masketo phonology
[8046]   Hailu Daniel (1988) : The verb morphology of Zayse
[8048]   Hainzl, Gerald (1996) : Grammatische Strukturen südafrikanischer Nicht-Bantu-Clicksprachen
[8062]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1965) : The enslavement of Koelle’s informants
[8069]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1966) : A layman’s guide to the languages of the Sudan Republic
[8089]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1987) : John Barbot’s alleged Manding vocabulary
[8095]   Hajje, Hassan el (1954) : Le parler arabe de Tripoli (Liban)
[8123]   Hallowes, D. P. (1942) : A grammar of Baca
[8137]   Hamm, Cameron (1999) : Beboid language family of Cameroon and Nigeria: location and genetic classification
[8139]   Hamm, Cameron , Jason Diller , Kari Jordan-Diller & Ferdinand Assako a Tiati (2001) : A rapid appraisal survey of western Beboid languages (Menchum Division, Northwest Province) ALCAM [876, 877, 878, 879]
[8146]   Hamutumua, M. (1996) : Oshikwanyama after Namibian independence: focus on the contribution of the Oshikwanyama Curriculum Committee
[23690]   Hanchey, Stephen & Timothy P. Francis (1979) : Mauritanian Arabic: communication and culture handbook
[8155]   Hancock, Ian F. (1981) : Répertoire des langues pidgins et créoles
[8157]   Hancock, Ian F. (1983) : Manding lexical behavior in Sierra Leone Krio
[8160]   Handekyn, E. (1927) : Spraakkunst der Wankutshu-taal
[8162]   Hankievicz, S. (1928) : Praktyczna gramatyka jezyka Nianja
[8169]   Hannig, Rainer (1991) : Pseudopartizip und sd?m.n=f: der Kernbereich des mittelägyptischen Verbalsystems
[8174]   Hansford, Keir , John Theodor Bendor-Samuel & Ron[ald] Stanford (Ed) (1976) : An index of Nigerian languages
[8182]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1986) : Aspects of complementation in three Bantu languages
[8221]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (1996) : Attitudes of teachers towards English and other Namibian languages: revisiting a survey
[8258]   Harries, Jeanette (1971) : Verbless sentences and ‘verbs of being’ in Tamazight
[8260]   Harries, Jeanette (1974) : Tamazight basic course
[8235]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1940) : An outline of Mawiha grammar
[22846]   Harrison, Anette Renée (2004) : The use of proper nouns as an index of group identity in Fulfulde personal narratives
[8277]   Harrison, Anette Renée & Irene Tucker (2003) : Fulfulde language family report
[8274]   Harrison, Byron , Anette Renée Harrison & Michael J. Rueck (1997) : Southern Songhay speech varieties in Niger: a sociolinguistic survey of the Zarma, Songhay, Kurtey, Wogo, and Dendi peoples of Niger
[8281]   Harry, Otelemate Gaibo (1995) : Pronouns in language classification: a case study of East Ijo
[22773]   Harry, Otelemate Gaibo (1989) : A comparative reconstruction of Proto-KOIN (Eastern Ijo and Nkoroo)
[8287]   Hartmann, H. (1930) : Die Sprache der Baja
[8298]   Haruna, Andrew (1998) : Language death: the case of Bubburè in southern Bauchi area, northern Nigeria
[8302]   Hasheela, Paavo (1996) : The teaching of Oshikwanyama in lower primary schools
[8303]   Hasheela, Paavo & Wolfgang Zimmermann (1998) : Oshikwanyama grammar
[8312]   Hasselbring, Sue (1996) : A sociolinguistic survey of the languages of Gantsi District
[8316]   Hasselbring, Sue (1996) : The use of languages in Gantsi District: implications for churches and Christian organizations
[8320]   Hasselbring, Sue & Eric Johnson (2002) : A sociolinguistic survey of the Grebo language area in Liberia
[8322]   Hassen, Mohammed (1996) : A brief glance at the history of the growth of written Oromo literature
[8321]   Hassen, Mohammed & Richard J. Hayward (1980) : Linguistic evidence in an aspect of Oromo history: some innovations involving glides
[8330]   Hauenstein, Alfred (1962) : Noms accompagnés de proverbes, chez les Ovimbundu et les Humbi du sud de l’Angola
[8331]   Hauner, Magdalena (1975) : Relationships among six north-east African Bantu languages
[8332]   Hauner, Magdalena (1981) : Kiujamaa: notes on political language
[8340]   Hause, Helen Engel (1948) : Terms for musical instruments in the Sudanic languages: a lexicostatistic inquiry
[8344]   Havenga, B. (1988) : Die samestelling van die Sotho-taalgroep
[8347]   Hawkins, Sean (2002) : Writing and colonialism in northern Ghana: the encounter between the LoDagaa and ‘the world on paper’
[8353]   Haymanot Moges (1984) : Pronouns and pronominalization in Oromo
[8354]   Haynes, R. (1982) : The emergence of an English based creole in Zambia: possibilities and implications
[8359]   Hayward, Richard J. (1975) : Middle voice verb forms in eastern Cushitic
[8360]   Hayward, Richard J. (1976) : A question in Oromo morphophonology
[8365]   Hayward, Richard J. (1978) : The Qawko dialects and Yaaku
[8368]   Hayward, Richard J. (1979) : The place of Bayso within eastern Cushitic
[8372]   Hayward, Richard J. (1982) : Observations of a comparative nature on the language of the Saamakko
[8375]   Hayward, Richard J. (1984) : The proto-Omotic verb formative *d-
[8376]   Hayward, Richard J. (1984) : A reconstruction of some root extensions of the eastern Cushitic verb
[8380]   Hayward, Richard J. (1987) : Terminal vowels in Ometo nominals
[8382]   Hayward, Richard J. (1988) : Remarks on Omotic sibilants
[8383]   Hayward, Richard J. (1988) : In defence of the skeletal tier
[8385]   Hayward, Richard J. (1989) : The notion of ‘default gender’: a key to interpreting the evolution of certain verb paradigms in East Ometo, and its implications for Omotic
[8387]   Hayward, Richard J. (1989) : Comparative notes on the language of the S’aamakko
[8390]   Hayward, Richard J. (1990) : Notes on the Zayse language
[8392]   Hayward, Richard J. (1991) : Concerning a vocalic alternation in North Omotic verb paradigms
[8397]   Hayward, Richard J. (1994) : A preliminary analysis of the behaviour of pitch in Gamo
[8398]   Hayward, Richard J. (1995) : The challenge of Omotic: an inaugural lecture delivered on 17 February 1994
[8399]   Hayward, Richard J. (1996) : The velar stem alternation in Omotic
[8404]   Hayward, Richard J. (1998) : The origins of the North Ometo verb agreement systems
[8405]   Hayward, Richard J. (1998) : The endangered languages of Ethiopia: what’s at stake for the linguist?
[8407]   Hayward, Richard J. (1998) : Vowel reduction, tone and nominal declension in D’irayta
[8408]   Hayward, Richard J. (1999) : East Ometo verb paradigms: the grammaticalization of a syntactic pattern?
[8411]   Hayward, Richard J. (2001) : A further consideration of terminal vowels in Ometo
[8401]   Hayward, Richard J. & Gemetchu Megerssa (1996) : Nominal tone in western Oromo
[8406]   Hayward, Richard J. & Yoichi Tsuge (1998) : Concerning case in Omotic
[8448]   Hedinger, Robert (1984) : A comparative-historical study of the Manenguba languages (Bantu A.15, Mbo cluster) of Cameroon
[8451]   Hedinger, Robert (1987) : The Manenguba languages (Bantu A.15, Mbo cluster) of Cameroon
[8452]   Hedinger, Robert (1989) : Northern Bantoid
[8443]   Hedinger, Robert & Joseph Ekandjoum (1980) : Swadesh 200 word list of 27 varieties from the Mbo cluster or the Manenguba languages phonetic transcriptions
[8457]   Heepe, Martin (1928) : Tutschekiana I: L. Tutschek, Fazoglo-Deutsch Vokabular
[8458]   Heepe, Martin (1929) : Tutschekiana II: L. Tutschek, Fazoglo Vokabular, Deutsch-Fazoglo; K. Tutschek, Aufzeichnungen; L. Tutschek, Fazoglo-Texte [herausgegeben von Martin Heepe]
[8465]   Heikkinen, Terttu (19--) : €Akhoe wordlist
[8474]   Heine, Bernd (1970) : Eastern Sudanic subfamily: a linguistic relationship
[8476]   Heine, Bernd (1970) : Nilotic and Nilo-Hamitic: a linguistic review
[8481]   Heine, Bernd (1971) : On genetic relationship and the case of the ‘Nilo-Hamitic’ languages
[8486]   Heine, Bernd (1973) : Pidgin-Sprachen im Bantu-Bereich
[8504]   Heine, Bernd (1978) : Some generalizations on African-based pidgin languages
[8506]   Heine, Bernd (1978) : The Sam languages: a history of Rendille, Boni and Somali
[8509]   Heine, Bernd (1979) : Some linguistic characteristics of African-based pidgins
[8544]   Heine, Bernd (1986) : Bemerkungen zur Entwicklung der Verbaljunkturen im Kxoe und anderen Zentralkhoisan-Sprachen
[8554]   Heine, Bernd (1988) : Report on the Oromo working group on orthography
[8559]   Heine, Bernd (1989) : A note on the historical classification of Mvita
[8564]   Heine, Bernd (1991) : On the development of Kenya Pidgin Swahili
[8578]   Heine, Bernd (1999) : The //Ani: grammatical notes and texts
[8524]   Heine, Bernd (Ed) (1981) : The Waata dialect of Oromo: grammatical sketch and vocabulary
[8538]   Heine, Bernd & Franz Rottland (1983) : On the origin of gender in eastern Nilotic
[8549]   Heine, Bernd & Ingo Heine (1988) : Plant concepts and plant use: an ethnobotanical survey of the semi-arid and arid lands of East Africa, part I: plants of the Chamus (Kenya)
[8552]   Heine, Bernd & Matthias Brenzinger (1988) : Plant concepts and plant use: an ethnobotanical survey of the semi-arid and arid lands of East Africa, part IV: plants of the Borana (Ethiopia and Kenya)
[8511]   Heine, Bernd , Franz Rottland & Rainer Vossen (1979) : Proto-Baz: some aspects of early Nilotic-Cushitic contacts
[8586]   Heinz, Hans Joachim (19--) : The ethno-biology of the !Kõ Bushmen: reptiles and amphibians
[8587]   Heinz, Hans Joachim (19--) : The ethno-biology of the !Kõ Bushmen: entomological knowledge
[8588]   Heinz, Hans Joachim (1971) : The ethno-biology of the !Kõ Bushmen: the anatomical and physiological knowledge
[8590]   Heinz, Hans Joachim (1977) : The ethno-biology of the !Ko Bushmen: knowledge on behaviour of cloven-hoofed animals (antelopes and warthog)
[8591]   Heinz, Hans Joachim (1979) : The ethno-biology of the !Ko Bushmen: knowledge concerning medium and smaller mammals
[8589]   Heinz, Hans Joachim & Brian Maguire (1974) : The ethno-biology of the !Kõ Bushmen: their ethno-botanical knowledge and plant lore
[8595]   Hellwig, Birgit (1997) : Sprachwandel durch Spachkontakt: Möglichkeiten der Rekonstruktion am Beispiel westtchadischer Sprachen
[8597]   Helm, C. A. G. (1979) : Die moedertaal as onderrigmedium in die onderwys van die swart volke van Afrika en die Republiek van Suid-Afrika
[8601]   Henderson, James & Anne Henderson (1979) : Essentials of Yele grammar
[8607]   Hendrikse, A. P. (1990) : Number as a categorizing parameter in Southern Bantu: an exploration in cognitive grammar
[8611]   Hendrikse, A. P. (2001) : Systemic polysemy in the southern Bantu noun class system
[8612]   Hendriksen, Fr. A. W. (1927) : Teso notes, I: the copula ka
[8761]   Hérault, Georges (1973) : Le tàkper (tagbana de Niakaramandougou): esquisse phonologique et corpus lexical
[8768]   Hérault, Georges (1989) : A propos de l’harmonie vocalique en okpe
[23767]   Hérault, Georges (1986) : A propos de l’harmonie vocalique en okpe
[8641]   Herbert, Robert K. (1990) : Labial palatalization in Nguni and Sotho languages: internal and external evidence
[8643]   Herbert, Robert K. (1990) : Hlonipha and the ambiguous women
[8651]   Herbert, Robert K. (1995) : The sociolinguistics of personal names: two South African studies
[8654]   Herbert, Robert K. (Ed) (1997) : African linguistics at the crossroads: papers from Kwaluseni, 1st World Congress of African Linguistics, Swaziland, 18-22. VII. 1994
[8671]   Herms, Irmtraud (1987) : Gesprächsbuch Deutsch-Swahili/Kituba cha mazungumzo Kijerumani-Kiswahili
[8678]   Herroelen, P. (1957) : Quelques notes sur les noms d’oiseaux dans Nsong’a Lianja
[8685]   Hess, Richard Samuel (1984) : Amarna proper names
[8701]   Hetzron, Robert (1969) : Third person singular pronoun suffixes in proto-Semitic
[8702]   Hetzron, Robert (1969) : The evidence for perfect *y’aqtul and jussive *yaqt’ul in proto-Semitic
[8703]   Hetzron, Robert (1969) : The verbal system of southern Agaw
[8706]   Hetzron, Robert (1971) : Internal labialization in the tt-group of Outer South-Ethiopic
[8711]   Hetzron, Robert (1973/79) : Les affixes casuels couchito-sémitiques
[8715]   Hetzron, Robert (1975) : Genetic classification and Ethiopian Semitic
[8719]   Hetzron, Robert (1977) : The Gunnän-Gurage languages
[8726]   Hetzron, Robert (1988) : The position of Omotic
[8728]   Hetzron, Robert (1990) : Dialectal variation in Proto-Afroasiatic
[8732]   Hetzron, Robert (1997) : Outer South Ethiopic
[8717]   Hetzron, Robert & Marvin Lionel Bender (1976) : The Ethio-Semitic languages
[23458]   Heusing, Gerald (Ed) (2000) : Aspekte der linguistischen und kulturellen Komplexität Ugandas
[8748]   Heyboer, B. (1948) : kp en gb en noord-bantoe
[8778]   Hickey, Raymond (1985) : Peoples of pre-Kanuri Borno
[8779]   Hickey, Raymond (1987) : The ethno-linguistic pattern of Fika Emirate
[8784]   Hide, R. H. (1943) : The Bini as a botanist: some notes on the Benin vernacular names of plants
[8787]   Hieda, Osamu (1990) : Proto-Western Nilotic *r and *l
[8790]   Hieda, Osamu (1991) : Word order and word order change in western Nilotic
[8792]   Hieda, Osamu (1991) : Shakuyo kara mita gengo to bunka no kankei: koegu-gu (Nilo-Saharan) no naka no kara-gu (Afro-Asiatic) no yoso [Language and culture in borrowing: Kara (Afro-Asiatic) elements in Koegu (Nilo-Saharan)
[8797]   Hieda, Osamu (1998) : A sketch of Koegu grammar: towards reconstructing proto-southeastern Surmic
[8806]   Hilberth, John (1934) : Kortfattad gbaya-grammatik
[8807]   Hilberth, John (1952) : Vocabulaire français-gbaya
[8808]   Hilberth, John (1952) : Vocabulaire gbaya-français
[8809]   Hilberth, John (1959) : Notes sur la grammaire gbaya
[8824]   Hillelson, S. (1925) : Sudan Arabic: English-Arabic vocabulary
[8827]   Hinderling, P. (1952) : Contribution à la question des Guan
[8834]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1976) : The Shungwaya hypothesis: a linguistic reappraisal
[23597]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (2001) : The Yale Kamusi Project: a Swahili-English, English-Swahili dictionary
[8839]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. & Derek Nurse (1981) : Spirantization in Chaga
[8848]   Hintze, F. (1948) : Zum konsonantischen Anlautwechsel in einigen westafrikanischen Sprachen
[22613]   Hiraiwa, Ken (2003) : Relativization in Buli
[8855]   Hirschfield, H. (1920) : An Ethiopic-Falasi glossary ; part 2
[8856]   Hirschfield, H. (1921) : An Ethiopic-Falasi glossary ; part 3
[8859]   Hirut Wolde-Mariam (1988) : The noun morphology of Zayse
[8864]   Hirut Wolde-Mariam (2003) : Grammar of Haro, with comparative notes on the Ometo linguistic group
[8867]   Hiwot Tefera (1988) : Kollo verb morphology
[8868]   Hiwot Teffera (2001) : The verb phrase in Gofa
[23922]   Hobgood, H. C. (1----) : Lokundo English grammar
[8910]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1972) : Lisramic
[8913]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1975) : Lisramic II
[8914]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1976) : Lisramic (Afroasiatic): an overview
[8920]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1987) : The status of Lisramic sound correspondences
[8922]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1988) : Consonant ablaut in Lislakh
[8926]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1996) : Omotic etyma and related forms
[8907]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (Ed) (1971) : Papers on the Manding
[8933]   Hodson, T. C. (1934) : Name giving among the WaSokile - Correspondence to the editor
[22922]   Hofer, Verena (1978) : Types et séquences de propositions en wobé
[8936]   Hofer, Verena & Thomas Bearth (1975) : Système vocalique et sandhi vocalique en wobé
[8939]   Hoffmann, C. (19--) : Grundriss zu einer Sotho-Grammatik
[8942]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1955) : Zur Sprache der Chibak
[8944]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1963) : The noun-class system of central Kambari
[8945]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1963) : A grammar of the Margi language
[8946]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1965) : A wordlist of central Kambari
[8954]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1972) : Masa und Kim
[8955]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1972) : A note on vowel contraction in Central Kambari
[8956]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1973) : Okpe: a nine vowel language with only seven vowels
[8961]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1987) : Where the labial alveolars and labial palatals in proto-Bura-Margi?
[8962]   Hoffmeier, James Karl (1985) : “Sacred” in the vocabulary of ancient Egypt: the term DSR, with special reference to dynasties I-XX
[8965]   Hofmann, Inge (1979) : Sprachkontakte in Nubien zur meroitischen Zeit
[8971]   Hofmann, Inge (1987) : Leo Reinisch und das Nubische
[8976]   Hohenberger, Johannes (1958) : Semitisches und hamitisches Sprachgut im Masai, mit vergleichenden Wörterbuch: eine sprachvergleichende Untersuchung unter Berücksichtigung von rund 50 semitischen, hamitischen, nilo-hamitischen und anderen afrikanischen Sprachen
[8977]   Hohenberger, Johannes (1958) : Some notes on “Nilotic, ‘Nilo-Hamitic’ and Hamito-Semitic” by J. H. Greenberg
[8978]   Hohenberger, Johannes (1975) : The nominal and verbal affirmatives of Nilo-Hamitic and Hamito-Semitic
[8979]   Hohenberger, Johannes (1976) : Zur Pluralbildung mit Vokalwechsel im Saho-Afar und in der Nandi-Gruppe
[8980]   Hohenberger, Johannes (1978) : Lexikalische Gleichungen Nilo-Hamitisch-Kuschitisch-Semitisch
[8982]   Hohenberger, Johannes (1980) : Anmerkungen zu Rainer Vossen’s Besprechung meines Buches: The nominal and verbal affirmatives of Nilo-Hamitic and Hamito-Semitic
[8983]   Hohenwart-Gerlachstein, Anna (1979) : Nubienforshungen: Dorf- und Sprachstudien in der Fadídja-Zone
[22893]   Hollingsworth, Kenneth R. (1991) : Tense and aspect in Mofu-Gadar
[22896]   Hollingsworth, Kenneth R. (1986) : Modal categories in Mofu-Gadar
[17814]   Holm, John A. (1988/89) : Pidgins and creoles
[8995]   Hombert, A. T. (19--) : Vocabulaire des Bahavu, non-publié
[9002]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1980) : Noun classes of the Beboid languages
[9003]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1980) : Le groupe noun
[9008]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1986) : The developmnent of nasalized vowels in the Teke language group
[9009]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1987) : Phonetic conditioning for the development of nasalization in Teke
[9019]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1992) : Terminologie des odeurs dans quelques langues du Gabon
[9012]   Hombert, Jean-Marie & Médard Mwélé (1988) : Éléments de phonologie diachronique du wanzi (langue bantu du Gabon, groupe B50)
[22699]   Hombert, Jean-Marie & Rémy Point (1987) : Contribution à l’étude des systèmes vocaliques: le cas du viri (sud Soudan)
[9021]   Hombo, Mandjwandju (1979) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue ngbandi
[9022]   Homburger, Lilias (1924) : Les langues bochimanes et hottentotes
[9027]   Homburger, Lilias (1929) : Les préfixes nominaux dans les parlers peuls, haoussa et bantou
[9032]   Homburger, Lilias (1931) : La morphologie nubienne et l’égyptienne
[9034]   Homburger, Lilias (1935) : Le genre sexuel dans le sous-group Choli-Shillouk des langues nilotiques
[9035]   Homburger, Lilias (1936) : Le peul et les langues nilotiques
[9040]   Homburger, Lilias (1948) : Éléments dravidiens en peul
[9047]   Honken, Henry (1977) : Submerged features and proto-Khoisan
[9052]   Honken, Henry (1995) : Types of phonetic correspondence rules in two San languages
[9053]   Honken, Henry (1997) : Alternations between ! and // in the Zhu languages
[9048]   Honken, J. (1977) : Change of word order in Zhu|’hõasi
[9049]   Honken, J. (1979) : Internal reconstruction in Zhu|’hõasi
[9062]   Hopgood, Cecil Robert (1940) : Tonga grammar, a practical introduction to the study of Citonga
[24583]   Hopkins, Tometro (1992) : Issues in the Study of Afro-Creoles: Afro-Cuban and Gullah
[9073]   Hornby, P. & S. H. O. Tomori (1978) : Oxford elementary dictionary for Nigeria
[9092]   Houis, Maurice (1953) : Les Seidianké, un faux problème linguistique
[9094]   Houis, Maurice (1954) : Notes lexicologiques sur les rapports du soso et des langues mandé-sud du groupe mana-busa
[9098]   Houis, Maurice (1958) : Notes sur le songay
[9106]   Houis, Maurice (1967) : Les cátegories de noms dérivés dans un parler manding
[9128]   Howard, C. G. (1923) : Shuwa Arabic stories, with an introduction and vocabulary
[9145]   Hrbek, Ivan & others (Ed) (1966) : Dejiny Afriky I
[22614]   Hsiao, Franny (2003) : Reduplication in Buli
[23427]   Huang, Yan (2003) : Switch-reference in Amele and logophoric verbal suffix in Gokana: a generalized neo-Gricean pragmatic analysis
[9152]   Hubbard, Kathleen (1993) : Mapping phonological structure to phonetic timing: moras and duration in two Bantu languages
[9158]   Huber, Magnus (1999) : Ghanaian Pidgin English in its West African context: a sociohistorical and structural analysis
[9159]   Hubschmid, Johannes (1953) : Sardische Studien
[9168]   Hudson, Grover (1976) : Highland East Cushitic
[9172]   Hudson, Grover (1979) : The Ethiopian Semitic B-type
[9174]   Hudson, Grover (1981) : The Highland East Cushitic family vine
[9176]   Hudson, Grover (1988) : The Highland Cushitic hypothesis
[9177]   Hudson, Grover (1989) : Highland East Cushitic dictionary
[9179]   Hudson, Grover (1994) : A neglected Ethiopian contribution to Semitic and Afroasiatic reconstruction
[9180]   Hudson, Grover (1994) : Agaw words in South Ethiopian Semitic?
[9184]   Hudson, Grover (1999) : Linguistic analyses of the 1994 Ethiopian census
[9185]   Hudson, Grover (2003) : Ethio-Semitic negative nonpast
[23464]   Hudson, Grover (2000) : Ethiopian Semitic overview
[9193]   Huffman, Marie K. & Thomas J. Hinnebusch (1998) : The phonetic structure of ‘voiceless’ nasals in Pokomo: implications for sound change
[9199]   Huguet, Jean-Pierre (19--) : Phonetique et phonologie: études comparatives au sein du groupe Sara (Tchad)
[9200]   Hulley, D. M. (1923) : Vocabulary and grammar for use in Turkana, Karamoja and Tapossa
[9204]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (19--) : Esquisse du parler des Nkole, non-publié
[9205]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (19--) : Esquisse du parler des Booli, non-publié
[9206]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1933) : Buku ea njekola eandola la ekotela
[9229]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1940) : Ya-namen
[9233]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1941) : Nederlands-lonkundo woordenboek
[9239]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1945) : Buku ea njekola eandola la ekotela
[9240]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1945) : Etsifyelaka III
[9247]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1948) : Le dialecte des pygmoïdes Batswa de l’Equateur
[9253]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1950) : Taléénmaking in het mongo-gebied
[9265]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1956) : Noms de personnez chez les Nkundo
[9281]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1977) : Esquisse du parler des Lwankamba
[9284]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1978) : Notes sur la langue des Bafotó
[9285]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1980) : Esquisse du parler des Yenge
[9290]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1982) : Petite monographie des Bondombe
[9291]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1983) : Notes sur le dialecte des Bolandá
[9294]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1984) : Esquisse du parler des Losikongo
[9297]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1985) : Note sur l’origine du mot “salongo”
[9298]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1986) : La langue des Jofe
[9299]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1986) : Encore Bondombe
[9307]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1991) : Le dialecte des Ngelewa
[9309]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf & Bosekonsombo Bakasa (1991) : Noms de Bondombe dans le langage tambouriné
[9345]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1927) : Grammar and vocabulary of Orusyan of north-east Uganda
[9353]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1932) : Mósiro and Aramanic dialects of Dorobo - Correspondence to the editor
[9355]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1951) : Language of the Barabaig
[9358]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1956) : The ‘Nilo-Hamitic’ languages
[9361]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1962) : Ethiopian place-names
[9362]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1965) : The Orusyan language of Uganda
[9364]   Hunwick, John O. (1964) : The influence of Arabic in West Arabic
[9365]   Hunwick, John O. (1970) : The term ‘Zanj’ and its derivatives in a West African chronicle
[9380]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1994) : Kamusi ya Kiswahili Sanifu in test: a computer system for analyzing dictionaries and for retrieving lexical data
[9382]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1994) : Plant taxonomy of the Parakuyo (Tanzania)
[9391]   Hurskainen, Arvi (2000) : Swahilin peruskurssi
[9398]   Hutchison, John Priestley (1971) : Coreferent pronominalization in Dire Songhay
[9399]   Hutchison, John Priestley (1975) : Syntactic similarities across language families: a case from Hausa and Kanuri
[9409]   Hutchison, John Priestley (1995) : Bivalent verb projections in Bamanankan
[9412]   Huttar, George L. (1981) : Some Kwa-like features of Djuka syntax
[9413]   Huttar, George L. (1986) : Kikongo, Saramaccan and Ndjuka
[9431]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1971) : Consecutivization in Fezfez
[9452]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1980) : Relative time reference in the Bamileke tense system
[9474]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1987) : Prosodic domains in Kukuya
[9484]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1992) : Velar palatalization in Cibemba: a “non-duplication problem”
[9495]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1993) : Problems in rule ordering in phonology: two Bantu test cases
[9496]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1994) : Cyclic phonology and morphology in Cibemba
[9498]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1995) : Minimality and the prosodic morphology of Cibemba imbrication
[9432]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Erhard Friedrich Karl Voeltz (1971) : The linguistic status of Bamileke
[9442]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Maurice Tadadjeu (1976) : Floating tones in Mbam-Nkam
[9429]   Hyman, Larry Michael , Erhard Friedrich Karl Voeltz & G. Tchokokam (1970) : Noun class levelling in Bamileke
[9519]   Ibalico, M. (1956) : Origine et sens des noms Batéké
[9529]   Ibriszimow, Dymitr (Ed) (1996) : Bole Language and Documentation Unit (BOLDU): report II
[9527]   Ibriszimow, Dymitr & Alhaji Maina Gimba (1994) : Glossary Bole-English
[9526]   Ibriszimow, Dymitr & Alhaji Maina Gimba (Ed) (1994) : Bole Language and Documentation Unit (BOLDU): report I
[22814]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1999) : Topicalisation et perspective du patient chez l’enfant Musangu
[9541]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck & Gabriel Mba (Ed) (2003) : Studies on voice through verbal extensions in nine Bantu languages spoken in Cameroon, Gabon, DRC and Rwanda
[9547]   Idris, Hélène Fatima (2004) : Modern developments in the Dinka language
[9567]   Iha, Samson & Stephen Nzomo (Ed) (1999) : Kigiryama-Kiswahili-Kizungu: a basic Giryama-Kiswahili and English dictionary
[9578]   Ikoro, Suanu M. (1989) : Segmental phonology and lexicon of proto-Keggoid
[9588]   Ilonga, Bosenge (1994) : Les titres de noblesse chez les Baséngele: une étude morpho-sémantique
[9591]   Imberg, Gösta (1975) : Handledning i den swahili-arabiska skriften [Guide to the Swahili-Arabic script]
[22731]   Infield, Mark , Patrick Rubagyema & Charles Muchunguzi (2003) : The names of Ankole cows
[9597]   Ingemann, Frances & John Duitsman (1977) : A survey of Grebo dialects in Liberia
[9594]   Ingemann, Frances , John Duitsman & William Doe (1972) : A survey of Krahn dialects in Liberia
[9599]   Ingonga, Lilian Indira (1991) : A comparative study of Ekegusii, Lulogooli, and Lwitakko: the phonological, lexical and morphosyntactic structures
[9601]   Ingrams, William Harold (1924) : The dialects of the Zanzibar Sultanate
[9620]   Inquai, Solomon (1969) : Adult literacy in Ethiopia: a profile
[9621]   Inyang, P. E. B. (1964) : Language groups of eastern Nigeria
[9638]   Ishemoi, J. (1978) : Heroic recitations of the Bahaya of Bukoba
[9643]   Ishihara, Minako (1996) : Textual analysis of a poetic verse in a Muslim Oromo society in Jimma area, southwestern Ethiopia
[9655]   Isukul, Caroline (1995) : Nominal prefixes in Koló-Ogbia
[9659]   Ittmann, Johannes (1933) : Ngusu a malea onyola tila la bwambo ba Duálá
[9660]   Ittmann, Johannes (1935/36) : Kenyan, die Sprache der Nyang
[9663]   Ittmann, Johannes (1959/60) : Skizze der Sprache des Nixenkultbundes am Kamerunberg
[9693]   Jacobs, John & Barthélémy Omeonga (2001) : Classes nominales et radicauxc verbaux en isiamba (Tulungu, Kindu)
[9694]   Jacobs, John & Barthélémy Omeonga (2002) : Texte et lexique indanga (Kolmonyi, Kole, Kasaï Oriental)
[23406]   Jacobs, John & Barthélémy Omeonga (2004) : Lonkucu: texte et lexique (Iwaji, Kole, Kasai Orientale, R. D. du Congo)
[9715]   Jacquot, André (1965) : Précisions sur l’inventaire des langues teke du Congo
[9731]   Jaeger, C. F. de (1936) : Handleiding by die studie van sesoeto op ons skole
[9735]   Jager, C. F. de (1936) : Handleiding by die studie van Sesoeto op ons skole
[9736]   Jaggar, Philip John (1973) : A Kano blacksmith’s vocabulary
[24966]   Jakobi, Angelika (2006) : The Loss of Syllable-Final Proto-Nubian Consonants
[9773]   James, E. T. (1953) : The time of day in Ankole
[9774]   James, T. G. S. (1962) : The Hekanakhte papers and other early Middle Egyptian kingdom documents
[9779]   Jankuhn, Dieter (1974) : Bibliographie der hieratischen und hieroglyphischen Papyri
[9780]   Jansen, Pietro (1936) : Guida alla conoscenza dei dialetti de l’Africa orientale. Capitolo IV: lingue e dialetti della Somalia
[9782]   Janson, Tore (1984) : A language of Sophiatown, Alexandra and Soweto
[9790]   Janson, Tore (1995) : The status, history and future of Sekgalagadi
[9797]   Janson, Tore (2000) : Afrikas språk i svenskt perspektiv
[9805]   Janssens, Baudoin (1988) : Ton et élision vocalique en nen
[9813]   Jaques, Alexandre (1938) : Sivongo sa Matshangana
[9815]   Jarceva, Viktorija Nikolaevna (Ed) (1977) : Kategorii bytija i obladanija v jazyke
[9820]   Jarvis, J. F. & H. G. van Heerden (1967) : The acuity of hearing in the Kalahari Bushmen: a pilot survey
[9858]   Jenewari, Charles E. W. (1983) : Defaka: Ijo’s closest linguistic relative
[9859]   Jenewari, Charles E. W. (1983) : Defaka: Ijo’s closest linguistic relative
[9868]   Jenny, Hans R. (1969) : Die letzten Giftpfeile
[9874]   Jerab, N. (1988) : L’arabe des maghrébins: une langue, des langues
[9877]   Jernudd, Björn H. (1968) : Linguistic integration and national development: a case study of the Jebel Marra area, Sudan
[9878]   Jernudd, Björn H. (1970) : For/Arabic bilingualism in the Zalingei area
[9882]   Jernudd, Björn H. (1977) : Phonetic notes on tone and quantity in the For language
[9883]   Jernudd, Björn H. (1977) : A preliminary bibliography on the For language
[9885]   Jernudd, Björn H. (1977) : Phonetic notes on tone and quantity in For
[9888]   Jernudd, Björn H. (1982) : The phonological variables [qaf] and [tha] in Khartoum Arabic
[9889]   Jernudd, Björn H. (1983) : Phonetic notes on tone and quantity in the For language
[9890]   Jernudd, Björn H. & G. White (1983) : The concept of basic color terms: variability in For and Arabic
[9911]   Johnson, Amandus (1930ff) : Mbundu (Kimbundu) English-Portuguese dictionary, with grammar and syntax
[9924]   Johnson, C. D. (1975) : Phonological channels in Chaha
[9945]   Johnson, Eric (2001) : Enquête sociolinguistique des variétés linguistiques de la région de Doba du Tchad: bebot, bedjong, gor et mango
[9908]   Johnson, Frederick (1922) : Notes on Kimakonde
[9918]   Johnson, Gabriel Kwawovi (1965) : ‘Mawu’ ou ‘Dieu’ chez les Gê-Mina du bas Togo par le patronyme
[9951]   Johnston, [Sir] Harry Hamilton (1921) : The Fulas and their language
[9949]   Johnston, [Sir] Harry Hamilton & L. W. G. Malcolm (1921) : Short notes on the syllabic writing of the Egap, Central Cameroons
[9974]   Jones, Eldred D. (1962) : Mid-nineteenth century evidences of a Sierra Leone patois
[23433]   Jones, Frederick C. V. (1984) : Aspects of the morphology of English-derived words in Sierra Leone Krio
[9965]   Jones, Stanley (1952) : The French patois of the Seychelles
[9991]   Jonsson, Erland (1949) : Kinyang’wezi grammatik
[9995]   Jordan, Archibald Campbell (1953) : Some features on the phonetic and grammatical structure of Baca
[10009]   Jouannet, Francis (1981) : Les marques prosodiques de l’accompli et de l’inaccompli dans une langue saharienne: problèmes d’accentuation et de morphologie
[10017]   Jouannet, Francis (Ed) (1989) : Des tons à l’accent: essai sur l’accentuation du comorien
[10035]   Jungbluth, Frank (1997) : Die Ortnamen Sansibars
[10040]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1960) : Bericht über eine Forschungsreise nach Darfur und Wadai
[10041]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1961/62) : Beobachtungen zur tschadohamitischen Sprache der Jegu (und Jonkor) von Aby telfan (République du Tchad)
[10045]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1965) : Die Sprache der Jegu im zentralen Sudan und ihre Stellung innerhalb der tschadohamitischen Sprachen
[10047]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1966) : Zum Bau der Aspekte im Westtschadohamitischen
[10049]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1967) : A brief note on certain characteristics of ‘West Chadic’ languages
[10055]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1968/69) : Hausa, Ron and Angas: a comparative analysis of the aspect systems
[10059]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1971) : Reflections on the root structure in Chadohamitic (Chadic)
[10064]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1973) : Eine Wortliste des Oko, der Sprache von Ogori
[10066]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1974) : Perfektiv- (Kurz-) und Imperfektiv- (Lang-) Stamm im Aspektsystem osttschadohamitischer Sprachen
[10074]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1977) : ‘Essen’ und ‘Trinken’ in Sprachen des Tschadsee-Gebietes
[10079]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1978) : A lexical comparison of Dafur and Wadai Daju
[10088]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1981) : Le daju de dar Sila
[10116]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1991) : Centre and periphery: Chahic linguistic evidence and its possible historical significance
[10130]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1997) : Ablaut im Verbalsystem osttschadischer Sprachen
[10094]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (Ed) (1982) : The Chad languages in the Hamito-Semitic-Negritic border area: papers from the Marburg Symposium, 1979
[10110]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Al-Amin Abu-Manga (1989) : Einführung in die Ful-Sprache
[10067]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Angelica von Funck (1975) : Amasi, Ambele und Asumbo: Klassensprachen aus dem nördlichen Westkamerun (‘Mamfe’-Bantu) ; Teil 1
[10068]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Angelica von Funck (1975) : Amasi, Ambele und Asumbo: Klassensprachen aus dem nördlichen Westkamerun (‘Mamfe’-Bantu) ; Teil 2: Wortlisten und Kommentar
[10133]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Gábor Takács (2000) : Altägyptisch zwr (swr) gleich berbero-tschadischem *sw-?
[10137]   Junod, Henri-Alexandre (1929) : Vuvulavuri bya ShiThonga: yi nga milawu ya mavulavulela ya shiThonga
[10141]   Junod, Henri-Alexandre (1967) : Vuvulavuri bya Shithonga [The laws of Shithonga speech]
[10145]   Ka, Fari Silate (1977) : Description morphosyntaxique du jenngelle (parler peul du Sénégal)
[10148]   Ka, Fari Silate (1991) : Eléments de dialectologie peule: variations dialectales et problèmes de standardisation
[10152]   Kabamba, Mp. M. (1981) : Phonologie comparée du ciluba et du kintandu
[10155]   Kaboré, Raphaël (1985) : Essai d’analyse de la langue mùuré (parler de Wàogdgó, Ouagadougou)
[10161]   Kaboré, Raphaël (1997) : White babies and root-vowel substitution in Muure: on the borders of linguistics and ethnology
[10166]   Kabuta, J. (1993) : Overzicht van de Lubà morfologie
[10167]   Kabuta, J. (1994) : Inleiding tot de fonologie van het Lubà
[10192]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1978) : Soundspectrographic analysis of Naron clicks: a preliminary report
[10193]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1978) : A phonetic sketch of Naron around Ghanzi
[10203]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1989) : A study of the tonal system of the Gonja verbs and nouns (a dialect of the southern Pare language)
[10204]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1989) : A study of the tonal system of the Mbaga dialect of the southern Pare language
[10235]   Kahigi, Kulikoyela K. (1997) : Structural and cohesion dimensions of style: a consideration of some Swahili texts in Maw (1974)
[10236]   Kahigi, Kulikoyela K. (1998) : Structural and cohesion dimensions of style: a consideration of some Swahili texts in Maw (1974)
[10587]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1941/42) : Stand und Aufgaben der Sprachforshung in Kamerun
[10588]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1944) : Das Problem der Verkehrssprachen von Tropisch-Afrika, insbes. von Kamerun
[10258]   Kajiga, Balihuta & Ndolere Gahereri (1972) : Lugha ya Swahili: sarufi - masomo safi - vitendawili - misili
[10270]   Kaloma, Agasuru Tauli Mondengi (1981) : Etude comparative des systèmes phonologiques logoti et lugbarati
[10273]   Kalonji, M. T. Z. (1993) : La lexicographie bilingue en Afrique francophone: l’exemple français-cilubà
[10282]   Kamanda Kola, Roger (1989) : La conjugaison en ngbandi (langue non bantu)
[10285]   Kamanda Kola, Roger (1993) : A propos de la tonalité en zamba
[10286]   Kamanda Kola, Roger (1994) : Notes sur l’augment en zamba
[10315]   Kamchedzera, Garton (1994) : Malawi after Banda
[10320]   Kammerzell, Frank (1991) : Personalpronomina und Personalendungen im Altägyptischen
[10324]   Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi (1969) : Lwo instructions
[10325]   Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi (1971) : Lwo instructions
[10328]   Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi (1971) : Lunyoro/Rutoro instructions
[10332]   Kamupingene, Theo[philus] K. (1985) : Meaning of place names and the phenomenon of nomenclature in Otjiherero
[10335]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1988) : ‘C-command’ and the phonology-syntax interface in Ciluba
[10348]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (2000) : Processes of nominalization in Ciluba
[10363]   Kamwendo, Gregory H. (2001) : Malawi’s approach to language in education: a review of key issues
[10365]   Kamwendo, Gregory H. (2003) : Is Malawi guilty of spoiling the Queen's language?
[10367]   Kandjimi, J. (1996) : Activities of the Rukwangali Curriculum Committee
[10376]   Kanena, G. (1975) : Heroic recitations of the ‘Bahaya’: a form of theatre
[10382]   Kangni, Atah-Ekoué (1989) : La syntaxe de ge: étude d’un parler gbe (ewe), le ge du sud-Togo
[12644]   Kangonda, Ikome (1990) : La structure interrogative du lolendo
[10390]   Kapanga, André Mwamba (1990) : Language variation and language attitudes: a case study from Shaba Swahili
[10391]   Kapanga, André Mwamba (1991) : Language variation and change: a case study of Shaba Swahili
[10393]   Kapanga, André Mwamba (1993) : Shaba Swahili and the processes of linguistic contact
[10394]   Kapanga, André Mwamba (1993) : Pidginization, creolization or acculturation: the case of French in Central Africa
[10395]   Kapanga, André Mwamba (1998) : Impact of language variation and accommodation theory on language maintenance: an analysis of Shaba Swahili
[10396]   Kapanga, André Mwamba (2001) : Recreating a language: a socio-historical approach to the study of Shaba Swahili
[10397]   Kapanga, André Mwamba (2001) : A socio-historical linguistic approach to the study of Shaba Swahili: recreating the parent language
[10402]   Kapeliuk, Olga (2003) : Relative markers in Ancient Ethiopic
[10404]   Kapinga, Fr. C. (1977) : Sarufi maumbo ya kiswahili sanifu: kitabu cha kwanza
[10446]   Kaseka, Ambrosius (1953) : A grammar of Kiilwana (Kinyamwezi)
[10464]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1978) : Lexical innovation in four Zambian languages
[10476]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1994) : Loanwords in Lozi, Nyanja and Tonga
[10468]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. & Moses Musonda (1982) : Lexical adaptability in Bemba and Luunda: some implications for present-day communication
[10480]   Kasongo, G. B. Ohanu wa (1993) : A propos de l’Otetela-Hamba de Lomela
[10483]   Kassels, D. A. (1984) : Vowel intrusion and change in Swahili words of Arabic origin
[10484]   Kassie Shifere (1987) : The structure of simple declarative sentences in the Yamsa language
[10487]   Kassühlke, Rudolf (1969) : Bibelübersetzung in Ful
[10488]   Kastenholz, Raimund (1979) : Essai de classification des dialectes Mandé-kan
[10489]   Kastenholz, Raimund (1979) : Die morpho-syntaktische Struktur der Verkehrssprachen Dyula aus prosodologischer Sicht
[10500]   Kastenholz, Raimund (1992) : Une première note sur le jerikuo (langue mandé des Jeri): repartition géographique et matériel lexical
[10521]   Katan, Norma Jean (1981) : Hieroglyphs, the writing of ancient Egyptian
[10523]   Katesi, Yime-Yime (1986) : Thanking in Engwi: a study of language in its sociocultural context
[10534]   Katutula, Gaspard Kilumba & Mbuya Mukombo (1980) : Adresse et réponse dans un système de parenté bantu: petit introduction à l’étude pragmatique du système de parenté des luba (Shaba)
[10537]   Kauczor, P. Daniel (1920) : Die bergnubische Sprache (Dialekt von Gebel Delen)
[10540]   Kauczor, P. Daniel (1923) : The Afitti Nuba of Gebel Dair and their relation to the Nuba proper
[10541]   Kauczor, P. Daniel (1930) : Bergnubische Wörterverzeichnis
[10546]   Kavari, Jekura U. (1994) : Arrangements of components in Otjiherero narrative texts
[10547]   Kavari, Jekura U. (1996) : Learning and teaching problems and attitudes towards Otjiherero
[22524]   Kawoya, Vin. F. K. (1981) : Yiga kiswahili/Jifunze luganda
[10554]   Kayambazinthu, Edrinnie Lora (1995) : Patterns of language use in Malawi: a socio-linguistic investigation in selected areas
[10556]   Kayambazinthu, Edrinnie Lora (2000) : Sociolinguistic theories: some implications from Malawian data
[10557]   Kaye, Alan S. (1976) : Chadian and Sudanese Arabic in the light of comparative Arabic dialectology
[10566]   Kaye, Alan S. (1982) : A dictionary of Nigerian Arabic
[10569]   Kaye, Alan S. (1986) : Nigerian Arabic-English dictionary
[10571]   Kaye, Alan S. (1988) : The history and development of Juba and Ki-Nubi Arabic
[10577]   Kaye, Alan S. (1993) : A tribute to philological linguistics Nigerian Arabic
[10580]   Kaye, Alan S. (1999) : The current state of Nostratic linguistics
[10576]   Kaye, Alan S. & Mauro Tosco (1993) : Early East African pidgin Arabic
[10581]   Kaye, Alan S. & Mauro Tosco (2001?) : Pidgin and Creole languages: a basic introduction
[10582]   Kayo, Patrice , Engelbert Domche Teko & André Ngueufang (1977) : Grammaire élémentaire de la langue bamiléké
[10608]   Kebbede Hordofa [Janko] (1981) : Nominalization patterns in Oromo
[10612]   Kebbede Hordofa [Janko] (1996) : A comparative study of Oromo dialects: aspects of assimilation
[10613]   Kebbede Hordofa [Janko] (1997) : Raayaa Oromo phonology: aspects of palatalization
[10609]   Kebbede Hordofa [Janko], & Peter Unseth (1986) : “Bird talk” in Oromo
[10614]   Kebbedu Ishetu (1981) : The verb ‘to be’ in Oromo
[10615]   Kebbedu Ishetu (1989) : The copula in Oromo
[10616]   Kebede Michael (2001) : Morphology of Gogat
[10627]   Keegan, John Michael (1996) : Sara vowel system
[10630]   Keenadiid, Yaasin Cismaan (1976) : Qaamuuska af-Soomaaliga
[10632]   Keenan, Edward L. & Cecile Marie-Agne Manorohanta (2001) : A quantitative study of voice in Malagasy
[10631]   Keenan, Edward L. & Jean Paulin Razafimamonjy (2001) : Reciprocals in Malagasy
[10636]   Keiling, Luiz Alfredo (1937) : Elementos de gramática mbundo
[10651]   Kelly, John (1985) : On junction in tweo Kisiu nasal classes
[10652]   Kelly, John (1985) : Phonograms for Sabaki: an experiment in method
[10656]   Kempen, W. (1946) : Samestellings met ‘hulle’ nie kreools nie?
[10662]   Kennedy, Jack (1966) : Collected field reports on the phonology of Dagaari
[10664]   Kenstowicz, Michael J. (1980) : Notes on Cairene Arabic syncope
[10674]   Kenstowicz, Michael J. (2003) : The role of perception in loanword phonology [= review article based on ‘Les emprunts linguistiques d’origine européenne en fon’ by Flavien Gbéto]
[23971]   Kenstowicz, Michael J. (1999) : Verbal tone in Buli: a morphosyntactic analysis
[10672]   Kenstowicz, Michael J. & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1990) : Chizigula tonology: the word and beyond
[10665]   Kenstowicz, Michael J. & Wafaa Abdel-Faheem Batran Wahba (1980) : Clitics and the double object construction in Cairene Arabic
[10675]   Kerken, Georges van der (19--) : Vocabulaire bamanga
[10678]   Kerken, Georges van der (1936) : Vocabulaire basakata
[10691]   Kettley, G. M. (1970) : Suid-Afrikaanse linguistiese bronnegids
[10700]   Kgware, William Moshobane (1973) : The problem of [l] and [d] as allophones of the same phoneme in the Sotho languages
[10705]   Khafaifi, Hussein Mabrok el (1985) : The role of the Cairo Academy in coining Arabic scientific terminology: an historical and linguistic evaluation
[10720]   Khidir, Zakaria Fadoul (1996) : Quelques characteristiques des verbes du Beria
[10721]   Khidir, Zakaria Fadoul (1996) : Le systeme des pronoms personnels du Beria
[10726]   Khosa, Félix dos Santos Viana , Barbara Heins & Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle Kunene (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Xitshwa
[10729]   Khuba, A. E. (1993) : The significance of the Musanda language
[10794]   Kihore, Yared Magori (1978) : A comparative study of the noun class systems of Heiben and Kiswahili
[10797]   Kihore, Yared Magori (2000) : Historical and linguistic aspects of Kihacha
[23087]   Kilpatrick, Eileen (2004) : Orthographies for Moru-Ma’di languages
[23096]   Kilpatrick, Eileen (1978) : The use of Arabic in the Krongo Jebels and at Tabanya
[10838]   Kimpakala, (1978) : La tonalité dans le dialecte kintandu
[10858]   Kinyalolo, Kasangati Kikuni Wabongambilu (1992) : A note on word order in the progressive and prospective in Fon
[10859]   Kinyalolo, Kasangati Kikuni Wabongambilu (1995) : Licensing in DP in Fòn
[10867]   Kipacha, Ahmad (2004) : KiNgome-English lexicon
[22829]   Kipacha, Ahmad (2005) : An ethno-linguistics perspective on Kingone Swahili narrative texts
[10890]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (1994) : An historical survey of the destabilization of minority languages in Malawi: the case of Ciyao
[10891]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (1994) : The impact of a national language on minority languages: the case of Malawi
[10894]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (1998) : On the standardization of Citumbuka and Ciyao orthographies: some observations
[10895]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (1998) : Politics of language in contemporary Malawi
[10899]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (2003) : Recurrent themes in Chichewa verse in Malawian newspapers
[22478]   Kishindo, Pascal J. & Allan L. Lipenga (2005) : Parlons ciyawo: langue et culture du Mozambique
[10900]   Kisob, Jack K. (1963) : A live language: ‘Pidgin English’
[10919]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne (2003) : Makhuwa (P30)
[10936]   Kizidila, E. (1979) : Les formes verbales des ndibu: formes tabellaires absolue affirmatives
[10941]   Klein-Arendt, Reinhardt (1988) : Einfluss des Kuschitischen auf die Nordost-Bantusprachen Ilwana und “Lower Pokomo”: ein sprachlicher Vergleich auf der Grundlage des Kuschitischen Wortschatzes
[23239]   Klein-Arendt, Reinhardt (2005) : Pre-colonial non-Bantu influence on Savannah Bantu vocabulary: the case of iron terminology in the Machame dialect of Chaga (E62)
[10949]   Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (1990) : Aspects of vowel harmony in Waja and Tangale-Waja common vocabulary
[10957]   Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (1997) : The Gurunsi languages: a summary of the state of art
[10958]   Kleinewillinghöfer, Ulrich (1999) : The classification of Siti (Kyitu) reconsidered
[10987]   Klingenheben, August von (1923/24) : Die Präfixklassen des Ful
[10990]   Klingenheben, August von (1927) : Die Laute des Ful
[10992]   Klingenheben, August von (1928/29) : Die Tempora Westafrikas und die semitischen Tempora
[10993]   Klingenheben, August von (1929) : Die nominalen Klassensysteme des Ful
[10998]   Klingenheben, August von (1941) : Die Suffixklassen des Ful
[11000]   Klingenheben, August von (1945/49) : Die Klassenelemente der Zahlwörter des Ful
[11004]   Klingenheben, August von (1951) : Alt hamito-semitisch Genusexponenten in heutige Hamitensprachen
[11009]   Klingenheben, August von (1962) : Die Inversion im Ful
[11019]   Kluge, Angela (2000) : The Gbe language varieties of West Africa: a quantitative analysis of lexical and grammatical features
[23571]   Kluge, Angela (2005) : A synchronic lexical study of Gbe language varieties: the effects of different similarity judgement criteria
[11018]   Kluge, Theodor (1937) : Die Zahlenbegriffe der Sudansprachen: ein Beitrag zur Geistesgeschichte der Menchen
[11077]   Koffi, Ettien Nda (1990) : The interface between phonology and morpho(phono)logy in the standardization of Anyi orthography
[11216]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1959) : Grundzüge der Grammatik des //Kanikhoe
[11226]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1971) : Noun classes and grammatical agreement in !Xû (zu-|hõa dialect)
[11083]   Kohnen, Fr. Bernardo (1931) : Grammatica della lingua Scilluk
[11084]   Kohnen, Fr. Bernardo (1932) : Dizionario Italiano-Scilluk
[11088]   Koivu, Kalle (19--) : Ambolaisia sananlaskuja [Owambo proverbs]
[23650]   Konaré, Mamadou (1971) : Sonrai basic course: final report
[26925]   Koni Muluwa, Joseph & Koen Bostoen (2015) : Lexique comparé des langues bantu du Kwilu (République démocratique du Congo) - Français – anglais – 21 langues bantu (B, C, H, K, L)
[11118]   Koopman, Hilda & Dominique Sportiche (1982) : Le ton abstrait du kagwe
[22775]   Koops, Robert (1971) : Linguistic survey of the Baissa area
[11138]   Korneev, Lev A. (1970) : Russko-malagasijskij slovarj
[11137]   Korneev, Lev A. & Frederik Rakotoson (1966) : Mal’gassko-russkij slovarj/Malagasy-rosiana
[11139]   Korostovcec, M. A. (1963) : Vvedenie v egipetskuju filologiju
[11155]   Kosch, Ingeborg M. (2003) : Sandhi under the spotlight
[11161]   Kossmann, Maarten G. (1999) : Essai sur la phonologie du proto-berbère
[11162]   Kossmann, Maarten G. (2000?) : Esquisse grammaticale du rifain oriental
[11172]   Kotzé, Ernst Frederick (1983) : Variasiepatrone in Maleier-afrikaans
[11186]   Kouata, M. (1985) : Rapport final des enquêtes dialectales sur la langue bozo
[23520]   Kouega, Jean-Paul (2001) : Pidgin facing death in Cameroon
[23837]   Kouonang Nganmou, Alise (1983) : Esquisse phonologique du parler bali-kumbat
[11199]   Koval, Antonina Ivanovna (1998) : Iazyk, Afrika, Ful’be
[11198]   Koval, Antonina Ivanovna & Boureïma A. Gnalibouly (1997) : Glagol fula v tipologicheskom osveshchenii [A typological study of the Fula verb]
[11195]   Koval, Antonina Ivanovna , Victor Alexeevich Vinogradov & Irina Nikolaevna Toporova (Ed) (1979) : Morfonologiia i morfologiia klassov slov v iazykakh Afriki: imia, mestoimenei
[11275]   Krahmalkov, Charles P. (1980) : Deciphering ancient Egyptian writing
[11284]   Krenz, Friedrich Karl [Friedel] (1970) : Ein Versuch der Deutung von Ortsnamen in Outjo-Bezirk
[11285]   Krenz, Friedrich Karl [Friedel] (1971) : Unterschiede in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache? Kritische Stellungnahme zum Beitrag von W. Moritz in der “Mitteilungen” XI/12, 1971
[11286]   Krenz, Friedrich Karl [Friedel] (1971) : Betrachtungen: “Zur Bedeutung des Wortes Namib” von Walter Moritz
[11288]   Kriegler, René (1997) : Textbasierte Untersuchungen zur verbalen Flexionsmorphologie im Makunduchi (Hadimu)
[11289]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1942) : Sotho-Afrikaanse woordeboek
[11307]   Krige, Jacob Daniel A. (1934) : Oorsprong en betekenis van die nederlandse en duitse familiename in die ‘Geschlachtsregister der oude kaapsche familien’ deur C. C. de Villiers
[11330]   Kropacek, Lubos & Hynek Burda (1980) : Svahilsko-cesky a cesko-svahilsky kapesni slovnik se strucnym prehledem svahilske gramatiky
[11348]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1973) : Sociolinguistic survey of the Buli speaking area
[11351]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (1976) : On the linguistic geography of the area of Ancient Begho
[11349]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther (Ed) (1973) : Papers in Ghanaian linguistics (Transactions of the Linguistic Circle of Accra, II)
[11364]   Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther & Anthony Joshua Naden (1988) : Mande languages: Bisa
[11387]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (1958) : Opmerkings oor Sotho-morfologie
[11392]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (1972) : Klassifikasie van kopulatiewe inleidende lede
[11394]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (1973) : Woordanalise in Sotho
[11385]   Krüger, F. (1---) : Tsumba-ndila
[11386]   Krüger, F. (1---) : Penda-luambo ya Tshivenda
[11377]   Kruger, W. J. (1970) : Die transfonologisasie van afrikaanse leenwoorde in Noord-Sotho
[11379]   Kruger, W. J. (1971) : Die morfologie van werkwoordkategorieë in die Sothotale
[11402]   Kuba, Richard & Carola Lentz (2001) : The Dagara and their neighbors (Burkina Faso and Ghana)
[11404]   Kubela, Mwadyamwita K. (1986) : Le schème tonal dans les mots ciluba d’origine éntrangère
[23965]   Kuch, Lawrence (1993) : Collected field reports on the phonology of Birifor
[11407]   Kuforiji, O. O. (1987) : Comparative study of the phonologies of Owo and Standard Yoruba
[11427]   Kumalo, Mpiyakhe B. (1987) : Revised current and proposed new terminology in language description and Izulu literature
[11430]   Kumbatulu, Sita (1991) : Système verbal dans quelques langues oubanguiennes
[11431]   Kunene, Daniel Pune (1951) : Comparative study of the deficient verb in Sotho
[11448]   Kuperus, Julianna (1982) : The morphology of (Ba-)Londo verb tenses
[11450]   Kuperus, Julianna & Antoinette Mpunga wa Ilunga (1990) : Locative markers in Luba
[22845]   Kurrle, Gertrud (1988) : Some word tone patterns in Nuni
[11474]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1988) : L’identification des unités-langues bantu gabonaises et leur classification interne
[11476]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1993) : La gestualité et les interactions dans la narration d’une épopée: l’exemple de Mumbwanga
[22561]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1990) : L’anthroponymie chez les Bapunu
[22562]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1999) : L’expression du temps chez les Bapunu du sud-Gabon
[22821]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (2001) : Aspects ethnlinguistiques kwil: les genres oraux
[11486]   Labaere, [Révérend] [Père] Hubert (1984) : Dictionnaire français-otetela
[11489]   Labaere, [Révérend] [Père] Hubert (2001) : Guthrie et la zone C: traduciton et commentaire du point de vue otetela
[23919]   Labaere, [Révérend] [Père] Hubert (1988) : Grammaire losindanga
[11488]   Labaere, [Révérend] [Père] Hubert & Waato W. L. Shango (1989) : Les dialectes otetela: inventaire
[22563]   Labaere, Raphael (1997) : Du grouoe complétif à la proposition connectivale en tetela
[11494]   Labatut, Roger (1976/82) : La phrase peule et ses transformations
[11495]   Labatut, Roger (1982) : L’alternance consonantique du peul
[11496]   Labatut, Roger (1983) : Les emprunts du peul à l’arabe
[11498]   Labatut, Roger (1987) : La parole à travers quelques proverbes peuls du Fouladou (Sénégal)
[11502]   Labouret, Henri (1934) : Les Manding et leur langue
[11504]   Labouret, Henri (1952) : La langue des peuls ou foulbé
[11505]   Labouret, Henri (1955) : La langue des peuls ou foulbé: lexique français-peul
[11501]   Labouret, Henri & Ida Caroline Ward (1933) : Quelques observations sur la langue mandingue
[11512]   Lacroix, Pierre-Francis (1962) : Notes sur la langue galke (ndáí)
[11516]   Lacroix, Pierre-Francis (1967) : Le vocabulaire ‘kandin’ dans la ‘Polyglotta Africana’
[11518]   Lacroix, Pierre-Francis (1971) : L’ensemble songhay-jerma: problèmes et thèmes de travail
[11522]   Lacroix, Pierre-Francis (1981) : Le peul
[11523]   Lacunza-Balda, Justo (1997) : Translations of the Quran into Swahili, and contemporary Islamic revival in East Africa
[11550]   Lafkioui, Mena (2001) : Typologie des assertions affirmatives non-verbales du rifain: approche de syntaxe intégrée
[11557]   Lafon, Michel (1989) : Le comorien: essai de stratification linguistique
[11561]   Lafon, Michel (1991) : Lexique français-comorien (shingazidja)
[11580]   Laman, Karl Edward (1922) : Lärobok i fonetik: språk i kongodialekterna [Textbook in phonetics: Congo dialects]
[11581]   Laman, Karl Edward (1927) : The musical tone of the Teke languae
[11584]   Laman, Karl Edward (1929) : Teke-kuta-ngunu-svensk ordbok
[11585]   Laman, Karl Edward & A. Philips (1930) : Svensk-teke-kuta-ngunu ordbok
[11589]   Lambdin, Thomas (1978) : Introduction to classical Ethiopic (Ge‘ez)
[11590]   Lambdin, Thomas (1984) : Introduction to Sahidic Coptic
[11591]   Lambek, Michael Joshua (1980) : The kinship terminology of Malagasy speakers in Mayotte
[11594]   Lambert, H. E. (1952) : The Vumba verb
[11596]   Lambert, H. E. (1957) : Ki-vumba: a dialect of the southern Kenya coast
[11597]   Lambert, H. E. (1958) : Chi-chifundi: a dialect of the southern Kenya coast
[11598]   Lambert, H. E. (1958) : Chi-jomvu and Ki-ngare: subdialects of the Mombasa area
[11601]   Lamberti, Marcello (1980) : Der Dialekt von Dinsor Af-Dabarro
[11603]   Lamberti, Marcello (1981) : Der Dialekt der Jiddu Af-Jiddu
[11611]   Lamberti, Marcello (1987) : Some Konsoid etymologies
[11615]   Lamberti, Marcello (1992) : Some phonetic laws of the Gonga languages ; part 1
[11616]   Lamberti, Marcello (1993) : The Ari-Banna group and its classification
[11619]   Lamberti, Marcello (1993) : Some phonetic laws of the Gonga languages ; part 2
[11629]   Lamberty, Melinda (2002) : A survey of Mofu intelligibility for Cuvok speakers (Mayo-Tsanaga Division, Far North Province)
[11637]   Lamy, Pierre (1951) : Le nombre et le genre dans la langue lélé
[11641]   Lang, Karl (1921/22) : Die Explosiva und der Nasal der Qualität und Quantität im Fulfulde
[11645]   Lang, Karl (1926) : Barea und Nuba (Sprachvergleich)
[11672]   Lanham, Leonard Walter (1964) : The proliferation and extension of Bantu phonemic systems influenced by Bushman and Hottentot
[11665]   Lanham, Leonard Walter & D. P. Hallowes (1956) : An outline of the structure of eastern Bushman
[11666]   Lanham, Leonard Walter & D. P. Hallowes (1956) : Linguistic relationships and contacts expressed in the vocabulary of eastern Bushman
[11691]   Laoust, Emile (1928) : Cours de berbère marocain
[11699]   Large, J. W. (1---) : English-Kimakonde vocabulary
[11705]   Larochette, Joseph (1950) : La racine du type CV dans les langues soudanaises
[11709]   Larochette, Joseph (1956) : La détermination du nom dans les langues soudanaises du Congo Belge
[11711]   Larochette, Joseph (1958) : Les langues du groupe maru-mangbétu
[11712]   Larochette, Joseph (1961) : Conversation en ciluba-kikongo-kinyarwanda-lomongo-lingala-zande / Conversation in Ciluba-Kikongo-Kinyarwanda-Lomongo-Lingala-Zande / Gesprekzinnen in het Ciluba-Kikongo-Kinyarwanda-Lomongo-Lingala-Zande
[11719]   Larsen, Iver A. (1991) : A puzzling dissimilation process in southern Nilotic
[11722]   Larson, Pier M. (1996) : Desperatly seeking ‘the Merina’ (Central Madagaskar): reading ethnonyms and their semantic fields in African identity histories
[11729]   LaSor, W. S. (1990) : Proto-Semitic: is the concept no longer valid?
[11737]   Lassort, P. (1952) : Grammaire querzé
[11740]   Lau, Brigitte (1988) : Kleine Zusammenfassung zur Dokumentation des Ortsnamen ‘Windhoek’
[11749]   Launhardt, Johannes (1973) : Guide to learning the Oromo language
[11754]   Lavers, John E. (1992) : R. C. Abraham: the Bolewa and Bolanci
[11767]   Lax, Beverie Michaele (1986) : The West A-branch of the Chadic language family: a comparative study of Hausa, Sha, Angas, Karekare and Dera
[23884]   Lebika, Francine Ngantcho (2003) : Verb morphology and the structure of IP in Mpumpung
[11793]   Leblanc, Maria (1955) : Evolution linguistique et relation humaines (katanga)
[11794]   Lebzelter, Viktor (1936) : Zur Kindesprache der Oondonga (Amboland, Südwestafrika)
[11795]   Lebzelter, Viktor (1937) : Eine Wortliste der !Kung vom oberen Omuramba u Ovambo
[11811]   Lecomte, Ernesto (1962) : Método prático de língua Mbundu, falada no distrito de Benguela
[11815]   Lecoste, Baudouin (1954) : Le Ngwana, variété du Swahili
[11816]   Lecoste, Baudouin (1955) : Vocabulaire ngwana
[11817]   Lecoste, Baudouin (1955) : La systéme de parenté des Ngwana
[11822]   Lee, Richard B. , Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] Biesele & Robert Karl Hitchcock (1996) : Three decades of ethnographic research among the Ju|’hoansi of northwest Botswana: 1963-1996
[22615]   Lee, Youngjoo (2003) : Serial verb constructions in Buli
[11825]   Leeman, Bernard & informants (1994) : Ongamoi (KiNgassa): a Nilotic remnant of Kilimanjaro
[11824]   Leeman, Bernard & Trilas Lauwo (1993) : Chagga. A course in the Vunjo dialect of the Kichagga language of Kilimanjaro, Tanzania: basic grammar, structural drills, elementary comprehension
[11827]   Lefebvre, Claire & Jonathan Derek Kaye (Ed) (1986) : Projet fon-creole haïtien
[12156]   Léger, A. (1932) : Contribution à l’étude de la langue bamiléké
[11841]   Leger, Rudolf (1989) : Mediale Verben im Tschadischen? Eine Fallstudie anhand des Kwami
[11843]   Leger, Rudolf (1990) : Monoradical verbs in Kwami
[11845]   Leger, Rudolf (1993) : Die Verben ‘lernen’, ‘wissen’ und ‘vergessen’ in einigen Bole-Tangale-Sprachen (Nordnigeria)
[11847]   Leger, Rudolf (1994) : Die Geschichte der Kwami nach einer Erzählung von Yerma Bube mit grammatischer Erläuterungen
[11849]   Leger, Rudolf (1998) : Noun classes in Fulfulde
[11850]   Leger, Rudolf (1998) : Grammatical gender in some southern Bole-Tangale languages: Kwami, Kupto, Kushi and Piya
[11852]   Leger, Rudolf (2004) : On vowel systems in the southern Bole-Tangale languages
[11848]   Leger, Rudolf (Ed) (1997) : Fulfulde-Studien/Fula studies
[11851]   Leger, Rudolf & Anne Storch (1999) : Zur Genese komplexer Vokalsysteme in einigen nordostnigerianischen Sprachen
[11854]   Legère, Karsten (1968) : [Tonological problems in the Sonrai language]
[11860]   Legère, Karsten (1975) : Zum Verhältnis zwischen dem Swahili und anderen tansanischen Sprachen
[11869]   Legère, Karsten (1986) : Kimgao and southern Kiswahili in mainland Tanzania
[11898]   Legère, Karsten (1998) : Oshikwanyama in Namibia
[11899]   Legère, Karsten (1998) : Khoisan traces in Kavango languages
[11903]   Legère, Karsten (2000) : “... are not fully involved...”: language knowledge and language use among the Barabaig and Iraqw
[11853]   Legesse Samuel (2003) : An Oromo argot: bird language of western Wollega
[11919]   Lehmann, Dorothea A. (1969) : Loanwords in S. A. Mpashi’s Bemba story Uwakwensho bushiku
[11916]   Lehmann, Friedrich Rudolf (1945) : ’n Paar gdagtes oor die naam Boesman
[11917]   Lehmann, Friedrich Rudolf (1963/65) : Ejuru, sprach- und religionswissenschaftliche Anmerkungen zum Himmels-Begriffe der Herero
[11923]   Lehr, J. P. (1924) : Die sprachliche Stellung des Schilluk ; Teil 1
[11924]   Lehr, J. P. (1926) : Die sprachliche Stellung des Schilluk ; Teil 2
[11927]   Leiris, Michael (1948) : La langue secrète des Dogons de Sanga (Soudan Français)
[11933]   Leitch, Myles Francis (2004) : Langue et dialecte au sud du district d’Epena
[11935]   Leith-Ross, Sylvia (1922) : Fulani grammar
[11956]   Leonessa, Mauro da (1931) : Linguistica etiopica: gli studi sulle lingue della colonia Eritrea
[11958]   Lepage, Claude & autres (Ed) (1994) : Études éthiopiennes: actes de la 10ème conférence internationale des études éthiopiennes, Paris, 24-28 aout 1988
[11964]   Leriche, A. (1952) : Au sujet des patronymies Baule, Ge et Ewe
[11979]   Leslau, Wolf (19--) : An Ethiopian argot of a Gurage secret society
[11984]   Leslau, Wolf (1938) : Contributions à l’étude du harari (Abyssinie méridionale) [2 parties]
[11986]   Leslau, Wolf (1939) : La thème verbal fréquentatif dans les langues éthiopiennes
[11988]   Leslau, Wolf (1943) : South-East Semitic: Ethiopic and Arabic
[11990]   Leslau, Wolf (1945) : Gafat documents: records of a South-Ethiopic language (grammar, text and comparative vocabulary)
[11999]   Leslau, Wolf (1949) : An Ethiopian merchant’s argot
[12000]   Leslau, Wolf (1949) : Notes de grammaire et d’étymologie éthiopiennes
[12002]   Leslau, Wolf (1951) : Archaic features in South Ethiopic
[12007]   Leslau, Wolf (1954) : Le type verbal qatälä en éthiopien méridional
[12008]   Leslau, Wolf (1954) : La réform de l’alphabet éthiopien
[12016]   Leslau, Wolf (1957) : The phonetic treatment of the Arabic loanwords in Ethiopia
[12020]   Leslau, Wolf (1957) : A supplementary Falasha bibliography
[12028]   Leslau, Wolf (1959) : Traces of laryngeals in the Ethiopic dialect of Ennemor
[12033]   Leslau, Wolf (1960) : Sketches in Ethiopic classification
[12035]   Leslau, Wolf (1961) : Remarks on the gemination of the Gurage dialect of Azarnat-Mugo
[12036]   Leslau, Wolf (1961) : Echo-words in Ethiopic
[12037]   Leslau, Wolf (1962) : The influence of the Cushitic substratum on Semitic Ethiopic re-examined
[12040]   Leslau, Wolf (1964) : The jussive in Chaha
[12041]   Leslau, Wolf (1964) : Ethiopian argots
[12042]   Leslau, Wolf (1964) : Observations on a study on the Ethiopian quasriracidals
[12060]   Leslau, Wolf (1969) : Is there a proto-Gurage?
[12064]   Leslau, Wolf (1975) : What is a Semitic Ethiopian language?
[12069]   Leslau, Wolf (1980) : Proto-Sidamo *z
[12073]   Leslau, Wolf (1983) : Ethiopians speak - studies in cultural background, 5: Chaha-Ennemor
[12074]   Leslau, Wolf (1983/92) : Outline of Ennemor phonology
[12078]   Leslau, Wolf (1988) : Fifty years of research: selection of articles on Semitic, Ethiopian Semitic and Cushitic
[12086]   Leslau, Wolf (1997) : Chaha (Gurage) phonology
[12092]   Leslau, Wolf (2004) : The verb in Masqan as compared with other Gurage dialects
[12095]   Lessick, Anne E. (1983) : A sociolinguistic analysis of the speech of Kikuyu women in the plays of Ngugi wa Thiong’o
[12106]   Lestrade, Gérard Paul (1938) : Locative-class nouns and formatives in Sotho
[12108]   Letele, Gladstone Llewellyn (1945) : The noun-class prefix in the Sotho group of Bantu languages
[12113]   Letouzey, René (1976) : Contribution de la botanique au problème d’une éventuelle langue pygmée
[12114]   Leung, Elizabeth [Woon-Yee] (1991) : The tonal phonology of Llogoori: a study of Llogoori verbs
[12119]   Levin, Saul (1971) : The Indo-European and Semitic languages: an exploration of structural similarities related to accent, chiefly in Greek, Sanskrit and Hebrew
[12121]   Levinsohn, Stephen H. (Ed) (1994) : Discourse features of ten languages of west-central Africa
[12157]   Lévy-Bruhl, Lucien (1929) : La numération chez les Bergdama
[12129]   Lewis, Ioan M. (1958) : The Gadabuursi Somali script
[12139]   Lex, Gloria (1986) : Étude phonologique d’un dialecte peul: le parler du Fouladou (Haute Casamance, Sénégal)
[12140]   Lex, Gloria (1997) : Le dialecte peul du Fouladou (Casamance-Sénégal): étude phonetique et phonologique
[12142]   Lexa, F. (1947/49) : Grammaire démotique
[12143]   Leynseele, Hélène van (1975) : Restrictions on serial verbs in Anyi
[12145]   Leynseele, Hélène van & John Massie Stewart (1980) : Harmonie consonantique en pre-nèn
[12159]   Li, Zhiqiang (2001) : Tonal structure of yes-no questions in Chaha
[12160]   Li, Zhiqiang (2002) : Focus, phrasing and tonal aligment in Chaha
[12169]   Liesenborghs, O. (1932) : Bijdrage tot de studie der voorgeschiedenis van noord-ost Congo
[12170]   Liesenborghs, O. (1934) : Enkele nota's over de Bale en Bamoro van Congo
[12172]   Lifchitz, D. & Denise Paulme (1953) : Les noms individuels chez les Dogon
[12175]   Lijphart-Bezuidenhout, G. C. (1968) : Die invloed van kreoolse Portugees op Afrikaans
[12183]   Lindblom, [Karl] Gerhard (1924) : Some words of the language spoken by the Elgoni people on the east side of Mt Elgon, Kenya Colony, East Africa
[12187]   Lindfors, Bernth (1983) : Clicks and clucks: victorian reactions to San speech
[12210]   Little, Greta D. (1969) : Lexical similarities in Ethiopic and Nubian languages
[12215]   Littmann, Enno (1953/54) : Die äthiopische Sprache
[12220]   Lloret-Romañach, Maria-Rosa (1987) : The morphophonology of the causative in Oromo
[12221]   Lloret-Romañach, Maria-Rosa (1988) : Gemination and vowel length in Oromo morphophonology
[12222]   Lloret-Romañach, Maria-Rosa (1989) : Grammatical marking and final vowels in Oromo
[12225]   Lloret-Romañach, Maria-Rosa (1995) : The representation of glottals in Oromo
[12226]   Lloret-Romañach, Maria-Rosa (1997) : Oromo phonology
[12229]   Lloyd, B. S. , K. Tambadu & P. G. Imhoff (1965) : Fula basic course
[12235]   Locker, Ernst (1966) : L’afar e il somalo
[12236]   Lockot, Hans Wilhelm (1982) : Bibliographia Aethiopica: die äthiopienkundliche Literatur des deutschsprachigen Raums
[12270]   Loggerenberg, J. C. van (1961) : ’n Fonologiese vergelyking van die Sothodialekte met Oer-Bantoe: ’n bydrae tot die fonologiese vergelyking van die Sotho-dialekte onderling, as ook tot die fonologiese vergelyking van die Sotho-dialekte met Oer-Bantoe
[12279]   Lombard, Dann P. (1978) : A brief analysis of high tone in Pedi verbs
[12286]   Lombard, Dann P. , R. Barnard & G. M. M. Grobler (1992) : Sediba: practical list of words and expressions in Northern Sotho/praktiese lys van woorde en uitdrukkings in Noord-Sotho
[23631]   Long, Ronald W. & Raoul S. Diomande (1968) : Dyula: instructional materials, intensive language courses, language instruction, tape recordings, workbooks
[12299]   Loor, John Logyel (1976) : Ngakarimojong-English dictionary
[12301]   Lootens, P. (1980) : Vocabulaire comparé des noms d’animaux en lonkundo, lotoa, lolube, lonkonda
[22804]   Lopes, Ilidio da Silva (1961) : Da interrogação em quimbundo
[12311]   Loprieno, Antonio (1995) : Ancient Egyptian: a linguistic introduction
[12320]   Lorenzino, Gerardo A. (1996) : Afro-Portuguese creole ‘a’: its Kwa origin and discourse pragmatics
[22704]   Louali, Naïma & Jean-Marie Hombert (1988) : Contribution à l’évolution des occlusives dentales du proto-berbère
[12332]   Loubignac, V. (1925) : Étude sur le dialecte berbère des Zaïan et Aït Sgougou, sect. 2/3: textes et lexique
[12348]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1967) : Hulppredikatiewe
[12360]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1976) : The influence of Khoi on Xhosa morphology
[12370]   Louw, Jacobus Abraham (1986) : Some linguistic influence of Khoi and San in the prehistory of the Nguni
[12394]   Louwrens, Louis J. (1987) : Remarks on the historical background and some grammatical characteristics of Eastern Sotho
[12419]   Loze, Pierre (1922) : Elementos de leitura; ou, O primeiro livro para ensimar a lingua portugueza as criancas dos pais dos Batswa e Batonga
[12439]   Luchon, Pasquale da (1938) : Grammatica della lingua uallamo
[12537]   Lück, Marlies & Linda Henderson (1993) : Gambian Mandinka: a learning manual for English speakers
[12440]   Luckau, Stephen R. (1975) : A tonal analysis of Grebo and Jabo
[12446]   Luffin, Xavier (2003) : L‘évolution sémantique du terme ritana dans les parlers arabes soudano-tchadiens
[23402]   Luffin, Xavier (2004) : L’analyse de deux lexiques de l’arabe véhiculaire parlé dans l‘Etat Indépendant du Congo (1903 et 1905)
[23415]   Luijks, Carla (2001) : The Khoekhoe and/or the San: gathering the Afrikaans substrate languages
[12452]   Lukas, Johannes (1931) : Die Sprache der Káidi-Kanembú in Kanem
[12455]   Lukas, Johannes (1934) : Hamitisches Sprachgut im Sudan
[12456]   Lukas, Johannes (1934/35) : Lautlehre des Bádawi-Kanuri in Borno
[12458]   Lukas, Johannes (1936) : Über den Einfluss der hellhäutigen Hamiten auf die Sprachen des zentralen Sudans
[12463]   Lukas, Johannes (1937?) : Neue Aussichten zur sprachlichen Gliederung des Sudan
[12464]   Lukas, Johannes (1938) : Die Sprache der Sungor in Wadai
[12471]   Lukas, Johannes (1951/52) : Umrisse einer ostafrikanischer Sprachgruppe
[12474]   Lukas, Johannes (1953) : Die Sprache der Tubu in der zentralen Sahara
[12475]   Lukas, Johannes (1954/55) : Der gegenwärtige Stand der Gliederung der westsudanischen Sprachen
[12482]   Lukas, Johannes (1964/65) : Das Hitkalanci, eine Sprache um Gwoza (Nordnigerien)
[12487]   Lukas, Johannes (1969) : Tonpermeable und tonimpermeable Konsonanten im Bolanci (Nordnigerien)
[12489]   Lukas, Johannes (1970/71) : Die Personalia und das primäre Verb in Bolanci (Nordnigerien) ; Teil 1 - mit Beiträgen über das Karekare
[12490]   Lukas, Johannes (1971) : Über das erweiterte Verb in Bolanci (Nordnigerien)
[12491]   Lukas, Johannes (1971/72) : Die Personalia und das primäre Verb in Bolanci (Nordnigerien) ; Teil 2
[12493]   Lukas, Johannes (1977) : Über den kulturhistorischen Aspekt des grammatischen Geschlechts des Wortes für “Sonne” in den tschadohamitischen Sprachen
[12465]   Lukas, Johannes & O. Völckers (1938/39) : G. Nachtigal’s Aufzeichnungen über die Sprache der Mimi in Wadai
[12500]   Lukusa, Menda T. (1991) : Affixation et sémantisme ciluba: cas de quelques affixes usuels
[12501]   Lukusa, Stephen T. M. (1993) : Imbrication of extensions in Cilubà
[12502]   Lukusa, Stephen T. M. (1993) : An autosegmental approach to Cilubà nominal and verbal tonology
[12503]   Lukusa, Stephen T. M. (1997) : An account of vowel lengthening in Cilubà
[12506]   Lukusa, Stephen T. M. (2002) : Groundwork in Shiyeyi grammar, with a Shiyeyi-English glossary
[12515]   Lumwamu, François (1970) : Sur les classes nominales et le nombre dans une langue bantu
[12524]   Lumwamu, François (1977) : Lexique kikongo-francais, 3: kiladi-kisundi-kikongo
[12529]   Lundström, L. (19--) : Cours gbaya
[12531]   Lusakalalu, Pedro (2003) : What is Rukavango?
[12556]   Maalu-Bungi, Lungenyi Lumwe (1988) : Tusùma: devinettes tonales lubà
[12557]   Maalu-Bungi, Lungenyi Lumwe (1991) : Langue zairoise et standardization: le cas du ciluba
[12565]   Mabiala, Jean-Noël Nguimbi (1992) : Études du kiyoombi, langue kongo du Congo
[22458]   Mabik-ma-Kombil, Roger (2001) : Parlons yipuni: langue et culture des Punu du Gabon-Congo
[12578]   Macalane, Geraldo , Jorge José Taborda Rodrigues Coelho , José Vicente Bisque & Marcelo Soverano (2000) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Cinuyngwe
[12581]   MacBeath, [Reverend] A. G. W. (1940) : Bobangi in twenty-one lessons
[12585]   MacDonald, C. A. (1975) : An investigation of the responses to four South African English dialects and of the values esteemed by white South African university students
[12584]   Macdonald, R. S. & Mary Wright (1939) : “Da kita:b”: a Sudanese colloquial grammar
[12591]   MacGaffey, Wyatt (1988) : Complexity, astonishment and power: the visual vocabulary of Kongo Minkisi
[12592]   Machado, A. J. de Mello (1970) : Entre os Macuas de Angoche: historiando Moçambique
[12611]   MacMichael, Harold Alfred (1918) : Nubian elements on Darfur
[12612]   MacMichael, Harold Alfred (1920) : Darfur linguistics
[12619]   MacWilliam, [Sister] Anita (19--) : Unpublished notes on KiKwaya grammar
[12620]   MacWilliam, [Sister] Anita (19--) : Unpublished notes on KiNgereme
[12621]   MacWilliam, [Sister] Anita (19--) : KiKwaya vocabulary
[12636]   Maddieson, Ian (1976) : Tone reversal in Ciluba: a new theory
[12641]   Maddieson, Ian (1987) : The Margi vowel system and labiocoronals
[12645]   Maddieson, Ian (1993) : Splitting the mora
[12634]   Maddieson, Ian , Timothy Shopen & Betty Jenny Okello (1974) : Lango tonology, suprasegmentals and paradigms
[12652]   Maddox, Harry Edward (1938) : An elementary Lunyoro grammar
[12653]   Madela, L. (1975/76) : Beiträge zur Meidungssprache der Zulu, ukuhlonipha, und zum Thefula-Dialekt des Zele
[12684]   Maes, Fr. (1957) : Het “kongolees” in het onderwijs
[12697]   Magang ma Mbuju, Wisi & Florent Mbumb Bwas (1974) : Les Bajag du Gabon: essai d’étude historique et linguistique
[12698]   Maganga, Clement (1990) : A study on the morphophonology of standard Kiswahili, Kipemba, Kitumbatu and Kimakunduchi
[12701]   Mageza, C. K. (1952) : Xipembomuso: swifanis swi endle hi M. M. Pemba
[12702]   Maggiora, P. Gabriele da (1953) : Vocabulario etiopico-italiano-latino ad uso dei principianti
[12712]   Maguire, Brian (1953) : A report on the food plants (‘veldkos’) of the Kung Bushmen of the Gautsha Pan and cigarette areas of nosrteastern South West Africa, based on collections and observations made from mid-December 1952 until February 1953
[12718]   Mahdi, Waruno (1988) : Morphophonologische Besonderheiten und historische Phonologie des Malagasy
[12719]   Mahgoub, Fatma M. (1968) : A linguistic study of Cairene proverbs
[12720]   Mahider Tesfu (2001) : Morphology of Malo
[12731]   Maho, Jouni Filip (1995) : Calculating differences in phonological features of consonants in a sample of 25 Bantu languages
[12749]   Maho, Jouni Filip (2000) : Comparative word list for !Kwi languages
[12727]   Maho, Jouni Filip & S. S. Shiyave (1991) : Unpublished Gciriku and Shambyu word and phrase list
[12765]   Mahulo Volebe, Akudhi (1987) : Esquisse morphologique de obilebba, dialecte de logo ti
[12777]   Maia, António da Silva (1964) : Epitome de gramáticas de portuguesa e quimbunda, dialectos do Cuanza-Sul e Cuanza-Norte, Angola
[12786]   Maingard, Louis Fernand (1937) : The €Khomani dialect of Bushman: its morphology and other characteristics
[12787]   Maingard, Louis Fernand (1957) : Three Bushman languages ; part 1: the first two Bushman languages
[12788]   Maingard, Louis Fernand (1958) : Three Bushman languages ; part 2: the third Bushman language
[12791]   Maingard, Louis Fernand (1963) : A comparative study of Naron, Hietshware and Korana
[12797]   Maire, John & Peter Thalmann (1980) : Enquête dialectale kroumen
[12799]   Majors, Diane Richart (1993) : An analysis of intransitive/transitive Lango pairs using Localist Case Grammar
[12810]   Makok, Stephen Dit & Samuel Galuak Marial (1999) : Dinka-English dictionary
[12811]   Makokila, Nanzanza (1988) : Les termes d’accueil chez les Bamanyaanga: quelques considérations sociolinguistiques
[23279]   Makolila, M. (1981) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue kimanyanga
[12820]   Makouta-Mboukou, Jean-Pierre (1966) : Moyens traditionelles d’attraper les poissons chez les Fumu (Brazzaville): étude linguistique
[12821]   Makouta-Mboukou, Jean-Pierre (1967) : Substituts onomastiques du nom du mort chez les Sundi de Boko
[12824]   Makouta-Mboukou, Jean-Pierre (1969) : Vocabulaire fumu-français
[12825]   Makouta-Mboukou, Jean-Pierre (1973) : Réintégration morphologique des emprunts français en langue téké de Manianga
[12827]   Makouta-Mboukou, Jean-Pierre (1977) : Étude descriptive du fumu, dialecte teke de Ngamaba, Brazzaville
[23280]   Makouta-Mboukou, Jean-Pierre (1980) : Clés sociolinguistiques de l’écologie fumu et wumu
[12834]   Malandra, Alfred (1956) : English-Lwoo (Acholi) dictionary
[12835]   Malandra, Alfred (1957) : English-Lwoo dictionary
[12836]   Malasi, Ngandu-Myango (1988/89) : Trois cents noms de personnes lega: au-dela des figures
[12837]   Malcolm, L. W. G. (1920) : Short notes on the numerals of the Eghap and Bali tribes, Cameroons Province, West Africa
[12838]   Malcolm, L. W. G. (1924) : Short notes on the personal names of the Egap, central Cameroons
[12844]   Malekebu, Bennett E. (1952) : Ungkhoswe waaNyanja
[22498]   Malherbe, Michel & Grace Mesoppirr Sicard (2005) : Parlons massaï
[12862]   Malka, Jean-Guy (1978/84) : Tsarin lokatan hausar filinge
[12867]   Malong, Rowbone (1978) : Ah big yaws? A guard to sow theffricun innglissh
[12870]   Malou, Job Dharuai (1983) : The Dinka vowel system
[12871]   Malou, Job Dharuai (1988) : Dinka vowel system
[23097]   Malou, Job Dharuai (1983) : Language use among the Dinka
[12886]   Manaster-Ramer, Alexis (1995) : The unreality of morphophonemes in Zambuk Tera sound change
[12890]   Manessy, Gabriel (1960) : La morphologie du nom en bwamu (bobo-oulé), dialecte de Bondoukuy
[12895]   Manessy, Gabriel (1963) : Rapport sur les langues voltaïques
[12896]   Manessy, Gabriel (1963) : Les particulares affirmatives postverbales dans le groupe voltaïque
[12897]   Manessy, Gabriel (1963) : Structure de la proposition relative dans quelques langues voltaïques
[12898]   Manessy, Gabriel (1964) : La relation genitive dans quelques langues mandé
[12918]   Manessy, Gabriel (1971) : Les langues gurma
[12925]   Manessy, Gabriel (1977) : Processes of pidginization in African languages
[12926]   Manessy, Gabriel (1977) : Linguistique historique et traditions ethniques: les peuples voltaïques dans l’est de la boucle du Niger
[12931]   Manessy, Gabriel (1978) : De la définition du mot dans les langues voltaïques
[12932]   Manessy, Gabriel (1978) : Les langues voltaïques
[12933]   Manessy, Gabriel (1979) : Contribution à la classification généalogique des langues voltaïques: le groupe proto-central
[12935]   Manessy, Gabriel (1981) : Les langues voltaïques
[12937]   Manessy, Gabriel (1984) : Bantou et créole: l’agglutination de l’article français
[12944]   Manessy, Gabriel (1987) : La classification nominale en proto-guang
[12949]   Manessy, Gabriel (1990) : Vocabulaires comparatifs de quatre langues voltaïques par le R. P. Louis Girault
[12958]   Manessy, Gabriel (1994) : Prénasalisation et sonorisation en senufo
[12961]   Manessy, Gabriel (1996) : La détermination nominale en senoufo
[12962]   Manessy, Gabriel (1996) : Structure morphologique des bases nominales et verbales en proto-senoufo
[12963]   Manessy, Gabriel (1999) : Langues et histoire des peuples voltaïques: signification et limites de la comparaison historique
[12968]   Manfredi, Victor B. (1991) : Ágbò and Ehugbò: Igbo linguistics, consciousness, its origin and limits
[12994]   Mann, Charles C. (1993) : Polysemic functionality in pidgins and creoles: the case of fò in Anglo-Nigerian Pidgin
[12990]   Mann, Michael , Mubanga E. Kashoki & John Lisle Wright (1977) : Language in Zambia: grammatical sketches, I: Bemba, Town Bemba and Kaonde
[13003]   Mansuur, Cabdalla Comar (198-) : Bahda afafka kushitik iyo taarìíkhda af-soomaaliga
[13005]   Mansuur, Cabdalla Comar (1986) : A lexical aspect of Somali and East Cushitic languages
[13021]   Maranz, David (1996) : Croyances et langues: glossaire des mots sénégalais ayant une signification religieuse
[13022]   Maranz, David (2000) : Naka lañuy binde baat boobu
[13063]   Marçais, Philippe (1948) : Articulation de l’emphase dans un parler arabe maghrébin
[13065]   Marçais, Philippe (1977) : Esquisse grammaticale de l’arabe maghrebin
[13023]   Marchal, R. (1943) : Terminologie juridique en kilamba
[22911]   Marchese, Lynell (1982) : Basic aspectual categories in Proto-Kru
[13044]   Marcos Habte-Mariam (1973) : Pidgin Italian?
[13046]   Marcos Habte-Mariam (1976) : Three other Ethiopian languages, 3: Italian
[13050]   Marcy, Georges (1932) : Les phrases berbères des ‘documents inédits d’histoire almohade’
[13062]   Marcy, Georges (1945) : L’origine du nom de l’Île de Fer
[13068]   Marggraff, M. M. (1997) : Verb stems as stylistica in D.B.Z. Ntuli’s Ucingo
[13085]   Marshad, Hassan [Ahmed] & S. M. Suleiman (1991) : A comparative study of Swahili ni and Arabic kana as copulative elements
[13086]   Marshall, Lorna (1957) : The kin terminology system of the !Kung Bushmen
[13091]   Marten, Lutz & Nancy Chongo Kula (200-) : Semantic transparency in phonology: telicity and vowel copying in Dciriku
[15565]   Martinho, António (1961) : Oritim tradicional dos povos Vanhaneka
[13101]   Martins, E. P. Ferreira (1963) : Curioso aspecto linguistico no Concelho do Txitatu (Angola)
[13102]   Martins, João Vicente (1990) : Elementos de gramática de utchokwe
[13100]   Martins, Manuel Alfredo de Morais (1958) : Contribuição para o estudio da influência do português na lingua quicongo
[13110]   Masa ma Mateka (1973) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue kizeela: phonologie et morphologie
[13120]   Mashiri, Pedzisai (2000) : Street remarks, address rights and the urban female: socio-linguistic politics of gender in Harare
[13130]   Masoko, W. (1983) : Maana na mpangilio wa umbo “ki” katika Kiswahili
[13132]   Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (1975) : Verbal morphology in Ci-Ruri
[13135]   Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (1982) : Aspects of accent and tone in Ci-Ruri
[13136]   Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (1984) : Tone in Ci-Ruri
[13143]   Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (1992) : Why Ci-Ruri is an accent language
[13145]   Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda (2000) : Ci-Ruri verbal inflection
[13153]   Massib, Gelasius (1966) : Die 12 maande in Namaquataal/Gurib !na hâ //khâgu di |onti
[13154]   Massih, George Abd al (1990) : Dictionary of Arabic grammar terminology: al-khalil
[13198]   Matiki, Alfred J. I. (1997) : The politics of language in Malawi: a preliminary investigation
[13203]   Matiki, Alfred J. I. (2003) : Linguistic exclusion and the opinions of Malawian legislators
[22616]   Matushansky, Ora (2003) : Adjectives in Buli
[13270]   Mayer, Raymond (1987) : Langues des groupes pygmées au Gabon: un état des lieux
[23714]   Mazombwe, Obediah (1981) : Umuntu: worldview in the structure and theme of Nsenga narrative performance
[13276]   Mazrui, Ali A. & Wilfred Howell Whiteley (1967) : Språkproblem i Östafrika
[13300]   Mba, Gabriel & Justine Atemajong Njika (2003) : Verbal extensions in Nngwe
[13306]   Mbala, T. (1974) : Essai de correction phonétique entre le kintandu et le français
[13310]   Mbambali, Mbeko (1983) : Éléments de la grammaire casuelle ngbandi
[23518]   Mbangwana, Paul (1983) : The scope and role of Pidgin English in Cameroon
[13320]   Mbele, Joseph L. (1991) : Narrative inconsistencies in the Liongo epic
[23332]   Mbele, Joseph L. (1986) : The Liongo Fumo epic and the scholars
[13334]   Mboyo, Claude & André Motingea Mangulu (2002) : Quelques formes incorrectes dans l’esquisse grammaticale de la langue des Elinga
[13341]   Mbulamoko-Nzenge, Moveambe (1973) : Verbe et personne: les substituts et marques de la personne verbale en latin, espagnol, français, allemand, lingála, et ngbandi
[13352]   McBurney, C. B. M. (1975) : The archaeological context of the Hamitic languages in northern Africa
[13394]   McHugh, Brian David (1987) : Syntactic structure, empty categories and phrasal phonology in Chaga
[13398]   McIntosh, Mary (1984) : Fulfulde syntax and verbal morphology
[13401]   McIntyre, Joseph A. (1983) : The length of yi in pre-IO position and the choice between cêe and cèe
[13415]   McKinnon, A. C. (1929) : Dictionnaire français-buluba, buluba-français
[13422]   McLaughlin, John (1967) : Tentative time depths for Nuer, Dinka and Anuak
[13433]   Mcome-Simpassa, H. J. (1998) : The impact of English on ethnic community languages in Tanzania: a case study of Cinamwanga
[13434]   McVicar, T. (1939) : Wanguru sibs and names
[23335]   Mdee, James Salehe (1991) : Writing definitions that do not define: an appraisal of Kamusi ya Kiswahili Sanifu (KKS)
[13446]   Mdiya, W. W. (1929/30) : Isibongo in Xosa-language
[13460]   Medlaoui, Mohamed el , Saïd Gafaiti & Fouad Saa (Ed) (1998) : Actes sur le 1ère congrès chamito-sémitique de Fès, 1997
[13465]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (19--) : Notes non-publié sur le bubi: liste des verbes
[13468]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1951) : Tooncontractie in het ciLuba (Kasayi)
[13470]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1951) : Notes fuliro, non-publié
[13474]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1953) : De talen van Maniema (Belgisch-Kongo)
[13487]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1960) : Éléments de grammaire lega
[13501]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1965) : Vijf jaar Lolemi-activiteit
[23339]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1944/45) : Hoo een inlandse taal te beschrijven ; deele 1-2
[23340]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1948) : Hoo een inlandse taal te beschrijven ; deele 3-4
[23350]   Meeussen, Achille Emiel (1980) : Le cas du mbagani: mbagani et lwalwa - deux anciens membres du complexe kongo du Kasayi?
[13520]   Meeuwis, Michael (1997) : Constructing sociolinguistic concensus: a linguistic ethnography of the Zairian community in Antwerp, Belgium
[23886]   Meguedo, Berthe (1991) : Esquisse phonologique du mvae
[13543]   Meillet, Antoine & Marcel Cohen (1952) : Parlers des négrilles du Soudan
[13544]   Meillet, Antoine & Marcel Cohen (1952) : Groupe chari-ouadaien (12 langues)
[13545]   Meillet, Antoine & Marcel Cohen (1952) : Groupe nilo-congolais (20 langues)
[13546]   Meillet, Antoine & Marcel Cohen (1952) : Groupe nigéro-sénégalais (36 langues)
[22568]   Meillet, Antoine & Marcel Cohen (1952) : Groupe nilo-abyssinien (20 langues)
[22569]   Meillet, Antoine & Marcel Cohen (1952) : Groupe nilo-équatorien (24 langues)
[22570]   Meillet, Antoine & Marcel Cohen (1952) : Groupe nilo-tchadien (35 langues)
[22571]   Meillet, Antoine & Marcel Cohen (1924) : Groupe nilo-équatorien (26 langues)
[22572]   Meillet, Antoine & Marcel Cohen (1924) : Groupe nilo-tchadien (30 langues)
[22573]   Meillet, Antoine & Marcel Cohen (1924) : Groupe nilo-abyssinien (15 langues)
[22574]   Meillet, Antoine & Marcel Cohen (1924) : Groupe nigéro-sénégalais (36 langues)
[22576]   Meillet, Antoine & Marcel Cohen (1924) : Groupe nilo-congolais (19 langues)
[22577]   Meillet, Antoine & Marcel Cohen (1924) : Groupe chari-ouadaien (12 langues)
[13549]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1921/22) : Was können uns die hamitischen Sprachen für den Bau des semitischen Verbums lehren?
[13558]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1928/29) : Versuch einer grammatischen Skizze einer Buschmannsprache
[13563]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1930) : Das Verhältnis der Buschmannsprachen zum Hottentottischen
[13569]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] (1936) : Die Entstehung der flektierender Spracher
[13555]   Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael] & Ch. Endemann (1928) : Weiterentwicklung des Systems von Lepsius durch Endemann und Meinhof
[13597]   Mel, Gnamba Bertin (1997) : Les formes du pluriel dans un parler bété (langue kru de Côte d’Ivoire)
[13720]   Mélançon, [Révérend] [Père] Lucien & [Révérend] [Père] André Prost (1972) : Dictionnaire buli-français
[13610]   Melzian, Hans J. (1942) : Zum Konsonantismus in den Dialekten der Benin-Gruppe
[13611]   Melzian, Hans J. (1942) : Vergleichende Charakteristik des Verbums im Bini (Südnigerien)
[13612]   Melzian, Hans J. (1960) : Manuskript einer Bini-Grammatik
[13635]   Mercer, Samuel Alfred Browne (1920) : Ethiopic grammar, with chrestomathy and glossary
[13636]   Mercer, Samuel Alfred Browne (1952) : The pyramid texts: translation and commentary
[13637]   Mercer, Samuel Alfred Browne (1961) : Ethiopic grammar with chrestomathy and glossary
[13640]   Mercier, P. (1949) : Vocabulaire de quelques langues du Nord-Dahomey
[13647]   Meriggi, Piero (1962) : Hieroglyphisch-Hethitisches Glossar
[13658]   Mertens, Fernand (1997) : Dictionnaire bhadha-swahili-français
[13659]   Merwe, D. F. van der (1941) : On the morphology and semasiology of the Sotho verbal stem, with special reference to derivative verbal species
[13660]   Merwe, D. F. van der & Isaac Schapera (1943) : A comparative study of Kgalagadi, Kwena and other Sotho dialects
[13663]   Merwe, H. J. J. M. van der (1967) : Afrikaans ’n basterkind van Hollands-Kreools-Portugees fornikasie aan die Kaap!?
[13674]   Mesrak Solomon (2003) : An argot spoken by a group of young people in Yeka area
[13677]   Messina, Franco Maria (1980) : Naming patterns and reference system of the Basters
[13707]   Meyer, Ronny & Renate Richter (2003) : Language use in Ethiopia from a network perspective
[13723]   Mfenyana, Buntu Bonisizwe (1977) : ISkhumsha nesiTsotsi: the sociolinguistics of school and town Sintu in South Africa (1945-1975)
[13724]   Mfenyana, Buntu Bonisizwe (1981) : Isjita-Scamto: the black language arts of SasAfrika
[13730]   Mfusi, Mmemezi Joseph Heracles (1990) : Soweto Zulu slang: a sociolinguistic study of an urban vernacular in Soweto
[13731]   Mfusi, Mmemezi Joseph Heracles (1992) : Soweto Zulu slang: a sociolinguistic study of an urban vernacular in Soweto
[13734]   Mgullu, Richard S. (1999) : Mtalaa wa Isimu: fonetiki, fonolojia na mofolojia ya Kiswahili
[13742]   Michaëlis, Suzanne (1993) : Komplexe Syntax im Seychellen-Kreol
[13757]   Miehe, Gudrun (1985) : Die Präfixnasale im Benue-Congo und im Kwa: Versuch einer Widerlegung der Hypothese von der Nasalinnovation des Bantu
[13759]   Miehe, Gudrun (1989) : Zur Genese von fortis und lenis im Volta-Congo
[13760]   Miehe, Gudrun (1989) : Verbal extensions in Swahili and neighbouring languages
[13761]   Miehe, Gudrun (1991) : Die Präfixnasale im Benue-Congo und im Kwa: Versuch einer Widerlegung der Hypothese von der Nasalinnovation des Bantu
[13764]   Miehe, Gudrun (1994) : Les classes nominales en kpatogo et en khi (komono)
[13765]   Miehe, Gudrun (1996) : D’o viennent les Gan? Discussion de quelques faits linguistiques
[13768]   Miehe, Gudrun (1998) : Der Progressiv und verwadte Bildungen im Kaanga
[13775]   Migeod, Frederick William Hugh (1922) : Ngala, and its dead language
[24446]   Migeod, Frederick William Hugh (1911) : The languages of West Africa 1
[24447]   Migeod, Frederick William Hugh (1913) : The languages of West Africa 2
[13777]   Migge, Bettina (1998) : Substrate influence in the formation of the Surinamese plantation creole: a consideration of sociohistorical data and linguistic data from Ndyuka and Gbe
[13780]   Milheiros, Mário (1948) : Rudimentos de quimbondo ; parte 1
[13781]   Milheiros, Mário (1948) : Rudimentos de quimbondo ; parte 2
[13782]   Milheiros, Mário (1948) : Rudimentos de quimbondo ; parte 3
[13788]   Militarev, Alexander Jurievich (1996) : Home for Afrasian: African or Asian? Areal linguistic arguments
[13803]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (1995) : The tonology of Ju|’hoan nouns
[13804]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (1995) : An aperture analysis of Ju|’hoan clicks
[13805]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (1996) : Ju|’hoasi tonogenesis
[13807]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (1997) : A gestural analysis of Ju|’hoasi stops
[13811]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (2000) : Issues in Ju|’hoansi orthography and their implications for the development of orthographies for other Khoesan languages
[13812]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (2000) : Reduplication in Ju|’hoansi: tone determines weight
[13814]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (2001) : Two kinds of reduplication in Ju|’hoansi
[13815]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (2001) : Grounding Ju|’hoansi phonotactics: the phonetics of the guttural OCP and other acoustic modulations
[13816]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (2003) : The phonetics and phonology of gutturals: a case study from Ju|’hoansi
[23413]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (2001) : Contrastive vowel-length and variable weight reduplicative templates in Ju/‘hoansi
[23423]   Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda (2002) : Guttural vowels and guttural coarticulation in Ju/’hoansi
[13797]   Miller, C. (1988/89) : Kelem kalam bitak: langues et tribunaux en Equatoria
[13817]   Millet, Nicholas B. (1966) : Some notes on the linguistic background of modern Nubian
[13819]   Mills, Elizabeth (1978) : A hierarchical study of Senufo phonology: a prosodic approach
[13820]   Mills, Elizabeth (1984) : Senoufo phonology: discourse to syllable
[13845]   Mitchell, T. F. (1952) : The active participle in an arabic dialect of Cyrenaica
[13854]   Miti, Lazarus Musazitame (2001) : A linguistic analysis of Cinsenga, a Bantu language spoken in Zambia and Malawi
[13855]   Miti, Lazarus Musazitame (2002) : Tone shifting in CiNsenga pronouns
[13856]   Miti, Lazarus Musazitame (2003) : The effect of extensions, enclitics and object markers on verbal tone in Cinsenga
[13859]   Mittwoch, Eugen (1926) : Die traditionelle Aussprache des äthiopischen
[13889]   Mlacha, Shaaban A. K. (1989) : The use of metaphor’s in Kezilahabi’s novel ‘Rosa mistika’
[13898]   Mncube, Francis Stephen Mabutha (1949) : Hlonipha language as found among the Zulu-Xhosa women
[13932]   Mohamadou, Aliou (1990) : Remarques sur la négation assertive en peul
[13934]   Mohamadou, Aliou (1994) : Les approches sémantiques de la classification nominale en peul
[13936]   Mohamadou, Aliou (2000) : Topicalisation et détermination du terme topique en peul
[13945]   Mohamed Khamis, Said Ahmed (1991) : Kiteuzi -ji
[13937]   Mohamed, Youssof (1993) : Introduction à l’étude morpho-syntaxique du locatif en comorien
[13938]   Mohamed, Youssof (1994) : Introduction à la subordination complétive en comorien
[13949]   Mohammad, Abubakar B. (1997) : The assimilation of English loan words into Fulfulde
[13952]   Mohammed, Hassan & Richard J. Hayward (1980) : Linguistic evidence in an aspect of Oromo history: some innovations involving glides
[13955]   Mohammed, Usman Ahmadu (1994) : Phonological variations of spoken Hausa of Kanuri native speakers in the “mainly Kanuri area” of Maiduguri
[14308]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1965) : Wortliste Dciriku-Deutsch-Französisch
[14309]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1967) : Die Sprache der Dciriku: Phonologie, Prosodologie und Morphologie
[14310]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1968) : Some concepts underlying language description: a reply to A. E. Meeussen’s review of my monograph ‘Die Sprache der Dciriku’
[14336]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1983) : Kavangosprachen
[14337]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1984/85) : The Swahili dialects of Kenya in relation to Mijikenda and to the Bantu idioms of the Tana Valley
[14344]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg (1989) : La position des dialectes swahili du Kenya parmi les langues bantu de la vallée du Tana et les dialectes mijikenda
[14312]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg & Jürgen Christoph Winter (1970) : Zur Bedeutungsanalyse der unterschiedlichen Nominalklassenzugehörigkeit von Verwandtschaftsbezeichnungen im Dciriku: eine sozialanthropologisch-linguistische Untersuchung
[14365]   Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg & Karl Peter Shiyaka-Mberema (2005) : A dictionary of the Rumanyo language: Rumanyo-English/English-Rumanyo, including a grammatical sketch
[13970]   Moinaesha, Cheikh (1981) : Morphologie du verbe dans la langue comorienne (G-C)
[13971]   Moinaesha, Cheikh (1986) : Essai d’orthographe du comorien
[13972]   Moinaesha, Cheikh , Francis Jouannet & Michel Lafon (1989) : Bibliographie comorienne
[13985]   Molalapata, Bontsi Tjanana (2005) : The treatment of kinship terminology in Sotho dictionaries, with special reference to Setswana
[13986]   Molamu, L. (1995) : Wietie: the emergence and development of Tsotsitaal in South Africa
[13987]   Molefe, Dorcas (1998) : Personal growth, cultural sensitivity and language learning amongst the Tirelo Setshaba participants
[13991]   Molembo, Masimo (1989) : Observations sur les anthroponymes motembo
[14369]   Möller, L. A. (1984) : Deutsche Ortsnamen Südwestafrikas im Rahmen einer historisch-onomatischen Darstellung ; Teil 1
[14370]   Möller, L. A. (1986) : Deutsche Ortsnamen Südwestafrikas im Rahmen einer historisch-onomatischen Darstellung. Teil 2: Die Schutzherrschaftsnamen
[14372]   Möller, L. A. (1987) : Deutsche Ortsnamen Südwestafrikas im Rahmen einer historisch-onomatischen Darstellung. Teil 3: Ansiedlungsnamen
[14373]   Möller, L. A. (1988) : ’n Semantiese representasie (SR) van enkele duitse plekname (PN) in sintaktiese verband: ’n voorlopige beskouing
[14008]   Molosiwa, Annah (2000) : Deculturalisation and language shift among the Otjiherero-Mbanderu speakers of Tshabong
[14015]   Mommer, Kerri Ellen (1986) : Theoretical issues concerning inherent aspect and the perfect in English, Cebaari and Swahili
[14018]   Monem, Mufid al-Guindi Abd al (1974) : Diccionario español-arabe de verbos, gramatica y temas de conversación
[14043]   Moñino, Yves (1971) : Note sur la phonologie d’un dialecte gbaya de Berbérati
[14044]   Moñino, Yves (1971) : Esquisse d’un dialectologie gbaya
[14048]   Moñino, Yves (1981) : De 2 à 3 tons: l’évolution tonale dans les langues gbaya-manza-ngbaka
[14052]   Moñino, Yves (1988) : Le groupe gbaya-manza-ngbaka
[14021]   Monod, Théodore M. (1958) : Un nouvel alphabet ouest-africain: le bété (Côte-d’Ivoire)
[14023]   Monteil, Charles (1932) : La langue des Bozo, population de pêcheurs du Niger
[14039]   Montgolfier, B. de (1975) : Le gbaya ‘booro de Bossangoa
[23476]   Moore, Leslie Carolyn (2004) : Learning languages by heart: second language socialization in a Fulbe community (Maroua, Cameroon)
[14067]   Mopoho, Raymond (1997) : Origines et définitions du West African Pidgin English
[14083]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1937/38) : Note di lingua burgi
[14084]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1938) : Appunti di cambatta e di alaba
[14085]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1938) : Introduzione alla lingua ometo
[14092]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1941) : Nuove notizie sull’ alaba e sugli alabi
[14097]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1953) : Il dialetto degli Asrâf die Mogadiscio ; parte 1
[14098]   Moreno, Martino Mario (1954) : Il dialetto degli Asrâf die Mogadiscio ; parte 2
[14130]   Moritz, Walter (1970) : Zur Bedeutung des Wortes Namib
[14131]   Moritz, Walter (1970/71) : Die Monatsnamen eines Bergdama
[14132]   Moritz, Walter (1971) : Unterschiede in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache
[14134]   Moritz, Walter (1971) : Kleine Anmerkung zu Plätzen am Orange in Wikars Tagebuch
[14136]   Moritz, Walter (1972) : Zur Geschichte und Bedeutung des Namens Swakop und Swakopmund
[14137]   Moritz, Walter (1972) : Unterschiede in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache?
[14138]   Moritz, Walter (1973) : Zur Geschichte und Bedeutung des Namens Usakos
[14140]   Moritz, Walter (1980) : Namen der Topnaar (mit Anmerkungen von K. F. R. Budack)
[14144]   Moropa, Koliswa & Alet Kruger (2000) : Mistranslation of culture-specific terms in Kropf’s Kafir-English dictionary
[14151]   Morrison, W. M. (1930/31) : Grammar of the Buluba-Lulua language spoken in the upper Kasai and Congo basin
[14158]   Mortier, R. (1940) : Over inlandsche taal in het onderwijs
[14164]   Mortier, R. (1946) : Ubangi onder linguistisch opzicht
[14174]   Moser, M. E. (1979) : Sociolinguistic data concerning Sabon Zongo of Accra
[14173]   Moser, Rex E. (1974) : Foregrounding in the Sunjata, the Mande epic
[14202]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1985) : Quelques caractéristiques morphologiques des langues ngbaka (minagende) et ngbandi
[14205]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1989) : Esquisse grammaticale du lonkutsu
[14206]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1989) : Sur les parlers nkutsu
[14209]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1989) : Notes sur le parler des Bapotó-Móngo de Lisala
[14212]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1990) : Esquisse de la langue des Mokpá (Haut-Zaïre)
[14215]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1992) : Esquisse de trois parlers de la Lokenye (basho, woji et atsulu)
[14218]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1993) : Les langues mabinja (Uele) et ngombe (C41)
[14221]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1994) : Esquisse de la langue des Elingá: le parler de Losélinga
[14222]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1994) : Notes sur le parler des pygmées d’Itendo (zone de Kiri/Maindombe)
[14224]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1995) : Note sur le parler des Babale de la Dua
[14225]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1995) : Esquisse de l’ebango: langue bantoue du groupe C40
[14227]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1996) : Esquisse du kinija-sud: langue bantoue de la frontière C-D
[14231]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1998) : Esquisse du parler des Byambe et des Lofoma (losaka)
[23572]   Motingea Mangulu, André (1991) : Notes mabémbé (bantou C.30)
[14242]   Moto, Francis B. (2001) : Language and societal attitudes: a study of Malawi’s ‘new language’
[14247]   Mouchet, Jean (1950) : Vocabulaires comparatifs de quinze parlers du Nord-Cameroun ; partie 2
[14249]   Mouchet, Jean (1953) : Vocabulaires comparatifs de sept parlers du Nord-Cameroun
[23236]   Mouguiama-Daouda, Patrick & Lolke J. van der Veen (2005) : B10-B30: conglomérat phylogénétique ou produit d’une hybridation?
[18223]   Mouhoubi, Rabirha (1997) : A comparative study of a minority language for teaching purposes: Kabyl Tamazight as a case study
[14266]   Mould, Martin [Joel] (1981) : Greater Luiya
[14283]   Mous, Maarten (2003) : Nen (A44)
[23250]   Mous, Maarten (2005) : The innovative character of object-verb word order in Nen (Bantu A44, Cameroon)
[14295]   Moyer, David C. (2000) : Sangu names for some birds species
[14299]   Moyo, C. T. (1995) : Language contact and language change: the case for chiTumbuka in Northern Malawi
[14306]   Moyo, Themba (2004) : The democratisation of indigenous languages: the case of Malawi
[14385]   Mphande, D. (1996) : The use of Malawian proverbs in moral instruction
[14393]   Mpofu, Sampson (1962) : A Sindebele phrase book
[14407]   Msimang, Christian Themba (1989) : Some phonological aspects of the Tekela Nguni dialects
[14429]   Mtenje, Al[fred] D. (2004) : Developing a language policy in an African country: the case of Malawi
[14427]   Mtenje, Al[fred] D. (Ed) (1998) : Sociolinguistic surveys of four Malawian languages, with special reference to education
[14426]   Mtenje, Al[fred] D. , Amos M. Chauma , Edrinie Rayambazinthu & Francis B. Moto (1998) : Malawi
[14440]   Mudzi, Alice Kathleen M. (1976) : The effect of English on CiTonga, a Bantu language of Zambia
[14456]   Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1992) : West African Pidgin English
[14459]   Mufwene, Salikoko S. (1994) : Restructuring, feature selection and markedness: from Kimanyanga to Kituba
[14462]   Muganda, Bernard K. (1970) : Speaking Swahili/Kusema Kiswahili: a grammar and a reader
[14475]   Muhammad, Hamad Sulaiman (1974) : A history of the northern Kordofan Nubain the light of linguistic evidence
[14681]   Mühleisen, Susanne (2005) : Emil Schwörers ‘Kolonial-Deutsch’ (1916): sprachliche und historische Anmerkungen zu einem “geplanten Pidgin” im kolonialen Deutsch Südwest Afrika
[14490]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1956) : Zur Sprache der Jo-p-Adhola, nach Quellen von P. Walser
[14491]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1957) : Die Suffixkonjugation im Ful
[14493]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1962) : Anlautswechsel, nominale und verbale Formen im Ful
[14495]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1963) : Some reflexions on a Nigerian class language
[14496]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1963) : Die Grundlagen des Ful und des Mauretanischen
[14498]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1964) : Vers une linguistique comparative ouest-africaine: le Diola, langue bantoue-guinéenne
[14504]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1966/67) : Langues apparentées au chamito-sémitique
[14511]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1976/77) : A study of Western Nigritic
[14513]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1981) : Hamito-Semitisch, Afro-Asiatisch, Erythräisch: zum Wandel von Begriffen und Vertständnis
[14524]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1989) : Songhai: eine tschadische Sprache?
[14525]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1989) : Ful and Soninke in historischen Sprachkontakt
[14528]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1995) : Chadic, Mande and Nigritic
[14529]   Mukarovsky, Hans Guenter (1996) : The Nubian language: an African enigma?
[14535]   Mukoshy, I. M. (1984) : The sounds and morphemes of Fulfulde: an examination of Fulfulde phonology and morphology
[14556]   Muller, P. (1984) : Wat van die toekoms?
[14561]   Mulugeta Seyoum (1988) : Phonology of Zayse
[14562]   Muluken Mequanint (1987) : Phonological interference of Anuwak in the Amharic speech of an Anywa
[14566]   Munday, J. T. (1941) : Specimens of the Swaka and West Lala dialects
[14574]   Munro, Pamela (2002) : Pronominalization in Wolof and Haitian Creole
[14581]   Muraoka, T. & B. Porten (1998) : A grammar of Egyptian Aramaic
[14583]   Muratori, Fr. Carlo (19--) : Small phonetic Madi-English vocabulary
[14584]   Muratori, Fr. Carlo (1938) : Grammatica lotuxo
[14585]   Muratori, Fr. Carlo (Ed) (1948) : English-Bari-Lotuxo-Acoli vocabulary
[14587]   Muraz, G. (1931) : Vocabulaire du patois arabe tchadien ou “tourkou” et des dialectes sara-madjinngaye et sara-m’baye (S.O. du Tchad)
[14598]   Murray, G. W. (1921) : The Nubian and Bari languages compared
[14600]   Murray, G. W. (1923) : English-Nubian comparative dictionary
[14603]   Murray, W. A. (1963) : English in the Sudan: trends and policies; relations with Arabic
[14608]   Murtonen, A. (1967) : Early Semitic: a diachronic inquiry into the relationship of Ethiopic to the other so-called South-East Semitic languages
[14612]   Musa, S. M. (1984) : Language use in Maiduguri area courts
[14623]   Mushiri, Pedzisai (2004) : Managing ‘face’ in urban public transport: polite request strategies in commuter omnibus discourse in Harare
[14625]   Musiska, K. (1988) : A comparative study of Chitumbuka, Chinyanja, Chikhonde, and Chitonga
[14626]   Musonda, Moses & Mubanga E. Kashoki (197-) : Lexical change in Bemba and Luunda: some implications for present-day communication
[14629]   Mustapha, Ahmed-Ali (19--) : L’arabe parle dans le centre-nord du Soudan d’apres les usages a Khartoum
[14650]   Mutamba, Lufulwabo (1986) : La fonction opérationelle du ton en logoti et lugbarati: langues du Soudan Central
[14664]   Mutjinde, Asser (19--) : Oviondo
[14675]   Muyunga, Yacioko Kasengulu (1974) : Development and application of speech audiometry using lingala and ciluba word lists
[14676]   Muyunga, Yacioko Kasengulu (1979) : Lingala and Ciluba speech audiometry
[14677]   Muzale, Henry R. T. (1998) : A reconstruction of the Proto-Rutaran tense/aspect system
[14694]   Mwangoka, Ngapona & Jan Voorhoeve (19--) : Cursus Ki-Nyakyusa
[14695]   Mwansanga, C. (1999) : Semantic connotations of people’s names in Shisafwa
[14704]   Mweela, J. S. (1---) : Cipele: Tonga primer
[14707]   Mwélé, Médard (1990) : Étude phonétique et phonologique du wanzi-est
[14708]   Mwélé, Médard (1993) : Les ideophones en wanzi: étude préliminaire
[14709]   Mwélé, Médard (1994) : Perception de la maladie chez les Wanzi orientaux (Gabon)
[14721]   Myers, Amy (1975) : Complementizer choice in selected Eastern Bantu languages
[14765]   Mzamane, Godfred Isaac Malunga (1949) : A consice treatise on Phuthi with special reference to its relationship with Nguni and Sotho
[14766]   Mzamane, Godfred Isaac Malunga (1962) : A comparative phonetic and morphological study of the dialects of southern Nguni including lexical influences of non-Bantu languages
[14794]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (1983/84) : Western Oti-Volta lexinotes
[14796]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (1986) : Western Oti-Volta pronoun systems
[14801]   Naden, Anthony Joshua (Ed) (1996) : Time and the calender in some Ghanaian languages
[14787]   Naden, Anthony Joshua & Robert Leonard Schaefer (1973) : The meaning of ‘Frafra’
[14803]   Nadhabasaa, Getachew Chemada (1996) : Hamachiisaa: naming a child by the Oromo Qaalluu and the social meanings of the names
[14804]   Nagano-Madsen, Yasuko (1992) : Mora and prosodic coordination: a phonetic study of Japanese, Eskimo and Yoruba
[14807]   Naidoo, K. (1971) : Some aspects of the phonetic deviations in the speech of Tamilians in Durban
[14811]   Nairenge, Karl (1996) : Rukwangali: a case-study report
[14814]   Naït-Zerrad, Kamal (2001) : Notes sur quelques parlers du Maroc
[14817]   Nakagawa, Hirosi (1995) : A preliminary report on the click accompaniments in |Gui
[14818]   Nakagawa, Hirosi (1996) : A first report on the click accompaniments of |Gui
[14819]   Nakagawa, Hirosi (1996) : An outline of |Gui phonology
[14820]   Nakagawa, Hirosi (1996) : The stop system and “unmotivated” palatalization in |Gui and //Gana
[14822]   Nakagawa, Hirosi (1998) : Unnatural palatalization in |Gui and //Gana?
[14825]   Nakagawa, Hirosi (2004) : Some sociolinguistic aspects of |Gui communities
[14829]   Nakano, Akio (1976) : Dialogues in Moroccan Shilha (dialects of Anti-Atlas and Ait-Warain)
[14832]   Nakano, Akio (1994) : Basic voacabulary of Zanzibar Arabic
[14835]   Nakuma, Constancio (1998) : Phonie et graphie tonale du dàgàaré, langue voltaïque du Ghana
[14836]   Nakuma, Constancio (2002) : Guide to Dagaarhre orthography
[23486]   Nakuma, Constancio (2001) : Name morphology and significance among the Dagaaba of Ghana
[14848]   Naro, A. (1973) : The origin of West African Pidgin
[23829]   Nashipu, Julius Pepandze (1989) : A dialectometrical study of languages in the Ndop Plain
[23942]   Ndamsah, I. G. (1991) : A morpho-syntactic study of the Nkwen verb
[23903]   Ndawouo, Martine (1990) : Esquisse phonologique du shingu
[14864]   Ndayiragije, Juvénal (1992) : Structure syntaxique des clivées en fòn
[14869]   Ndembe-Nsasi, D. (1972) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue lwalwa
[14873]   Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri (1987) : Echie verb morphology
[14877]   Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri (1995) : The morphological features of the Echie verb
[14880]   Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri (1999) : On the typology of questions: the Echie example
[14881]   Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri (2000) : Echie
[14902]   Ndukwe, Pat (1984) : Planning for standard varieties in two Nigerian languages
[14905]   Nebel, P. Arturo (1936) : Dinka dictionary, with abridged grammar
[14907]   Nebel, P. Arturo (1979) : Dinka-English English-Dinka dictionary
[14908]   Nedjar, Bahmani (1988) : Grammaire fonctionelle de l’arabe du Coran
[14909]   Needham, Rodney (1960) : The left hand of the Mugwe: an analytical note on the structure of Mery symbolism
[20559]   Nel, A. (1986) : A survey of English as a medium of instruction in KwaZulu schools
[14932]   Nettle, Daniel (1998) : Coevolution of phonology and the lexicon in twelve languages of West Africa
[14945]   Newman, Francis William (1936) : Nomenclature elementare ed espressioni nelle lingue amharica, galla, araba (dialetto tripolino)
[14967]   Newman, Paul (1975) : Proto-Chadic verb classes
[15027]   Ngalasso, Mwatha Musanji (1984) : Pidgins, créoles ou koinès? A propos de quelques langues véhiculaires africaines
[23883]   Ngangoum, Emilienne (2002) : Noun morphology and the internal structure of the nominal construction in Mpumpung
[15032]   Ngangoum, F. (1970) : Le bamileke des fe’fe’: grammaire descriptive usuelle
[23874]   Nganmou, Alise (1991) : Modalites verbales: temps, aspect et mode en medumboo
[15055]   Ngom, Fallou (2003) : The social status of Arabic, French, and English in the Senegalese speech community
[15058]   Ngoma, J. J. (1977) : Description phonologique du kuni
[15064]   Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (1999) : The constituent structure of Kindendeule applicatives
[15065]   Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (1999) : A descriptive grammar of Kindendeuli
[15066]   Ngonyani, Deogratias S. (2000) : VP ellipsis in Kindendeule
[23846]   Ngueffo, Noe (1979) : Essai de description phonologique du bapi
[15072]   Nguendjio, Emile-Gille (1992) : Temps et aspect de la langue bangwa
[23843]   Nguendjio, Emile-Gille (1989) : Morphologie nominale et verbale de la langue bangwa
[24103]   Nguendjio, Emile-Gille (2005) : Lʼexpression de la possession en langue màsà
[23839]   Ngueyep, Justin (1988) : Essai de description phonologique du bamena
[15104]   Nhlapo, Jacob M. (1945) : Nguni and Sotho: a practical plan for the unification of the South African Bantu languages
[15112]   Nicolaï, Robert (1977) : Sur l’appartenance du Songhay
[15114]   Nicolaï, Robert (1978) : Les parlers songhay occidentaux (Tombouctou, Jenne, Ngorku)
[15115]   Nicolaï, Robert (1978) : Esquisse phonologique du parler de la région de Dolbel (arrodissement de Tera)
[15116]   Nicolaï, Robert (1979) : Le songhay central
[15117]   Nicolaï, Robert (1980) : Remarques sur la diversification dialectale et la propagation des innovations phonétiques en songhay
[15119]   Nicolaï, Robert (1980) : Le songhay septentrional (études phonematiques)
[15120]   Nicolaï, Robert (1981) : Les dialectes du songhay: contribution à l’étude des changements linguistiques
[15121]   Nicolaï, Robert (1982) : Les parlers songhay occidentaux (Toumbouctou-Jenné-Ngorku). Problèmes de dynamique linguistique: recherches en prosodie songhay
[15122]   Nicolaï, Robert (1983) : Position, structure and classification of Songhay
[15123]   Nicolaï, Robert (1984) : Preliminaires a une étude sur l’origine du Songhay: materiaux, problematique et hypothesis
[15124]   Nicolaï, Robert (1986) : Types d’emprunts, normes et fonctions de langue. Étude de cas: le songhay véhiculaire
[15125]   Nicolaï, Robert (1987) : Réflexions comparatives à partir de lexique negroafricains et chamito-sémitique: faits et théorie
[15126]   Nicolaï, Robert (1987) : Is Songhay a creole language?
[15128]   Nicolaï, Robert (1989) : Songhay et mandé
[15129]   Nicolaï, Robert (1989) : Constraints of communication and linguistic evolution: the example of Songay
[15130]   Nicolaï, Robert (1990) : Parentés linguistiques (à propos du songhaï)
[15131]   Nicolaï, Robert (1990) : Songhay septentrional et touareg: contacts de langues et contacts de populations
[15133]   Nicolaï, Robert (1991) : Les apparentements génétiques du songhay: éléments d’analyse
[15135]   Nicolaï, Robert (1992) : Utilisation des structurations lexicales pour la recherche comparative: circularité, et enroulement en songhay et touareg
[15139]   Nicolaï, Robert (1995) : Parentés du songhay: répondre aux questions, questionner les résponses
[15141]   Nicolaï, Robert (1996) : Problems of grouping and subgrouping: the question of Songhay
[15143]   Nicolaï, Robert (1997) : Recherches pour un thesaurus: documentation songhay
[15147]   Nicolas, Fr. J. (1950) : Les surnoms-devises des l’éla de la Haute-Volta (A.O.F.)
[15148]   Nicolas, Fr. J. (1953) : Glossaire l’élé-français
[15158]   Nicole, Jacques (1999) : Les classes nominales dans les langues voltaïques: esquisse d’un cadre de description
[15153]   Nicole, Jacques (Ed) (1983) : Études linguistiques préliminaires en quelques langues du Togo
[15160]   Nicole, Jacques & Marie-Claire Nicole (2000) : Les peuple vontaïques (gur): bibliographie commentée des parlant les langues voltaïques (ou gur)
[15166]   Niedzielski, Henri (1989) : A French-based pidgin in Burundi
[15175]   Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus (1952) : Die woord “Boesman”
[15188]   Nienaber, Petrus Johannes (1966) : South African place-names with special reference to Bushmen, Hottentot and Bantu place-names
[15187]   Nienaber, Petrus Johannes (Ed) (1965) : Taalkundige opstelle
[15222]   Nishio, Tetsuo (1994) : The Arabic dialect of Qift (Upper Egypt): grammar and classified vocabulary
[15225]   Nissim, Gabriel M. (1975) : Grammaire bamileke
[15226]   Nissim, Gabriel M. (1977) : Je parle bamileke
[15230]   Niyonkuru, Lothaire (1978) : Phonologie et morphologie du giphende
[23842]   Njeck, Mathaus Mbah (2003) : A phonology of Bangulang and a proposed orthography
[15235]   Njeuma, Bernadette Josso (1995) : Structural similarities between Sierra Leone Krio and the two West African anglophone pidgins: a case for common origin
[23519]   Njoya, Maurice (1988) : French and Pidgin English loans in Shy Pamam
[15246]   Nkabinde, A. C. (1985) : Isichazamazwi
[15251]   Nkangonda, Ikome (1990) : La structure interrogative du lolendo
[15252]   Nkangonda, Ikome (1991) : La structure de relatif en lolendo
[15253]   Nkanira, P. (1971) : Vues de Gustave Guillaume sur les langues à classes nominales et essai d’application à la catégorie du nom en burundais
[15255]   Nkazi, L. (1957) : Citonga note book
[15266]   Nkomba, Lester L. (1953) : Ukawamba
[15269]   Nkondo, Curtis P. N. (1981) : Xiletelo xa Xitsonga
[15280]   Noël, E. (1935) : Elements de grammaire kikemba
[15282]   Nogueira, Rodrigo de Sá (1950/51) : Temas de linguística banta: as linguas bantas e o português
[15283]   Nogueira, Rodrigo de Sá (1955) : Temas de linguística banta: não virão de um mesmo tronco as línguas bantas e as indo-europais?
[15285]   Nogueira, Rodrigo de Sá (1958) : Temas de linguística banta: da importância do estudo científico das línguas africanas
[15286]   Nogueira, Rodrigo de Sá (1959) : Temas de linguística banta: apontamentos de sintaxe ronga
[15289]   Nomura, Masuhiro (1995) : A descriptive note on Malagasy verbal complementation and the binding hierarchy, with special reference to the occurence of the complementizer fa
[15290]   Nonaka, Kenichi (1996) : Ethnoentomology of the Central Kalahari San
[22617]   Norris, Rebecca L. (2003) : Embedded clauses in Buli
[15308]   Norton, W. A. (1923) : Plants of Bechwanaland
[15324]   Noss, Philip A. (1977) : Compounding to To: the dynamics of a closed pidgin
[15327]   Noss, Philip A. (1991) : The tense system of Fulfulde
[15337]   Nougayrol, Pierre (1996) : La determination indirecte dans les langues sara-bongo-baguirmiennes: petite histoire d’une resistance
[15344]   Noye, Dominique (1971) : Un cas d’apprentissage linguistique: acquisition de la langue par les jeunes Peuls du Diamaré (Nord-Cameroun)
[15345]   Noye, Dominique (1971) : L’acquisition de la langue par les jeunes Peuls du Diamaré (Nord-Cameroun)
[15346]   Noye, Dominique (1974) : Cours de foulfouldé, dialecte peul du Diamaré, Nord-Cameroun: grammaire et exercises, textes, lexiques peul-français et français-peul
[15347]   Noye, Dominique (1975) : Langages secrets chez les Peul
[15348]   Noye, Dominique (1976) : Comportement morphologique et syntaxique des noms de parents et de relations en peul (dialecte du Diamré, Nord-Cameroun)
[15349]   Noye, Dominique (1980) : Diminutifs hypocoristiques en peul
[15353]   Nsanzabiga, Eugene (19--) : Structures prosodiques comparees du rushobyo et du kinyarwanda standard
[22709]   Nsuka-Nkutsi, François (1990) : Note sur les parlers teke du Zaïre
[23900]   Ntagne, S. & G. Sop (1975) : Pé nké ngwa’nye ne jí’té ghòmálá’ / Manuel de bamiléké à l’usage de la classe de 6e
[15382]   Ntita, Nyembwe , Kadima Batumona Adi , Tshalu-Tshalu Mukendi & Mpoyi Badinenganyi (Ed) (1995) : Terminologie grammaticale et pedagogie: lexique français-ciluba, ciluba-français
[21749]   Ntondo, Zavoni (1998) : The sociolinguistic situation of Oshikwanyama in Angola
[15384]   Ntsanʼwisi, Hudson W. Ephraim (1929) : How to write Shitron’ga (Shangaan) under phonetic system
[15387]   Ntshangase, Dumisani Krushchev (1991) : The sociolinguistics of Iscamtho-samajita
[15394]   Ntumy, Samuel K. (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey in the Jwira language area
[15401]   Nurse, Derek (1974) : A linguistic sketch of the north-east Bantu languages, with particular reference to Chaga history
[15408]   Nurse, Derek (1978) : The Taita-Chaga connection: linguistic evidence
[15409]   Nurse, Derek (1979) : Classification of the Chaga dialects: language and history on Kilimanjaro, the Taita Hills and the Pare Mountains
[15428]   Nurse, Derek (1981) : Chaga/Taita
[15432]   Nurse, Derek (1982) : Shungwaya and the Bantu of Somalia: some linguistic evidence
[15433]   Nurse, Derek (1983) : The proto-Sabaki verb system and its subsequent development
[15451]   Nurse, Derek (1989) : Le comorien est-il du swahili? Un examen des relations diachroniques entre comorien et swahili côtier
[15453]   Nurse, Derek (1991) : Shungwaya and the diaspora
[15464]   Nurse, Derek (1997) : Prior pidginization and creolization in Swahili?
[15469]   Nurse, Derek (2000) : Inheritance, contact and change in two East African languages
[15476]   Nurse, Derek (2003) : Tense and aspect in Chaga
[15458]   Nurse, Derek & Franz Rottland (1993) : A linguist’s view of the history of Sonjo and Engaruka
[15420]   Nurse, Derek & J. S. M. Mwangomango (1979) : Nyukyusa
[15456]   Nurse, Derek & Martin T. Walsh (1992) : Chifundi and Vumba: partial shift, no death
[15457]   Nurse, Derek & Thomas J. Hinnebusch (1993) : Swahili and Sabaki: a linguistic history
[15478]   Nurye Melaku (2000) : Welene phonology
[23906]   Nusi, Jean (1986) : Esquisse phonologique du ti, parler des Ti de la province de l’ouest-Cameroun
[15508]   Nyakabwa, Mutabana & Lobuna Lombe (1990) : Utilisations des bois de quelques plantes de Bengamisa (Zaire)
[15506]   Nyakabwa, Mutabana & Mpulusu Dibaluka (1990) : Plantes medicinales cultivees dans la zone de Kabondo, a Kisangani (Zaire)
[15507]   Nyakabwa, Mutabana & Rwihaniza Gapusi (1990) : Plantes medicinales utilisees chez les Banyamulenge de Fizi au sud-Kivu (Zaire)
[15505]   Nyakabwa, Mutabana , Mbele Bola & Kasereka Vasolene (1990) : Plantes sauvages alimentaires chez les Kumu de Masako a Kisangani (Zaire)
[15512]   Nyati-Ramahobo, Lydia [M.] [B.] (2000) : Linguistic and cultural domination: the case of the Wayeyi of Botswana
[15518]   Nyembezi, C. L. Sibusiso & O. E. H. Nxumalo (1972) : Inqolobane yesizwe
[15534]   Nyombe, Bureng G. V. (1996) : Word order in Proto-Nilotic
[15537]   Nyombe, Bureng G. V. (1998) : The Sudanic and Nilotic languages
[15538]   Nyongwe, Moses (1995) : Aspects theoretiques de la creation lexicale: le cas du bamileke
[15539]   Nzang-Bie, Yolande (1989) : Eléments de description du m´ma¾la´, langue bantu de zone A
[15544]   Nzete, Paul (1980) : A propos des voyelles nasales dans le parler de bokwele (Mossaka, Congo)/Pour une explication historique
[14776]   NʼGuessan, Jérémie Kouadio (1992) : Le nouchi abidjanais, naissance d’un argot ou mode linguistique passagère?
[15573]   Obeidat, Hussein Ali & N. Kapanga (1988) : The behavior of non-terms in Shaba Swahili: a relational approach
[15574]   Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (1987) : Conversational strategies: towards a phonological description of projection in Akyem-Twi
[15577]   Obeng, Samuel Gyasi (1995) : Vowel harmony in Gwa Nmle
[15593]   Obíládé, Anthony O. (1976) : The nominal phrase in West African Pidgin English
[15595]   Obíládé, Anthony O. (1978) : The stylistic function of Pidgin English in African literature: Achebe and Soyinka
[15597]   Obíládé, Anthony O. (1980) : Pidgin English as a medium of instruction: the Nigerian experience
[15637]   Odden, David [Arnold] (1998) : Principles of tone assignement in Tanzanian Yao
[15658]   Odendal, François F. & D. J. van Schalkwyk (1984) : Fonetiese variasie in die taal van die Rehoboth-Basters: ’n dialekgeografiese verslag
[15654]   Odendal, François F. , C. P. Hauptfleisch & J. E. Loubser (Ed) (1974) : Taalkunde: ’n lewe. Studies opgedra aan Prof. Dr W. Kempen by geleentheid van sy 65ste verjaardag
[15674]   Ofobuike, N. & C. N. Ngobili (1983) : A comparative study of Órumbà and standard dialects
[15717]   Ohirí-Aníche, Chinyere (1991) : A comparative phonology of consonants in the Igboid, Edoid and the Yoruboid languages of Nigeria
[15718]   Ohirí-Aníche, Chinyere (1995) : Òkà-Àkókó phonology and its implications for Proto-Yoruba consonant reconstructions
[15719]   Ohirí-Aníche, Chinyere (1999) : Language diversification in the Akoko area of western Nigeria
[15721]   Ohly, Rajmund (1964) : Jezyk suahili
[23896]   Ojong, Magdalena Bakume Nkongho (2005) : The proto-reconstructions of the Nyang languages
[15780]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (Ed) (1965) : Afrikanskaya filologiya: sbornik statei
[15784]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (Ed) (1972) : Tipologiia glagola v afrikanskikh iazykakh
[15786]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (Ed) (1974) : Voprosy afrikanskoi filologii
[15790]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (Ed) (1977) : Mladopismennye jazyki Afriki: voprosy fonologii i grammatiki
[15791]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (Ed) (1978) : Problemy fonetiki, morfologii i sintaksia afrikanskikh iazykov
[15795]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna (Ed) (1987) : Imennye klassy v jazykax Afriki
[15783]   Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna & Boris Andreevich Uspensky (Ed) (1972) : Problemi afrikanskogo yazikoznaniya: tipologiia, komparativistika, opisanie iazykov
[15823]   Olatunji, Michael O. (2001) : The use of Pidgin English in contemporary Nigerian music: a new approach towards national identity
[15831]   Olderogge, Dmitry Alekseevich & I. I. Potekhin (1949) : Khamitskaja problema v afrikanistike [The Hamitic problem in African studies]
[15848]   Olivier, Emmanuelle (1998) : The art of metamorphosis, or the Ju|’hoan conception of plurivocality
[15850]   Olmsted, David L. (1953) : Comparative notes on Yoruba and Lucumi
[23033]   Olsen, Elizabeth J. (1987) : Some aspects of tonal accent in Dogon
[15864]   Olson, Kenneth S. (2000) : An overview of Mono phonology
[23768]   Omamor, Augusta Phil [E.] (1988) : Okpe and Uvwie: a case of vowel harmony galore
[15882]   Omar, H. (1988) : Eléments de description de l’oromo
[15911]   Omoniyi, Tope (1991) : Ibolo: rural dialect in urban stranglehood?
[15912]   Omoniyi, Tope (1999) : Afro-Asian rural border areas
[15928]   Ondo-Mébiame, Pierre (2000) : Éssai de description morphophonologique du yisangu, langue bantu du Gabon
[15933]   Ono, Hitomi (1996) : |Gui terms of address: rethinking avoidance/joking relationships in terms of their usage of the honorific plural
[15961]   Oordt, L. C. van (1947-1956) : Die Kaapse taalargief
[15962]   Oordt, L. C. van (1950-1965) : Die Kaapse taalargief V-X
[15971]   Orano, Marcello (1931) : Elementi per lo studio della lingua somala: grammatica con 65 verbi coniugati per esteto, frasario e dizionario dei vocaboli più usati nelle due forme parlate più comunemente
[15972]   Orano, Marcello (1936) : La lingua somala parlata nella Somalia settentrionale e nell’Ogaden
[15976]   Orel, Vladimir E. (1990) : K proisxozdenii licnyx mestoimenij v semito-xamitskorn
[15977]   Orel, Vladimir E. (1992) : Reconstruction of the Afrasian vocalism: Cushitic and Chadic
[16019]   Osnitskaya, Elena Alekseevna (1971) : Genitivnyye konstrukciyi v chadochamititskikh yazykach [Genitive constructions in Chadohamitic languages]
[16046]   Otto, Eberhard (1951) : Über die Demonstrativa und Nominalbildung im Altägyptischen
[16051]   Ouakrim, Mohamed (2001) : Promoting the maintenance of endangered languages through the Internet: the case of Tamazight
[16064]   Ouoba, Bendi Benoît (19--) : Éléments de grammaire gulmance
[16083]   Owens, Jonathan (1985) : The Oromo causative: lexical grammar without lexical rules
[16084]   Owens, Jonathan (1985) : The origins of East African Nubi
[16085]   Owens, Jonathan (1985) : Arabic dialects of Chad and Nigeria
[16089]   Owens, Jonathan (1990) : East African Nubi: bioprogram vs inheritance
[16092]   Owens, Jonathan (1993) : A grammar of Nigerian Arabic
[16094]   Owens, Jonathan (1993) : Nigerian Arabic in comparative perspective
[16097]   Owens, Jonathan (1999) : Neighbourhood and ancestry: variations in the spoken Arabic of Maiduguri, Nigeria
[22712]   Owens, Jonathan (2005) : Hierarchicalized matrices: codeswitching among urban Nigerian Arabs
[16112]   Oyebade, Francis O. (1983) : Aspects of the phonology of Nigerian Pidgin English
[16113]   Oyebade, Francis O. (1985) : Oke-Akoko nasalisation and lexical phonology
[16115]   Oyebade, Francis O. & Beban Sammy Chumbow (1997) : Downstep and upstep in Nkwen
[16116]   Oyebade, Francis O. & T. O. Agoyi (2004) : The endangered status of marginalised languages: Sosan and Ùkuè as case study
[22784]   Oyebiyi, C. M. O. (1986) : Ikiran phonology
[16117]   Oyegbami, L. (1985) : Pidgin English as lingua franca
[23747]   Oyèláran, Olasope Oyediji (1992) : Tense/aspect in Òwérò
[16132]   Oyètádé, Benjamin Akíntúndé (1997) : Some place-nams in Akoko land: an etymological inquiry
[16124]   Oyetade, Solomon Oluwole (2004) : Language endangerment in Nigeria: perspectives with the Akpes cluster of Akoko languages
[23492]   Oyetade, Solomon Oluwole (1995) : Comparative number words in five Akoko dialects and Edo with Standard Yoruba
[23493]   Oyetade, Solomon Oluwole (1997) : Some place names in Akoko-land: an etymological inquiry
[15553]   OʼBrien, M. C. (1965) : The distribution of Guang
[15558]   OʼConnor, Mary Catherine (1992) : Topics in northern Pomo grammar
[15566]   OʼNeil, Joseph (1950) : A grammar of the Sindebele dialect of Zulu
[15569]   OʼRiordan, Sean & John Coffey (1982) : Lumko course in Southern Sotho
[15567]   OʼRiordan, Sean , M. Mathiso , Anthony S. Davey , S. V. Bentele , Benjamin Ezra Nuttall Mahlasela & Leonard Walter Lanham (1969) : Lumko Xhosa self-instruction course
[16153]   Painter, Colin (1964) : The distribution of the Guang: a comparison and classification of the Guang languages and dialects towards a proto Guang
[16154]   Painter, Colin (1966) : Linguistic field notes from Banda and language maps of the Guang speaking areas of Ghana, Togo and Dahomey
[16155]   Painter, Colin (1966) : Language maps of the Guang-speaking areas of Ghana, togo and Dahomey
[16176]   Palmer, Frank R. (1958) : Comparative statement and Ethiopian Semitic
[16183]   Palmer, Frank R. (1967) : Affinity and genetic relationship in two Cushitic languages
[16185]   Palmer, Frank R. (1974) : Some remarks on the grammar and phonology of the ‘compound verbs’ in Cushitic and Ethiopian Semitic
[16170]   Palmer, H. Richmond (1923) : The “Fulas” and their language
[16188]   Pamanta, Demba (2000) : Les emprunts lexicaux peuls au français: analyse linguistique et sociolinguistique à partir du journal Kabaaru
[23294]   Panetta, Ester (1943) : L’arabo parlato a Bengasi
[23295]   Panetta, Ester (1958) : Vocabulario e fraselogia di Bengasi
[23296]   Panetta, Ester (1962) : Vocabulario e fraselogia dell’arabo paralto a Bengasi
[16200]   Paradis, Carole (1986) : Morphological and phonological investigations in Fula: class markers
[16201]   Paradis, Carole (1987) : Strata and syllable dependencies in Fula: the nominal classes
[16202]   Paradis, Carole (1992) : Lexical phonology and morphology: the nominal classes in Fula
[24102]   Paré, Moïse (2000-01) : Analyse de la quantité vocalique en san
[16215]   Parker, Enid M. & L. M. Munro (1974) : An English-‘Afaraf language phrase book
[16211]   Parker, T. F. (1951) : Let’s talk together: timwane, tumfwane, a lu twane, tumvwane
[16228]   Parkin, David J. (1971) : Language choice in two Kampala housing states
[16230]   Parkin, David J. (1974) : Language shift and ethnicity in Nairobi: the speech community of Kaloleni
[16237]   Parreira, A. A. (1930) : Vocabulário do dialecto shisena
[16264]   Pasch, Helma (1993) : Phonological similarities between Sango and its base language: is Sango pidgin/creole or a koiné?
[23503]   Paster, Mary (2003) : Tone specification in Leggbo
[16274]   Pataman, A. S. (1980) : Die Rolle der tansanischen Zeitung “Uhuru” bei der Verbreitung der Ideen der “Ujamaa-Konzeption”
[16275]   Patel, R. B. (1965) : The borrowing of Swahili words in spoken Gujerati
[16278]   Paton, [Reverend] & [Reverend] Byers (19--) : Word-lists: Buli-English and English-Buli
[16279]   Paul, Ileana M. (2000) : Malagasy clause structure
[16283]   Paulian, Christiane (1986) : Les parlers yambasa du Cameroun (Bantou A. 62), dialectométrie lexicale
[16290]   Pauwels, J. L. (1974) : Expletief nie en andere herhaalingswoorden als zinsafsluiters
[16301]   Payne, John (1993) : The headedness of noun phrases: slaying the nominal hydra
[16313]   Pearson, Matthew (2001) : T-marking on Malagasy obliques: tense, aspect, and the position of PPs
[16330]   Penchoen, Thomas G. (1973) : Tamazigt of the Ayt Ndhir
[16353]   Perl, Matthias , Axel Schönberger & Petra Thiele (Ed) (1993) : Portuguesisch-basierte Kreolsprachen: Akten des 2. gemeinsamen Kolloquiums des deutschsprachigen Lusitanistik unf Katalanistik
[16365]   Perrot, Jean (Ed) (1981) : Les langues dans le monde ancien et moderne, II: pidgin et créoles
[23123]   Perrot, Jean & Daniel Cohen (Ed) (1988) : Les langues dans le monde ancien et moderne, III: les langues chamito-sémitique
[16371]   Person, Yvonne (1956) : Notes sur les Basèda
[16374]   Persson, J. A. (1924) : Lidangalila nya gubili
[16389]   Peters, Mark A. (1972) : Notes on the place names of Ngamiland
[16400]   Petrácek, Karel (1967) : Phonologische Systeme der zentralsaharanischen Sprachen: konsonatische Phoneme
[16401]   Petrácek, Karel (1970) : Phonologische Systeme der zentralsaharanischen Sprachen: vokalische Phoneme
[16402]   Petrácek, Karel (1971) : Die Zahlwörtersysteme der zentralsaharanischen Sprachen
[16404]   Petrácek, Karel (1974) : À propos des limites du chamito-sémitique: les systèmes phonologiques des langues chamito-sémitiques et des langues du Sahara central
[16406]   Petrácek, Karel (1976) : Le chamito-sémitique et les langues africaines (article aperçu)
[16409]   Petrácek, Karel (1987) : Les laryngales en chamito-sémitique: essais de synthèse
[16412]   Petrácek, Karel (1988) : Altägyptisch, Hamitosemitisch und ihre Beziehungen zu einigen Sprachfamilien in Afrika und Asien
[16433]   Pfaffe, Joachim Friedrich (1994) : The village schools project: Ju|’hoan literacy programme and community-based education
[16434]   Pfaffe, Joachim Friedrich (1999) : The Ju|’hoan way of making school (abstract)
[16435]   Pfaffe, Joe & Susan Schulman (2001) : Nyae Nyae revisited: the “Village Schools Project” in northern Namibia
[16443]   Philippson, Gérard (1983) : Observations sur une étude récente de morphologie verbale de la langue comorienne
[16444]   Philippson, Gérard (1983) : Essai de phonologie comparée des dialectes chaga de Tanzanie
[16445]   Philippson, Gérard (1984) : “Gens des bananeraies”: contribution linguistique à l'histoire culturelle des Chaga du Kilimanjaro
[16447]   Philippson, Gérard (1988) : L’accentuation du comorien: essai d’analyse métrique
[22517]   Philippson, Gérard (1980) : Note de zoo-linguistique: les noms des grands carnivores dans les dialectes chaga du Kilimanjaro (Tanzanie)
[23242]   Philippson, Gérard (2005) : Pitch accent in Comorian and Proto-Sabaki tones
[16468]   Pia, John Joseph (1980) : Multiple tiered vocalic systems in Ethiopian languages
[16472]   Picabia, Lélia (1992) : La morphologie du démonstratif en comorien
[16473]   Picabia, Lélia (1992) : Préliminaires morpho-syntaxique à l’étude du comorien
[16475]   Picabia, Lélia (1994) : Le sujet locatif en comorien
[16476]   Picabia, Lélia (1995) : Typologie des phrases copulatives en grand comorien
[16477]   Picabia, Lélia (1996) : La proposition finie en grand comorien: analyse des unites fonctionelles
[16478]   Picabia, Lélia (1997) : Le traits du pronom-accords en grand comorien
[16471]   Picabia, Lélia & Djae Ahamada Chanfi (1990) : Morphologie des classes nominales en comorien
[16470]   Picabia, Lélia & Sidigui Ba (1988) : Description du système verbal peul
[16485]   Piccirilli, Tito (1938) : Dizionario di alcune lingue parlate nell’Africa orientali italiana (amarica, tigray, galla, tigré)
[16505]   Pike, Kenneth Lee (Ed) (1966) : Tagmemic and matrix linguistics applied to selected African languages
[16506]   Pike, Kenneth Lee (Ed) (1970) : Tagmemic and matrix linguistics applied to selected African languages
[16523]   Piper, Klaus (1989) : Aspektstruktur im Pahouin: zur verbalen Morphologie nordwestlicher Bantusprachen
[16529]   Pires Prata, António (1983) : A influéncia da língua portuguesa sobre o suahíli e quatro línguas de Mocambique
[16538]   Pirone, Michele (1967) : La lingua somala e i suoi problemi
[16539]   Pisani, Etienne du (1978) : Some aspects of animal husbandry in Kavango
[16540]   Planert, Wilhelm (1927) : Die Schnalzsprachen
[16555]   Plazikowsky-Brauner, Herma & Ewald Wagner (1953) : Studien zur Sprache der Irob
[16569]   Plessis, E. J. du (1973) : ’n Ondersoek na die oorsprong en betekenis van Suid-Afrikaanse berg- en riviername
[16575]   Plessis, H. G. W. du (1985) : Suidwesafrikaans
[16567]   Plessis, J. A. du (1963) : Die morfologie van die naamwoord en voornaamwoord in die Sothotale: ’n vergelykende studie
[16596]   Plungian, Vladimir A (1992) : [The verb in an agglutinating language (the case of Dogon)]
[22668]   Plungian, Vladimir A. (2000) : Agentive nouns in Dogon: neither derivation nor inflection?
[16607]   Polak-Bynon, Louise (1964) : Lolemi: un programme de dépouillement de grammaires bantoues
[16614]   Polak-Bynon, Louise (1980) : Le groupe J occidental (J 50)
[16637]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1971) : The Katanga (Lubumbashi) Swahili Creole
[16654]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1982) : Sociolingistieski orientirovannoe obsledovanie: analizdejatel'nosti Komissii po izueniju roli jazykov I ix prepodavanija v vostonoj Afrika
[16662]   Polomé, Edgar C. (1991) : Lexicography of the Niger-Khordofanian languages
[16665]   Polotsky, Hans Jakob (1938) : Études de grammaire gouragué
[16681]   Ponelis, F. A. (1975) : !Ora clicks: problems and speculations
[16682]   Ponelis, F. A. (1975) : Die ontwikkeling van hulpwerkwoordgroepe: hulpwerkwoord en infinitiefsin
[16683]   Ponelis, F. A. (1976) : Kanttekening by Keenan se teorie van die proposisiestruktuur
[16767]   Pönnighaus, Friedrich (1931/32) : Die Bäume und Sträucher des Distriktes Windhuk
[16768]   Pönnighaus, Friedrich (1931/32) : Die Akazien unseres Landes
[16693]   Poplack, S. & Sali A. Tagliamonte (1996) : Nothing in context: variation, grammaticization and past time marking in Nigerian Pidgin English
[16697]   Porkhomovsky, Viktor Jakovlevich (1975) : Yazykovaya situatsiya v severnoi Nigerii
[16698]   Porkhomovsky, Viktor Jakovlevich (Ed) (1987) : Afrikanskoe istoriceskoe yzikoznanie: problemi rekonstrukcii
[16709]   Possoz, E. (1940) : Les langues du Katanga
[16735]   Potgieter, Ewart F. (Ed) (1955) : The disappearing Bushmen of Lake Chrissie: a preliminary survey
[16738]   Potyka, Franz (1985) : Zur Forschung des Verbalkomplexes im Bantu: eine grundlegende Revision des Tempus/Aspektsystems im Chibemba
[16751]   Poulos, George (1999) : Grammaticalisation in south-eastern Bantu and the linguistic ‘dynamics’ underlying this process
[16754]   Poulter, Todd (1983) : Buli spelling decisions
[16769]   Prabhakaran, Varijakshi (1998) : Multilingualism and language shift in South Africa: the case of Telugu, an Indian language
[16770]   Prabhakaran, Varijakshi (1999) : A sociolinguistic analysis of South African Telugu surnames
[16771]   Pradelles de la Tour, Charles Henri (19--) : Le champ du langage dans une chefferie Bamileke
[16777]   Prasse, Karl-G. (1984) : The origin of the vowels o and e in Twareg and Ghadamsi
[16781]   Prasse, Karl-G. (2003) : La vocalisation du protoberbere
[16778]   Prasse, Karl-G. & E. Agg-Albostan Ag-Sidiyan (1985) : Tableux morphologiques (dialecte touareg de l’Adrar du Mali (berbère)): Tesaten ën-tmawiten (Tamashaq, Adagh, Mali)
[16793]   Prescott, Charles (1993) : Okpe vowel harmony: a radical CV phonology analysis
[16796]   Pretorius, B. F. D. (1972) : Voorsetselverbinding in Afrikaans, met spesiale verwysing na die vaktaal
[16797]   Pretorius, S. G. (1984) : Die implikasies van ’n veeltalige onderwyssituasie vir die struktuur van die onderwysstelsel van Suidwes-Afrika/Namibië
[16819]   Prinsloo, C. W. (1936) : Klank- en vormleer van Sekoni
[16850]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus (1985) : Beginsels waarop taatipologie en tipologiese verandering berus
[16866]   Prinsloo, Daniël Jacobus , Bethuel P. Sathekge & Lizeth Kapp (1997) : Nuwe Sededi woordeboek: Afrikaans-Sepedi (Noord-Sotho), Sepedi (Noord-Sotho)-Afrikaans
[16820]   Prinsloo, Karel P. (1972) : Die tweetaligheid van twee groepe universiteitstudente, en hul ingesteldhede teenoor die tweede taal: ’n voorondersoek tot ’n landswye opname
[16848]   Prinsloo, Karel P. (1984) : Die taalsituasie in SWA/Namibië en taal in die onderwys van die land
[16828]   Prinsloo, Karel P. , D. J. Stoker , A. M. Lubbe , A. E. Strydom , H. A. Engelbrecht & D. P. van Vuuren (Ed) (1982) : Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië. Deel 1: Kavangos
[16832]   Prinsloo, Karel P. , D. J. Stoker , A. M. Lubbe , A. E. Strydom , H. A. Engelbrecht & D. P. van Vuuren (Ed) (1982) : Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië. Deel 5: Kaokolanders
[16833]   Prinsloo, Karel P. , D. J. Stoker , A. M. Lubbe , A. E. Strydom , H. A. Engelbrecht & D. P. van Vuuren (Ed) (1982) : Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië. Deel 6: Kleurlinge
[16834]   Prinsloo, Karel P. , D. J. Stoker , A. M. Lubbe , A. E. Strydom , H. A. Engelbrecht & D. P. van Vuuren (Ed) (1982) : Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië. Deel 7: Rehoboth Basters
[16835]   Prinsloo, Karel P. , D. J. Stoker , A. M. Lubbe , A. E. Strydom , H. A. Engelbrecht & D. P. van Vuuren (Ed) (1982) : Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië. Deel 8: Blankes
[16836]   Prinsloo, Karel P. , D. J. Stoker , A. M. Lubbe , A. E. Strydom , H. A. Engelbrecht & D. P. van Vuuren (Ed) (1982) : Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië. Deel 9: Boesmans
[16838]   Prinsloo, Karel P. , D. J. Stoker , A. M. Lubbe , A. E. Strydom , H. A. Engelbrecht & D. P. van Vuuren (Ed) (1982) : Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië. Deel 11: Wambos
[16839]   Prinsloo, Karel P. , D. J. Stoker , A. M. Lubbe , A. E. Strydom , H. A. Engelbrecht & D. P. van Vuuren (Ed) (1982) : Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië. Deel 13: total bevolking
[16840]   Prinsloo, Karel P. , D. J. Stoker , A. M. Lubbe , A. E. Strydom , H. A. Engelbrecht & D. P. van Vuuren (Ed) (1982) : Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië
[16841]   Prinsloo, Karel P. , D. J. Stoker , A. M. Lubbe , A. E. Strydom , H. A. Engelbrecht & D. P. van Vuuren (Ed) (1982) : Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië. Deel 12: Capriviane
[16878]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1945) : Notes sur les boussancé
[16882]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1953) : Les langues mandé-sud du groupe mana-busa
[16883]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1956) : La langue sonay et des dialectes
[16886]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1963) : La langue des Anufom de Sansanné-Mango
[16890]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1964) : Li tãmari
[16892]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1966) : Mots mossi empruntés au songhay
[16895]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1969) : Les parlers dogon, 2: togo kã
[16896]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1969) : Le pana
[16901]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1972) : Les langues de l’Atakora, 1: le wama
[16912]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1981) : De la parenté des langues busa-boko avec le bisa et le samo
[23734]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André (1969) : La langue de Tumbuktu dans la Polyglotta Africana
[16884]   Prost, [Révérend] [Père] André & L. Girault (1958) : Abrégé de langue dagara: grammaire et dictionnaire
[16918]   Prunet, Jean-François (1989) : Prosodic redistribution in Fula
[16925]   Puèch, Gilbert (1988) : Augment et préfixe nominal en ngubi
[22702]   Puèch, Gilbert (1987) : Tons structurels et tons intonationnels en teke
[22705]   Puèch, Gilbert (1989) : Les constituants suprasyllabiques en shíwé (Bantu A80)
[16928]   Puglielli, Annarita (Ed) (1981) : Sintassi della lingua somala
[16934]   Puglielli, Annarita (Ed) (1992) : Grammatica della lingua somala per le scuole medie superiori
[16940]   Pulleyblank, Douglas (1986) : Underspecification and low vowel harmony in Okpe
[22467]   Quitout, Michel (1999) : Initiation à l’arabe maghrébin
[16987]   Rabin, Chaim (1951) : Ancient Westarabian
[16991]   Racine-Issa, Odile (1998) : Le Mwaka de Kojani (Pemba)
[16992]   Rademeyer, J. H. (1931) : Die taal van die Griekwas en Rehoboth-Basters
[16993]   Rademeyer, J. H. (1938) : Kleurlings-Afrikaans: die taal van die Griekwas en Rehoboth-Basters
[17001]   Rahamut, C. Anne (1983) : The inscriptional and archaeological remains of the Senejem-Ib complex in Giza: three aspects of the tomb of Nekhebu
[17006]   Raidt, Edith H. (1976) : Die herkoms van objekskonstruksies met vir
[22785]   Raji, B. T. (1986) : Ikaramu phonology
[17018]   Ramoshoana, D. M. (1928) : The origin of ‘Secwana’
[17020]   Ramoshoana, D. M. (1935) : The study of Secwana words ; part 2
[17034]   Randriamasimanana, Charles (1981) : A study of the causative constructions of Malagasy
[22431]   Randriamasimanana, Charles (1986) : The causatives of Malagasy
[17037]   Raper, Peter Edmund (1972) : Naamkunde-bronnegids I, 1970 (Onomastics source guide I, 1970)
[17053]   Raponda Walker, [Abbé] André (1937) : Initiation a l’ebongwe (langage des négrilles)
[17055]   Raponda Walker, [Abbé] André (1937/96) : Éléments de grammaire ébongwé (langue des pygmées)
[17075]   Rapp, Eugen Ludwig (1977) : Miszellen zum Guáng - Kwa-Sprachen in Ghana, Togo und Dahomey (Guang-Studien VIII)
[17076]   Rascher, Anna (1955) : Der Aufbau des Satzes im Luhaya
[17083]   Rassinoux, Jean (1969) : Lexique fon-français
[17090]   Ratliff, Martha (1992) : Tone language type change in Africa and Asia: !Xu, Gokana and Mpi
[17093]   Raum, Otto Friedrich (1939) : Educational psychology in the speech of speech of the Chaga
[17095]   Rautenbach, W. L. , J. A. G. du Plessis , J. H. Beukes , L. B. Burger & I. G. du Preez (1983) : Ondersoek na die onderwys SWA/Namibië. Verslag van die navorsingsprojekkomitee: onderwysstelselbeplanning
[17100]   Raz, Shlomo (1980) : Tigre syntax and Semitic Ethiopian
[17102]   Raz, Shlomo (1989) : Areal features as a further criterion in elucidating the term ‘Ethiopian Semitic’
[17118]   Reenen, J. F. van (1964) : Dentition, jaws and palate of the Kalahari Bushmen
[17132]   Reh, Mechthild (1994) : A grammatical sketch of Deiga
[17136]   Reh, Mechthild (2000) : Migration, polygamy and interethnic marriage as causes of language birth: the southern Lwoo languages
[17137]   Reh, Mechthild (2002) : Multilingual reading and writing practices in Uganda among Lango/Ateso and Luganda speakers
[17141]   Reichmut, Macário (1947) : Língua de Quelimane: gramática, leitura, vocabulário
[17142]   Reichmuth, Stefan (1983) : Der arabische Dialekt der Shukriyya im Ostsudan
[17143]   Reichmuth, Stefan (1988) : Songhay: Lehnwörter im Yoruba und ihre historischer Kontext
[23105]   Reimer, A. Jeanette (1985) : Gando becomes a written language
[5260]   Rendinger, [Général] R. de (1923) : Vocabulaire pratique du dialecte arabe centre-africain
[17185]   Rensburg, M. C. J. van (1989) : Oranje River Afrikaans: a stage in the pidgin-creole cycle
[17182]   Rensburg, M. C. J. van , Egidius B. van Wyk & Jacob C. Steyn (Ed) (1973) : Taalseminaar 1973: TGG - ’n eerste oorsig
[17189]   Retord, Georges L. A. (1971) : Les différents parlers anyi et le baoulé
[17198]   Revill, P. M. (1966) : Preliminary report on paralinguistics in Mbembe (E. Nigeria)
[17199]   Rey-Hulman, Diana (1972) : Schéma d’analyse socio-linguistique de la notion de temps chez les Tyokossi
[17204]   Rheinallt Jones, John David & Clement Martyn Doke (Ed) (1937) : Bushmen of the southern Kalahari
[17209]   Rialland, Annie (1979) : Une langue à tons en terrasse: le gulmance
[17210]   Rialland, Annie (1981) : Le système tonal du gurma (langue gur de Haute-Volta)
[17215]   Rialland, Annie & Pénou-Achille Somé (1999) : Dagara downstep: how speakers get started
[22618]   Richards, Norvin (2003) : Some notes on temporal and conditional adjuncts in Buli
[17232]   Richardson, Irvine (1961) : Some observations on the status of Town Bemba in Northern Rhodesia
[17298]   Robertson, Ian E. (1991) : The Ijo element in Berbice Dutch and the pidginization/creolization process
[23471]   Rocco, Goranka (2002) : La Réunion: Sprachattitüden franko-kreolophoner Adoleszenten
[17310]   Rockholtz, Christiane (1989) : Zur Entlehnung und morphologischen Intergration von Hausawörtern in das Fulfulfe
[17334]   Roettger, Lisa & Larry Roettger (1989) : A Dinka dialect survey
[17344]   Rombi, Marie-Françoise (1981) : Première approche du parler shimaore de la langue comorienne
[17360]   Rongier, Jacques (1998) : L’inaccompli en senoufo de Kolia
[22483]   Rongier, Jacques (2002) : Parlons sénoufo
[25287]   Rongier, Jacques (2003) : Documents lexicaux donnés au LLACAN par l’auteur
[17364]   Rood, N. (1962) : Lidoko et Mowea
[17365]   Rooij, Vincent Aloysius de (1989) : Kazi/Kazhi: creatief gebruik van fonologische variatie als middel tot vormgeven en manipuleren van ‘situatie’ in een Shaba-Swahili text
[17366]   Rooij, Vincent Aloysius de (1991) : Code switching and style shifting as discourse strategies in Shaba Swahili
[17367]   Rooij, Vincent Aloysius de (1995) : Shaba Swahili
[17368]   Rooij, Vincent Aloysius de (1995) : The status and use of the French complementizer QUE in Shaba Swahili discourse: a structural-functionalist account
[17369]   Rooij, Vincent Aloysius de (1996) : Cohesion through contrast: discourse structure in Shaba Swahili/French conversations
[17370]   Rooij, Vincent Aloysius de (1997) : Shaba Swahili: partial creolization due to second language learning and substrate pressure
[17371]   Rooij, Vincent Aloysius de (1998) : Problems of (re-)contextualizing and interpreting variation in oral and written Shaba Swahili
[17372]   Rooij, Vincent Aloysius de (2000) : French discourse markers in Shaba Swahili conversations
[17374]   Rooyen, Christian S. van (1968) : A few observations on the Hlonipha language of Zulu women
[17380]   Rop, Albert Jozef de (1953) : De Bakongo et het lingala
[17381]   Rop, Albert Jozef de (1953) : Het toonsysteem van het Lomongo en het Oerbantu
[17389]   Rop, Albert Jozef de (1959) : L’orthographe du ciluba
[17403]   Rose, Sharon (1997) : Theoretical issues in comparative Ethio-Semitic phonology and morphology
[17407]   Rose, Sharon (2003) : The formation of Ethiopian Semitic internal reduplication
[23425]   Rose, Sharon (1991) : Inflectional affix order in Ethio-Semitic and phonological form
[17410]   Rosen, Björn von (1953) : Game animals of Ethiopia: a short guide for hunters and animal lovers, illustrated and giving the names of each animal in the principal Ethiopian languages
[17412]   Rosenthal, Eric (1947) : Eerste Boesman-woordeboek ter wêreld (opgestel deur D. F. Bleek)
[17417]   Ross, James (1991) : A preliminary attempt at the reconstruction of proto-Eastern Sudanic phonology and lexicon
[17419]   Rossel, Gerda (1988) : Een schets van de fonologie en morfologie van het Cigogo
[17552]   Rössler, Otto (1983) : Äthiopisch und Hamitisch
[17427]   Roth-Laly, Arlette (1972) : Esquisse de la phonologie du parler arabe d’Abbéché
[17428]   Roth-Laly, Arlette (1979) : Esquisse grammaticale du parler arabe d’Abbéché
[17432]   Rotimi, Ole (1977) : Nigerian Pidgin English dictionary
[17457]   Rottland, Fra (1995) : Proto-Southern Nilotic *R
[17433]   Rottland, Franz (1970) : Die Verbformen des Yanzi
[17435]   Rottland, Franz (1977) : Zur Gliederung der südnilotischen Sprachen
[17437]   Rottland, Franz (1979) : Die südnilotischen Sprachen: eine vergleichende Untersuchung
[17438]   Rottland, Franz (1979) : The reconstruction of proto-Kalenjin
[17439]   Rottland, Franz (1980) : Vowel harmony in southern Nilotic
[17441]   Rottland, Franz (1981) : The segmental morphology of proto-Southern Nilotic
[17442]   Rottland, Franz (1982) : Die südnilotischen Sprachen: Beschreibung, Vergleichung und Rekonstruktion
[17445]   Rottland, Franz (1983) : Southern Nilotic (with an outline of Datooga)
[17446]   Rottland, Franz (1983) : Lexical correspondences between Kuliak and southern Nilotic
[17447]   Rottland, Franz (1983) : Zur sprachlichen Herkunft ostafrikanischer Wildbeuter
[17450]   Rottland, Franz (1989) : Southern Nilotic reconstructions
[17453]   Rottland, Franz & Angelika Jakobi (1991) : Loan word evidence from the Nuba Mountains: Kordofan Nubian and the Nyimang group
[17436]   Rottland, Franz & Rainer Vossen (1977) : Grundlagen für eine Klärung des Dorobo-Problems
[17461]   Rottland, Franz & Ralf Grosserhode (2004) : Observations on Swahili and Midzichenda plant names
[17462]   Rouchdy, Aleya (1989) : ‘Persistence’ or ‘tip’ in Egyptian Nubian
[17463]   Rouchdy, Aleya (1989) : Urban and non-urban Egyptian Nubian: is there a reduction in language skills?
[17464]   Rouchdy, Aleya (Ed) (1991) : Nubians and the Nubians language in contemporary Egypt: a case of cultural and linguistic contact
[17505]   Roux, Justus Christiaan (1983) : Vokaalkwaliteit, toon en konsonantale invloede in Sotho
[17507]   Roux, S. M. (1988) : ’n Sosiolinguistiese analise van Rehoboth-Afrikaans
[17518]   Rowe, Jennifer (1997) : Le système de parenté des Waaba
[22851]   Rowe, Jennifer (1994) : Le système de parenté des Waaba
[22996]   Rowland, Ron (1966) : A short dictionary of Isaalang
[17520]   Rowland, Ron & Muriel Rowland (1965) : Collected field reports on the phonology of Sisala
[17524]   Rowlands, Evan Celyn (1959) : A grammar of Gambian Mandinka
[17533]   Roy (19--) : [Comparative work on Nilotic and Nubian]
[17539]   Royen, Gerlach (1928) : De konsonantische intermutatie in het Ful
[17540]   Royen, Gerlach (1929) : Die nominalen Klassifikations-Systeme in den Sprachen der Erde: historisch-kritische Studie mit besonderer Berücksichtigung des Indogermanischen
[17542]   Rozhanskij, Fʼodor Ivanovich (2000) : A Songhay grammar
[17574]   Rueck, Michael J. & Niels Christiansen (2001) : Northern Songhay languages in Mali and Niger: a sociolinguistic survey
[17610]   Rundgren, Gustav Frithiof (1959) : Intensiv und Aspektkorrelation: Studien zur äthiopischen und akkadischen Verbalstammbildung
[17613]   Runsewe, Oluremi I. (1988) : Vowel harmony in Lòkée
[17643]   Rust jnr, Friedrich (1969) : Nama Wörterbuch (Krönlein Redivivus): J. G. Krönlein’s Wortschatz der Khoi-Khoin
[17673]   Sabbadini, Ettore (1958) : Considerazioni sulle lingue Massai e Luganda [A Luganda grammar, da Ethel O. Ashton, E. M. K. Mulira, E. G. M. Ndawula & A. N. Tucker]
[17674]   Sabbahy, Lisa K. (1982) : The development of the titulary and iconography of the Ancient Egyptian queen from Dynasty One to early Dynasty Eighteen
[17677]   Sachnine, Michka (1978) : Présentation du’n conte d’un parler zime du Cameroun: le vùn dzèpàw
[17685]   Sadembouo, Etienne & Beban Sammy Chumbow (1990) : Standardisation et modernisation de la langue fe’efe’e
[17711]   Saïb, Jilali (1976) : A phonological study of Tamazight Berber: dialects of the Ayt Ndhir
[17714]   Sakaedani, Haruko (1998) : Arabia-go fuezu hougen niokeru bga (shitai) to xess (shinakere banara nai) / bga (to want) and xess (to need) in colloquial Arabic of Fez
[17716]   Sakran, Tindil (1979) : On the phonology of the Kwashi dialect of Dilling Nubian
[17724]   Saleh, Ali (1979) : Cours d’initiation à la langue comorienne
[17731]   Salomon, S. (1971) : The Pidgin English of Chinua Achebe
[17734]   Saloné, Sukari B. (1980) : Vowel coalescence and tonal merger in Chagga (Old Moshi): a natural generative approach
[17736]   Salus, Peter H. & Michael C. Shapiro (1967) : Sandhi in Luganda: some transformattional rules
[17741]   Samarin, William John (1959) : Prospecting Gbaya dialects
[17753]   Samarin, William John (1971) : Salient and substantive pidginization
[17755]   Samarin, William John (1982) : Colonization and pidginization on the Ubangi River
[17758]   Samarin, William John (1984/85) : Communication by Ubangian water and word
[24092]   Samarin, William John (1958) : The Gbaya Languages
[17785]   Sample, Ward Arthur (1976) : The application of rules in the phonology of Olukisa
[26845]   Sande, Hannah (2015) : Nouchi as a Distinct Language: The Morphological Evidence
[17797]   Sander-Hansen, Constantin Emil (19--) : Negative Konstruktionen im Alt- und Mittelägyptischen
[17798]   Sander-Hansen, Constantin Emil (1941) : Über die Bildung der Modi im Altägyptischen
[17801]   Sanders, Edith R. (1969) : The Hamitic hypothesis: its origin and function in time perspective
[17810]   Sandilands, Alexander (1937) : Secwana orthography: the present position
[17832]   Sanfo [Sanon], Virgine (1994) : Les procès nominaux en bobo
[23850]   Sanou, Dafrassi Jean-François (1978) : La langue bobo de Tondogosso (bobo-dioulasso), Haute-Volta: phonologie, morphologie, syntagmatique
[17842]   Santandrea, Stefano (1965) : Languages of the Banda and Zande groups: a contribution to a comparative study
[17857]   Santos, Eduardo dos (1962) : Elementos de gramática quioca
[17856]   Santos, João de Almeida (1962) : Dicionário comparado banto-português e português-banto dos falares bantos angolanos: 1. umbundu; 2. musele; 3. oluynaneka; 4. kwanama; 5. kimbundu; 6. omumbwi; 7. kikongo; 8. tchokwe
[17870]   Sapir, Edward (1931) : Notes on the Gweabo language of Liberia
[23735]   Sapir, J. David (1970) : Diola in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’
[17874]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1972/73) : Spuren von pharyngalen im Galab
[17876]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1974) : Notes on the structure of Galab
[17880]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1975/76) : Weiteres zu den ostkuschitischen Sibilanten
[17884]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1979) : The consonant phonemes of Proto-East-Cushitic (PEC): a first approximation
[17894]   Sasse, Hans-Jürgen (1984) : The pragmatics of noun incorporation in eastern Cushitic languages
[17898]   Sato, Max & Celia Swann (1999) : Tiyeni! Chichewa language course for newcomers to Malawi
[17901]   Satzinger, Helmut (1968) : Äthiopische Parallellen zum ägyptischen sdm-f
[17907]   Saunders, James Eaton (1977) : A phonological analysis of spoken Cairene Arabic
[22915]   Saunders, Philip & Arthur Eddie (1996) : Lexique sokuya: sokuya-français, français-sokuya
[17917]   Savage, G. A. R. (1956) : The essentials of Lwo (Acoli)
[17921]   Sawada, Masato (1987) : The evening conversation of the Efe Pygmy men and its social implication: a men’s display to women
[17923]   Sawadogo, Abdoul Karim (1984) : Analyse relationnelle du yaadre (la phonématique et la morphologie)
[17927]   Sayer, E. S. (19--) : Pidgin English
[17932]   Schachter, Paul (1961) : Phonetic similarity in tonemic analysis with notes on the tone system of Akwapim Twi
[17936]   Schachter, Paul & Victoria Fromkin (Ed) (1968) : A phonology of Akan: Akuapem, Asante and Fante
[17985]   Schadeberg, Thilo C. & Francisco Ussene Mucanheia (2000) : EKoti: the Maka or Swahili language of Angoche
[18013]   Schaffer, Ruth Thiers (1955) : Twelve lessons in Masai: twelve lessons in Engutuk o Imaasae; twelve lessons in the mouth of the Ilmaasae
[18014]   Schalkwyk, D. J. van (1983) : Fonetiese variasie in die taal van die Rehoboth-Basters
[18020]   Schapera, Isaac (1926) : A preliminary consideration of the relationship between the Hottentots and the Bushmen
[18021]   Schapera, Isaac (1927) : The tribal divisions of the Bushmen
[18022]   Schapera, Isaac (1929) : Bushman languages
[18024]   Schapera, Isaac (1930) : The Khoisan peoples of South Africa: Bushmen and Hottentots
[18027]   Schapera, Isaac & D. F. van der Merwe (1942) : Notes on the noun classes of some Bantu languages of Ngamiland: Yeei, Subia, Gova and Gcereku
[18038]   Schebesta, F. Paul (1931) : Die Einheit aller afrikanischen Pygmäen und Buschmänner aus ihren Stammesnamen erwiesen
[18041]   Schebesta, F. Paul (1952) : Das Problem der Pygmäensprache
[18042]   Scheerder, [Révérend] [Père] & [Révérend] [Père] Constant F. Tastevin (1950) : Les wa lu guru
[18045]   Schenkel, Wolfgang (1975) : Die altägyptische Suffixkonjugation: Theorie der innerägyptische Entstehung aus Nomina actionis
[18047]   Schenkel, Wolfgang & Rainer Hannig (1984) : Aus der Arbeit an einer Konkordanz zu den altägyptischen Sargtexten, I: zur Transkription des Hieroglyphisch-Ägyptischen
[18048]   Schenkel, Wolfgang & Rainer Hannig (1984) : Aus der Arbeit an einer Konkordanz zu den altägyptischen Sargtexten, II: zur Pluralbildung des Ägyptischen
[18049]   Schenkel, Wolfgang & Rainer Hannig (1990) : Einführung in die altägyptische Sprachwissenschaft
[18063]   Schladt, Mathias (1997) : Kognitive Strukturen von Körperteilvokabularien in kenianischen Sprachen
[18070]   Schlee, Günther (1987) : Somaloid history: oral tradition, Kulturgeschichte and historical linguistics in an area of Oromo/Somaloid interaction
[18101]   Schneeberg, Nan (1974) : Sayanci phonology
[22786]   Schneeberg, Nan (1971) : Sayanci verb tonology
[18105]   Schneider, Gilbert Donald (1963) : First and second steps in Wes Kos
[18107]   Schneider, Gilbert Donald (1966) : West African Pidgin English: a descriptive linguistic analysis with texts and glossary from the Cameroon area
[18108]   Schneider, Gilbert Donald (1967) : West African Pidgin English: an overview (phonology, morphology)
[18109]   Schneider, Gilbert Donald (1967) : West African Pidgin English: a historical overview
[18117]   Schoenberger, Paul (1961) : Names for “God” known and used by the Wanyamwezi
[18125]   Schoffeleers, J. Matthew (1972) : The meaning and use of the name Malawi in oral traditions and precolonial documents
[18135]   Scholtz, P. Johannes du Plessis (1975) : Naamgeving van plante en diere
[18145]   Schönfelder, Eberhard Bruno Willi (1943) : Handwörterbuch des Osikuanjama
[18146]   Schönfelder, Eberhard Bruno Willi (1944) : Handwörterbuch Deutsch-Osikuanjama
[18141]   Schott, Rüdiger & Franz Kröger (1982) : Language and culture of the Bulsa in Ghana
[18162]   Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de (1999) : Cilubà phonetics: proposals for a ‘corpus-based phonetics from below’-approach
[18169]   Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de (2003) : Drawing up the macrostructure of a Nguni dictionary, with special reference to isiNdebele
[23216]   Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de (1999) : Bantu lexicography and the concept of simultaneous feedback: some preliminary observations on the introduction of a new methodology for the compilation of dictionaries with special reference to a bilingual learner’s dictionary Cilubà-Dutch
[23207]   Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de & Daniël Jacobus Prinsloo (2001) : Towards a sound lemmatisation strategy for the Bantu verb through the use of frequency-based tal slots, with special reference to Cilubà, Sepedi, and Kiswahili
[18160]   Schryver, Gilles-Maurice de & Ngo Semzara Kabuta (1997) : Lexicon cilubà-nederlands: een circa 2500-lemma’s, tellend strikt alfabetisch geordend vertalend aanleerderslexicon met decodeer-functie ten behoeve van studenten afrikaanse talen & culturen aan de Universiteit Gent
[18170]   Schubert, Klaus (1971/72) : Zur Bedeutung und Anwendung der Verbalparadigmen im Hausa und Kanuri ; Teile 1-3
[18171]   Schubert, Klaus (1972/73) : Zur Bedeutung und Anwendung der Verbalparadigmen im Hausa und Kanuri ; Teil 4
[18172]   Schubert, Klaus (1988) : August Klingenheben’s contribution to Fula studies
[18180]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1974) : The linguistic situation in the Potiskum area
[18198]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1983) : The Bolanci verbal system
[18199]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1983) : Bolanci genitives
[18215]   Schuh, Russell Galen (2003) : A comparative study of West Chadic verbal suffixes
[23738]   Schuh, Russell Galen (1971) : Kándin in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’: two languages in one
[18210]   Schuh, Russell Galen & Alhaji Maina Gimba (2001) : Substantive and anaphoric ‘thing’ in Bole, with remarks on Hausa ‘abu/abin’
[18216]   Schuhmacher, W. W. (1972) : Assimilation and nasal insertion in ciLuba
[18219]   Schulte, [Pater] J. (1943) : Handwörterbuch des Osikuanjama
[18220]   Schulte, [Pater] J. (1944) : Handwörterbuch Deutsch-Osikuanjama, nach Angaben von Missionar H. Tönjes
[18238]   Schuring, Gerhard K. (1981) : Die basilek van vlaaitaal
[18241]   Schuring, Gerhard K. (1985) : Kosmopolitiese omgangstale: die aard, oorsprong en funksies van Pretoria-Sotho en ander koine-tale
[18242]   Schuring, Gerhard K. (1992) : Salient features of koines: Pretoria Sotho, spoken Koine Greek and Town Bemba
[18236]   Schuring, Gerhard K. , P. Scheffer & A. M. Lubbe (Ed) (1978) : Die stand van die tale in SWA/Namibië
[18247]   Schwarz, Anne (1995) : Untersuchungen zum nominalen Klassensystem des Buli (Nord-Ghana)
[18248]   Schwarz, Anne (1999) : Preverbal negative markers in Buli
[18249]   Schwarz, Anne (2000) : Perfective verb tone in Buli
[23545]   Schwarz, Anne (2003) : Low tone spreading in Buli
[23581]   Schwarz, Anne (2004) : Aspekte der Morphosyntax und Tonologie im Buli, mit Schwerpunkt auf dem Buli vom Wiaga
[18251]   Schwegler, Armin (1998) : El vocabulario (ritual) bantu de Cuba. Parte I: acerca de la matriz africana de la ‘lengua congo’ en El Monte y Vocabulario Congo de Lydia Cabrera
[18256]   Schwellnus, Paul E. (1935) : Luvenda gramer: Phenda-luambo ya u talukanya Tshivenda
[18255]   Schwellnus, Theodor (1933) : Ndende ya luambo lwa Tshivenda
[18260]   Schyff, P. F. van der (1985) : Stamverwantskap as faktor vir afrikanernaamgewing in België en Nederland rondom die vryheidsoorloë
[18264]   Scott, J. P. L. (1956) : Report on the Runyankore-Rukiga orthographic conference, Mbarara, 1954
[18277]   Seaborn, Bibiana Nalwindi (1979) : Vocabulary (Bua Setswana): Setswana-English, English-Setswana
[18278]   Seaborn, Bibiana Nalwindi (1979) : Bua Setswana: a ten week introduction to speaking Setswana
[18281]   Sebba, Mark (1995) : Some remarks on Ju|’hoan serial verbs
[18290]   Segert, Stanislav & András J. E. Bodrogligeti (Ed) (1983) : Ethiopian studies dedicated to Wolf Leslau on the occasion of his seventy-fifth birthday by friends and colleagues
[18300]   Seidensticker, Wilhelm , Michael Bross & Ahmad Tela Baba (Ed) (1997) : Guddiri studies: languages and rock paintings in northeastern Nigeria
[18303]   Seifu Metaferia (1969/70) : Verbal system and derivatives in Kotina (Oromo)
[18306]   Seiler, Franz (Ed) (1960) : Otshike: alltägliche Redensarten und Fragen im Farmbetrieb und Haushalt, für den Verkehr mit den jungen aus dem Ovamboland
[18307]   Seitar, Joseph (1---) : Kiro-Meru vocabulary and grammatical constructions
[18309]   Sekere, Ntaoleng Belina (2005) : Sociolinguistic variation in spoken and written Sesotho: a case study of speech varieties in QwaQwa
[18318]   Semenkova, Liudmila Alekseevna & Nina Grigorevna Fedorova (1989) : Glagol v suakhili: semanticheskie, sintaksicheskie i pozitsoonnye osobennosti osnovnykh suffiksal’nykh glagol’nykh form
[18352]   Serzisko, Fritz (1985) : Nepek’a Longoriainie nda Arwakori/A quarrel between Longorie and Arwakori: an Ik dialogue
[18366]   Sethe, Kurt (1925) : Das Verhältnis zwischen Demotisch und Koptisch und seine Lehren für die Geschichte der ägyptischen Sprache
[18369]   Sethibe, D. (1998) : The extent of cultural influence in Sebirwa from Setswana: a linguistic account
[18385]   Seydou, Christiane (1998) : Dictionnaire pluridialectal des racines verbales du peul: peul-français-anglais/A dictionary of verb roots in Fulfude dialects
[18392]   Shabangu, S. S. (1987) : Isichazamazwi samagama amqondo ofanayo
[18395]   Shaketange, Lydia (1996) : The role of Oshikwanyama in functional literacy
[18396]   Shaltz, Gregory Paul (1980) : A descriptive phonology of Thaqovelith
[18399]   Shann, G. N. (1962) : Tanganyika place names of European origin
[18407]   Sharp, A. E. (1954) : A tonal analysis of the disyllabic noun in the Machame dialect of Chaga
[18412]   Shaw, Archibald (1924) : The Dinka accusative of respect
[18438]   Shimeles Sisay (2000) : The noun morphology of Welene
[18439]   Shimelis Gizaw (2000) : YeSidama setocc mahiberawi botanna yesineqal cilota keisruru gitimocc akwaya [The social place of Sidama women and linguistic ability with special reference to lullabies]
[18447]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1975) : A lexicostatistical study of Plateau languages and Jukun
[18455]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1982) : Die Nord-Jos-Gruppe der Plateausprachen Nigerias
[18456]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1981) : Mumuye-protowestnigritische Lautentsprechungen und ihre Bedeutung für die Rekonstruktion des protonigritischen Ur-Lautsystems
[22787]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1975) : Boghom and Zaar: vocabulary and notes
[22788]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1975) : Languages of the Jos division
[22789]   Shimizu, Kiyoshi (1975) : The Baaraawa (Geji-Sayaa) group of Chadic languages
[18464]   Shitemi, Naomi L. (2001) : Pidginization: Sheng, the melting-pot of the Kenyan languages and an anti-Babel development
[18471]   Shopen, Timothy & Mamadou Konaré (1970) : Sonrai causatives and passives: transformational versus lexical derivations for propositional heads
[18491]   Sibertin-Blanc, Jean-Luc (1980) : Sur quelques aspects des dialectes comoriens en contraste avec le kiswahili
[18503]   Sibomana, Leonidas (1989) : The tonal system of Nkem
[18505]   Sicard, Harald von (1950) : The derivation of the name Mashona
[18506]   Sicard, Harald von (1950) : Die Rembetu
[18533]   Silberbauer, George B. (19--) : Sketch of |Gwikxwisa grammar
[18536]   Sillery, Anthony (1932) : A sketch of the Kikwaya language
[18539]   Silue, Sassongo Jacques (19--) : Quelques traces de relations dans l’enonce anglais et senoufo: analyse meta-operationelle
[18543]   Silva, A. Maja da (1964) : Epitome de grammaticas portuguesa e quimbundu
[18541]   Silva, V. L. P. da (1929) : Pequeno vocabulario portuguez-mandinga
[18559]   Sim, Ronald J. (1976) : A linguistic sketch: phonology and morphology of the word in Konso
[18560]   Sim, Ronald J. & Margaret Sim (1978) : A grammar sketch of Daasenech
[18573]   Simango, Aurélio Zacarias & Américo Tamissai Mutaramutswa (2000) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Cimanyika
[18575]   Simango, Aurélio Zacarias , Abílio Zeca & William Lorin Gardner (2000) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Ciutee
[18594]   Simon, K. (1951) : Colour vision of Buganda Africans
[18598]   Simoni, I. (1---) : Kpara small grammar
[18599]   Simons, Pamela (1982) : Nè... be marking in Lele: a cleft construction
[22904]   Simons, Pamela & Donald A. Burquest (1986) : Some comments on nasalization in Lele
[18601]   Sims, George W. (1959) : An elementary grammar of Cibemba
[18605]   Sinclair, A. J. L. (Ed) (1983) : G. S. Nienaber: ’n huldeblyk. Studies opgedra aan prof. dr. G. S. Nienaber in sy tagtigste jaar
[18609]   Singler, John Victor (1979) : The segmental phonology of verb suffixes in Talo Klao (Kru)
[18613]   Singler, John Victor (1984) : On the underlying representation of contour tones in Wobe
[18616]   Singler, John Victor (1988) : The place of variation in the formal expression of inflectional processes: evidence from Kru Pidgin English
[18619]   Singler, John Victor (1990) : The impact of decreolization upon T-M-A: tenselessness, mood and aspect in Kru Pidgin English
[18623]   Singler, John Victor (1996) : An OT account of pidgin phonology: coda consonants in vernacular Liberian English
[18625]   Singler, John Victor (1999) : Optimality Theory, the minimal-word constraint and the historical sequencing of substrate influence in pidgin/creole genesis
[18618]   Singler, John Victor (Ed) (1990) : Pidgin and creole tense-mood-aspect systems
[23570]   Sirya, Stephen , J. Muramba , Stephen Nzomo , A. Mtawali & R. P. Margetts (1993) : The verbal morphology of Kigiryama
[18631]   Sitoe, Bento , Ursula Wiesemann , Norris Clemens Dembetembe & Kumbirai G. Mkanganwi (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Cindau [Cishona]
[18638]   Sittl, Karl (1972) : Die lokalen Verschiedenheiten der lateinischen Sprache mit besonderer Berücksichtigung des afrikanischen Lateins
[18653]   Skinner, A. Neil (1970) : Kàmaa: an example of free variation in Hausa?
[18670]   Skinner, A. Neil (1995) : Evidence for earlier nominal suffixation in Afroasian
[18673]   Skousen, Royal (1972) : Consonant alternation in Fula
[18677]   Slabbert, Sarah (1994) : Die “lingo” van die manne wat “notch”
[18680]   Slabbert, Sarah (1998) : Language and identity: a comparison of Nguni and Sotho
[18679]   Slabbert, Sarah & Rosalie Finlayson (1998) : Comparing Nguni and Sotho: a sociolinguistic classification
[18686]   Sloat, L. R. (1935) : Kambari-English vocabulary & English-Kambari vocabulary
[18701]   Smit, Philippus , J. H. Beukes , D. A. Gresse , Kuno Franz Robert Budack , Z. Ngavirue , F. Theron , D. Gous & A. Buitendacht (1982) : Ondersoek na die onderwys in SWA/Namibië: verslag van die komitee insake ruglyne vir ’n stelsel van onderwysvoorsiening
[18706]   Smith, Edwin W. (1938) : The language of Pygmies of the Ituri
[18735]   Snider, Keith L. (1988) : The noun class system of proto-Guang and its implications for internal classification
[18736]   Snider, Keith L. (1989) : The vowels of proto-Guang
[18738]   Snider, Keith L. (1990) : Tone in proto-Guang nouns
[18739]   Snider, Keith L. (1990) : The consonants of proto-Guang
[22994]   Snider, Keith L. (1990) : Studies in Guang phonology
[18742]   Snoxall, Ronald A. (1946) : Some Buganda place-names
[18750]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1972) : Die fonologie van Zu|’hõasi: ’n deskriptiewe ontleding van data in ’n Zu|’hõasi-woordeboek
[18751]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1973) : Die vroeë stemaanset as ’n fonetiese segment by sommige fone van Zu|’hõasi
[18753]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1974) : The Bushman and Hottentot languages of Southern Africa
[18754]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1975) : Some phonetic and lexical aspects of Zu|’hõasi
[18755]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1975) : Zu|’hõasi fonologie en woordeboek
[18756]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1977) : The interrupted juxtaposed vowels of Zu|’hõasi
[18757]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1977) : The pressed vowels of Zu|’hõasi
[18759]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1978) : The clicks of Zu|’hõasi
[18761]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1980) : The relationship between Angolan !Xu and Zu|’õasi
[18764]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1983) : The Tsowaa of Botswana
[18769]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1997) : A preliminary classification of the !Xûû and Zhu|’hõasi dialects
[18771]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1998) : An official orthography for Zu|’õasi Kokx’oi
[18772]   Snyman, Jan Winston (1999) : The phonetic description of the Zu|’hõasi clicks: a confusion of sounds?
[18758]   Snyman, Jan Winston (Ed) (1977) : Bushman and Hottentot linguistic studies 1975: papers of a seminar held on 25 October 1975
[18760]   Snyman, Jan Winston (Ed) (1979) : Bushman and Hottentot linguistic studies 1977: papers of a seminar held on 29 October 1977
[18762]   Snyman, Jan Winston (Ed) (1980) : Bushman and Hottentot linguistic studies 1979
[18766]   Snyman, Jan Winston , J. S. Shole & J. C. le Roux (1990) : Dikishinare ya Setswana-English-Afrikaans dictionary/woordeboek
[18779]   Soden, W. van (1987) : Äthiopisch-akkadische Isoglossen
[18781]   Somé, D. J. (1975) : Contribution à l’étude phonologique du dagara
[18783]   Somé, D. J. (1983) : Description de la langue dagara de Haute Volta
[23676]   Somé, Joachim D. (2004) : Dagara orthography
[18784]   Somé, Pénou-Achille (1989) : La parente pauvre en phonologie: l’occlusive glottale dans les langues voltaïques
[18786]   Somé, Pénou-Achille (1995) : Une procédure de découverte: détection des tons dans les schèmes tonals en dagara
[18787]   Somé, Pénou-Achille (1996) : Dérivation dans les bases en dagara: quand et pourquoi un deuxième ton?
[18788]   Somé, Pénou-Achille (1998) : L’influence des consonnes sur les tons de dagara: langue voltaique du Burkina Faso
[18789]   Somé, Pénou-Achille (1999) : J’apprends le dagara: de l’écriture à la lecture
[18790]   Somé, Pénou-Achille (2000) : Floating tones in Dagara: can a low floating tone prevent a preceding high tone from spreading?
[18795]   Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele] (1991) : Gradueller Sprachwechsel in Ägypten und Botswana: zwei Fallbeispiele
[18797]   Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele] (1992) : Processes of language shift among the Bayeyi of Ngamiland: a brief report on field research among the Bayeyi (North-West District)
[22726]   Soravia, Giulio (1989) : Una nota sulla terminologia nautica bagiuni
[18820]   Sotiloye, (1990) : Nasality in Aladagbe: an autosegmental analysis
[18822]   Sottile, Roberto (1999) : The consonant system of Gamu
[18823]   Soualah, M. (1956) : Manuel franco-arabe à l’usage des militaires de l’Afrique du nord
[18827]   Soutsane, Karima (2000) : Syllables and syllabicity: a comparison of Tashlhit Berber and Moroccan Arabic
[18831]   Sow, Alfâ Ibrâhîm (1971) : Dictionnaire élémentaire fulfulde-francais-anglais
[18833]   Sow, Alfâ Ibrâhîm (1981) : Les procédés d’intensification en fulfulde (parlers peuls de Guinée)
[18839]   Spaandonck, Marcel van (1964) : Morfonologie van de Swahili verba ontleend aan het Arabisch
[18843]   Spaandonck, Marcel van (1971) : On the so-called reversing tonal system in Ciluba: a case of restructuring
[18851]   Spaulding, Arcangelo (1975) : Carradori’s dictionary of seventeenth century Kenzi Nubian
[18853]   Spears, Richard A. (1965) : The structure of Farahan-Maninka
[18855]   Spears, Richard A. (1971) : Mende, Loko and Maninka tonal correspondences
[18873]   Spiegelberg, W. (1925) : Demotische Grammatik
[18886]   Spratt, David & Nancy Spratt (1968) : Collected field reports on the phonology of Kusal
[18888]   Spratt, David & Nancy Spratt (1972) : Kusal syntax
[18891]   Sprouse, Ronald (1999) : The moraic status of /?/ and /D/ in Oromo
[18899]   Ssabalangira, J. T. K. (1927) : Grammar Enganda
[18929]   Stalder, Jürg & Ruth Stalder (1994) : Rapport d’enquête sociolinguistique: première évaluation parmi les KABA
[18933]   Stallcup, Kenneth Lyell (1980) : The Momo languages
[18935]   Stander, Marga (1998) : The Afrikaans of L2-teachers in Qwa-Qwa: a fossilized interlanguage?
[18947]   Stappers, Leo (1950) : Tussen Luba en Songye
[18950]   Stappers, Leo (1952) : Het toonsysteem van het Buina Milembwe (Zuid-Kisongye)
[18952]   Stappers, Leo (1953) : De toongroepen en hun wijzigingen in de taal der Aphende
[18955]   Stappers, Leo (1954) : Een Ruund dialekt: de taal der beena Tubeeya
[18957]   Stappers, Leo (1958) : L’emploi des personnels isolés (substitutifs) en ciluba
[18959]   Stappers, Leo (1963) : Notes hungana
[18960]   Stappers, Leo (1964) : Morfologie van het songye
[18970]   Starke, A. (19--) : [Something about “die Phonetik des Otjiherero; titel ist unbekannt”]
[18980]   Stein, Peter (1984) : Kreolisch und franzoesisch
[18982]   Steinbergs, Aleksandra (1975) : The role of MSC’s in Oshikwanyama loan phonology
[18984]   Steinbergs, Aleksandra (1985) : Loanwords and MSC’s in Oshikwanyama
[18988]   Steiner, R. C. (1977) : The case for fricative-laterals in proto-Semitic
[18997]   Sterk, Jan P. (1979) : Fortis/lenis contrast in Upper Cross consonants: a survey
[19044]   Stewart, John Massie (1966) : Comparative study of the Volta-Comoe languages
[19052]   Stewart, John Massie (1970) : Tongue root position in the Volta-Comoe languages, and its significance for the reconstruction of the original Bantu vowel sounds
[19055]   Stewart, John Massie (1971) : Niger-Kongo, Kwa
[19060]   Stewart, John Massie (1973) : The final light syllables of Akan and their significance for Volta-Comoe reconstruction
[19061]   Stewart, John Massie (1975) : Lenis stops and the origins of Volta-Comoe consonant mutation
[19062]   Stewart, John Massie (1976) : Towards Volta-Congo reconstruction
[19063]   Stewart, John Massie (1976) : The final light syllables of Akan (Twi-Fante) and their significance for Volta-Comoé reconstruction
[19067]   Stewart, John Massie (1983) : The high unadvanced vowels of proto-Tano-Congo
[19074]   Stewart, John Massie (1993) : The second Tano consonant shift and its likeness to Grimm’s law
[19075]   Stewart, John Massie (1994) : The comparative phonology of Gbe and its significance for that of Kwa and Volta-Congo (review article)
[19076]   Stewart, John Massie (1995) : Implosives, homorganic nasals and nasalized vowels in Volta-Congo
[19080]   Stewart, John Massie (2000) : An explanation of Bantu vowel height harmony in terms of a pre-Bantu nasalized vowel lowering
[23233]   Stewart, John Massie (2005) : Three-grade consonant mutation in the Fulanic and Akanic languages and in their latest common ancestor (Proto-Niger-Congo?)
[19064]   Stewart, John Massie & Hélène van Leynseele (1979) : Underlying cross-height vowel harmony in Nen (Bantu A.44)
[19087]   Steytler, J. G. (1937) : Cinenedwe ca Cinyanja
[19089]   Stielau, Hildegard Irma (1980) : Nataler Deutsch: eine Dokumentation unter bes. Berücksichtigung des englischen und afrikaansen Einflusses auf die deutsche Sprache in Natal
[19091]   Stigand, Chauncey Hugh (1923) : The position of Lado languages
[19093]   Stillman, N. A. (1988) : The language and culture of the Jews of Sefrou, Morocco: an ethnolinguistic study
[19098]   Stolbova, Olga Valerievna (1987) : Sravnitel’no-istoriceskaya fonetika i slovar’ zapadnocadskix jazykov
[19110]   Stoop, Henk (19--) : Lolinga
[19113]   Stoop, Henk (1989) : Le connectif du sogo (C53)
[19114]   Stoop, Henk (1989) : Les préfixes du sogo (C53)
[19116]   Stopa, Roman (1935) : Die Schnalze: ihre Natur, Entwicklung und Ursprung
[19117]   Stopa, Roman (1939) : Die Schnalzlaute im Zusammenhang mit den sonstigen Lautarten der menschlichen Sprache
[19118]   Stopa, Roman (1939) : Die Schnalzlaute
[19123]   Stopa, Roman (1952) : Bushman and Hottentot among the isolating languages of Africa
[19131]   Stopa, Roman (1962) : Bushman as a language of primitive type
[19133]   Stopa, Roman (1963) : Buszmenszczyzna a prehistoria mowy ludzkiej/La langue des bushmen et la préhistoire de la langue humaine/Bushman language and the prehistory of speech
[19143]   Stopa, Roman (1969) : “Ammensprachliches” aus Afrika und Europa
[19145]   Stopa, Roman (1972) : Structure of Bushman and its traces in Indo-European
[19147]   Stopa, Roman (1977) : The evoltuion of click sounds in West Sudanic
[19150]   Stopa, Roman (1983) : Supposed first words of Apeman
[19153]   Storbeck, F. (19--) : Ful-Sprache
[19156]   Storch, Anne (1997) : Where have all the noun classes gone? A study of Jukun
[19163]   Story, Robert (1937) : Unpublished materials on the Ki|hazi dialect of Bushman
[19164]   Story, Robert (1964) : Plant lore of the Bushmen
[19165]   Story, Robert (1999) : K’u|ha:si manuscript [edited by Anthony Traill]
[19166]   Story, Robert (1999) : K’u|ha:si manuscript (MS collections of the Ki|hazi dialect of Bushman, 1937) [edited by Anthony Traill]
[19170]   Straube, Helmut (1957) : Das Dualsystem und die Halaka-Verfassung der Ometo-Völker Südäthiopiens
[19174]   Strecker, Ivo (1976) : Hamer speech situations
[23663]   Stricker, B. H. (1940) : A study in Medieval Nubian
[19185]   Stronach, Neil R. H. , Mohamed Ligogi , Mshigagi Mfaume , Joseph Kilindo & Sufiani Magona (1994) : A list of vernacular names of wild animals of Selous Game Reserve and the surrounding buffer zones: Kingindo, Kimatumbi and Kipogoro
[19186]   Stroomer, Harry J. (1984) : Oromo dialectology: some issues in the Oromo dialect cluster
[19188]   Stroomer, Harry J. (1988) : On the base form and the non-base form of words in the Boorana, Orma and Waata dialects of Oromo
[19189]   Stroomer, Harry J. (1991) : Dialect divergence in southern Oromo: notes on the Boraana, Orma and Waata lexicon
[19191]   Stroomer, Harry J. (2001) : A concise vocabulary of Orma Oromo (Kenya): Orma-English/English-Orma
[19205]   Strümpell, Kurt (1922/23) : Wörterverzeichnis der Heidensprachen des Mandare-Gebirges (Adamaua)
[19207]   Strydom, Louise (2005) : A sociolinguistic profile of Mamelodi and Atteridgeville: its role in language policy development at local government level
[19210]   Stucky, Suzanne U. (1976) : Locatives as objects in Ciluba: a function of transitivity
[19225]   Sugawara, Kazuyoshi (1991) : [Rhetoric of redundancy: “prolonged talk” among the Central Kalahari San]
[19226]   Sugawara, Kazuyoshi (1991) : [The conversational organization among the San: with special reference to “prolonged talk”
[19227]   Sugawara, Kazuyoshi (1996) : Some methodological issues for the analysis of everyday conversations among the |Gui
[19228]   Sugawara, Kazuyoshi (1997) : A name as a mnemonic device: an ethnographic study of personal names among the Central San (|Gui and //Gana)
[19229]   Sugawara, Kazuyoshi (1998) : The ‘egalitarian’ attitude in everyday conversations among the |Gui
[19230]   Sugawara, Kazuyoshi (2001) : Cognitive space concerning habitual thought and practice toward animals among the Central San (|Gui and //Gana): deictic/indirect cognition and prospective/retrospective intention
[19237]   Sullivan, Terrence D. (2004) : A preliminary report on existing information on the Manding languages of West Africa: summary and suggestions for future research
[19243]   Sumner, A. T. (1932) : Mendi writing
[19250]   Surugue, Bernard (1978) : Études gurmance (Niger): phonologie, classes nominales et lexique
[19274]   Swanepoel, C. F. (1979) : Mathe le leleme
[19281]   Swartenbroeckx, Pierre (1973) : Dictionnaire kikongo et kituba-français
[19289]   Swift, Lloyd B. , K. Tambadu & P. G. Imhoff (1965) : Fula basic course
[19300]   Sylla, Yèro (1979) : Grammatical relations and Fula syntax
[19302]   Sylla, Yèro (1993) : Syntaxe peul: contribution à la recherche sur les universaux du langage
[19315]   Tadadjeu, Maurice (1974) : Floating tones, shifting rules and downstep in Dschang-Bamiléké
[19314]   Tadadjeu, Maurice & M. Tegomo-Nguetse (1972) : Lenang
[19335]   Taha Yassin (1990) : The focus system in Oromo: a functional grammar approach
[19341]   Taïfi, Miloud (1991) : Dictionnaire tamazight-francais (parlers du Maroc central)
[19353]   Takács, Gábor (2000) : Compensatoric lengthening of *a in East Cushitic: some marginal etymological notes
[25400]   Takács, Gábor (Ed) (2008) : Semito-Hamitic festschrift for A.B. Dolgopolsky and H. Jungraithmayr
[19347]   Takassi, Issa (2000) : Les marqueurs aspectuels dans les langues gurma: le cas du moba et du nc’am
[22417]   Takassi, Issa (2003) : Étude comparative des classes nominales dans trois langues gurma: le gurma-tône, le moba et le ncam
[19357]   Takizala, Alexis (1972) : Focus and relativization: the case of Kihung’an
[19358]   Takizala, Alexis (1973) : Focus and relativization: the case of Kihung’an
[19359]   Takizala, Alexis (1974) : On the similarity between nominal adjectives and possessive forms in Kihungan
[19360]   Takizala, Alexis (1974) : Studies in the grammar of Kihungan
[19389]   Tanaba Wolde-Gebriel, Zewde Cheru & Klaus Wedekind (1994) : On the wordlists of Diraasha (Gidole) and Muusiye (Bussa)
[19390]   Tanaka, Jiro (1978) : A San vocabulary of the central Kalahari: G//ana and G|wi dialects
[19391]   Tanaka, Jiro (1996) : The world of animals viewed by the San hunter-gatherers in Kalahari
[19397]   Tanghe, [Père] Basile Octave (1940) : La langue ngbandi
[19396]   Tanghe, [Père] Basile Octave , Egide de Boeck & [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf Hulstaert (1940) : Bestaat er wel in de Congolese talen een tegenwoordige tijd?
[19400]   Tar-Asnang-Le-Ndotar (1988) : Perceptive words in Kaba and English: a constrastive analysis
[19412]   Taute, B. (1948) : Die bepaling van die mondelinge beheer van skoolkinders oor die tweede taal
[19413]   Tauxier, Louis (1921) : Le noir de Bondoukou: Koulangos, Dyoulas, Abrons, etc.
[19414]   Tauxier, Louis (1924) : Nouvelles notes sur le Mossi et le Gourounsi
[19416]   Tauxier, Louis (1933) : Les Gouin et les Tourouka, résidence de Banfora, cercle de Bobo Dioulasso: étude ethnologie suivie d’un double vocabulaire
[19424]   Taylor, Frank William (1920) : Some English words in Fulani and Hausa
[19427]   Taylor, Frank William (1926) : A Fulani-Hausa phrase book
[19428]   Taylor, Frank William (1927) : A Fulani-Hausa vocabulary
[19429]   Taylor, Frank William (1929) : The orthography of African languages, with special reference to Hausa and Fulani
[19430]   Taylor, Frank William (1932) : A Fulani-English dictionary
[19447]   Taylor, Karen (1991) : Proto-Chadic sentential complementation after verbs of perception
[19448]   Taylor, Nicholas (1994) : Gamo syntax
[19463]   Tchitchi, Toussaint Yauvi (1995) : Aspects du foodo et du gbé ; partie 1
[19465]   Tchitchi, Toussaint Yauvi (1997) : Aspects du foodo et du gbé: esquisse phonologique et occurences du kú
[19532]   Téguédéré, Désire Faustin (1982) : Phonologie du nzakala: phonématique et tonématique, le parler de Gàmbu (République Centrafricaine)
[19486]   Temesgen Negassa (1985) : The structure of independent and dependent sentences in Oromo
[19487]   Temesgen Negassa (1992) : Oromo word formation
[19500]   Terashima, Hideaki , Seya Kalala & Ngandu-Myango Malasi (1991) : Ethnobotany of the Lega in the tropical rainforest of eastern Zaïre. Part 1: Mwenga
[19501]   Terashima, Hideaki , Seya Kalala & Ngandu-Myango Malasi (1992) : Ethnobotany of the Lega in the tropical rainforest of eastern Zaïre. Part 2: Zone de Walikale
[19504]   Tercafs, J. & E. Meyer (1942/43) : Material zur Yogo-Sprache
[19508]   Tersis-Surugue, Nicole (1967) : Essai pour une phonologie du gurma, avec un lexique gurma-français
[19509]   Tersis-Surugue, Nicole (1968) : Le parler dendi: phonologie, lexique, emprunts (langue véhiculaire nilosaharienne du groupe songhai, parlée aux confins du Niger, du Dahomey et du Nigérie)
[19511]   Tersis-Surugue, Nicole (1978) : Le groupe songhay-zarma
[19513]   Tersis-Surugue, Nicole (1981) : L’aire songhai-zarma
[19516]   Tesfaye Aberra (1990) : The structure of the noun phrase in Kistaninya
[19517]   Tesfaye Sima (1986) : The sound system of Kistaninya (generative approach)
[19521]   Teshome Yimer (1989) : The syntax of simple clauses in Zayse
[19523]   Tessmann, Günther (1928) : Die Mbakka-Limba, Mbum und Lakka
[19524]   Tessmann, Günther (1930) : Die Sprache der Mbakka-Limba, Mbum und Lakka
[19525]   Tessmann, Günther (1931) : Die drei Sprachen des Bajastammes: To, Labi, Baja (Kamerun)
[19527]   Tessongue, Jean & Amadingue Tozo (1980) : Les variantes dialectales de la langue dogon
[19540]   Thayer, Linda Jean & James Edward Thayer (1969) : Orthography in the Sara languages
[19543]   Thayer, Linda Jean & James Edward Thayer (1973) : A comparative study of Sara dialects [development from Bongo-Bagirmi]
[6231]   Theil [Endresen], Rolf (1988) : Towards a grammar of Suviya
[6234]   Theil [Endresen], Rolf (1993) : The eastern Fula auxiliaries don and ’e and their historical relationship to western Fula long subject pronouns
[6235]   Theil [Endresen], Rolf (1993) : A diachronic study of Fula conjugations
[6236]   Theil [Endresen], Rolf (1994) : The etymological relationship between the benefactive and causative suffixes in Fula
[6237]   Theil [Endresen], Rolf (1995) : Fula imperfective forms in a grammaticalization perspective
[6238]   Theil [Endresen], Rolf (1998) : Fula imperfective forms in a grammaticalization perspective
[19550]   Thelwall, Robin E. W. (1978) : Lexicostatistical relations between Nubian, Daju and Dinka
[19551]   Thelwall, Robin E. W. (1981) : Lexicostatistical subgrouping and lexical reconstruction of the Daju group
[19552]   Thelwall, Robin E. W. (1981) : The Daju language: systematic phonetics, lexicostatistics and lexical reconstructions
[19553]   Thelwall, Robin E. W. (1982) : Linguistic aspects of greater Nubian history
[19570]   Thipa, Henry M. (1980) : Semantic field analysis and the structure of culture: a comparative study of Sotho and Xhosa
[19576]   Thoiré, G. (1933) : Le dialecte plaoui (Côte d’Ivoire)
[19600]   Thomas, Elaine & Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] Williamson (1967) : Wordlists of Delta Edo: Epie, Engenni, Degema
[19609]   Thomas, Lynn L. (1980) : Crow-type skewing in Akan kinship vocabulary and its absence in Minangkabau
[19577]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1920) : Prefixes and pronouns in Limba
[19579]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1920) : The Sudanic languages
[19580]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1920) : Ashanti and Baule goldweights
[19582]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1920) : Sudanic names for the domestic fowl
[19584]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1921) : Semi-Bantu
[19587]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1921/22) : Duplex stems in Sudanic languages
[19588]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1921/22) : Determination and indetermination in Sudanic languages
[19590]   Thomas, Northcote Whitridge (1924) : The genitive in Dinka
[19629]   Thomson, Thomas Davidson (1947) : A practical approach to Chinanja
[19642]   Thornell, Christina (2002) : A preliminary sketch of time, aspect and mood in Kikerebe
[19671]   Tiling, Maria von (1921/22) : Die Sprache der Jabarti, mit besonderer Beücksichtigung der Verwandtschaft von Jabarti und Somali
[19674]   Till, Walter C. (1926) : Die Überrestedes altägyptischen unbetonten (älteren) Pronomen absolutum im Koptischen
[19677]   Till, Walter C. (1928) : Die Stellung des Achmimischen
[19678]   Till, Walter C. (1928) : Achmimisch-koptische Grammatik mit Chrestomathie und Wörterbuch
[19679]   Till, Walter C. (1930) : Koptische Chrestomathie für den fayumischen Dialekt, mit grammatischer Skizze und Anmerkungen
[19680]   Till, Walter C. (1931) : Die Vokalisation des Fayuumischen
[19686]   Tilmatine, Mohamed (1991) : Tabelbala: eine Songhaysprachinsel in der algerischen Sahara
[19704]   Tirronen, Toivo Emil (1965) : Oompango dhOshindonga: ooform I-III
[19712]   Tischauser, Georg (1953/54) : Kurze Wortliste der Sprache von Bebedjato in der Landschaft Mbembe, Kamerun
[19713]   Tischauser, Georg (1992) : Mungaka (Bali) dictionary
[19714]   Tisserant, Charles (1930) : Essai sur la grammaire banda
[19715]   Tisserant, Charles (1931) : Dictionnaire banda-français
[19719]   Tjoutuku, Angelika (1996) : The use of Otjiherero in basic formal education
[19720]   Tlustos, Martin (2000) : Unpublished manuscript materials on Sangu
[19727]   Todd, Loreto (1991) : Talk Pidgin: a structured course in West African Pidgin English
[19737]   Tonkin, Elizabeth (1971) : Some coastal pidgins in West Africa
[19740]   Tonnoir, A.-T. (19--) : Vocabulaire “wadia”/kutu, non-publié
[19741]   Tonnoir, A.-T. (19--) : Vocabulaire kiboma/mushie, non-publié
[19755]   Toronzoni, Ngama-Nzombio Tra Ndele (1989) : Description du ngbandi, langue oubanguienne du nord-ouest du Zaïre
[19756]   Toronzoni, Ngama-Nzombio Tra Ndele (1992) : Les sous-catégories verbales en ngbandi
[19760]   Torrend, Julius (1922) : Cibalo I-III
[19761]   Torrend, Julius (1923) : A primer for the Bene-Mukuni
[19765]   Torrend, Julius (1932) : Nkanga grammar ka Citonga
[19767]   Torrend, Julius (1934) : Citonga reading and writing, being a scheme of work in accordance with the Native Education Department’s elementary syllabus, 1934
[19771]   Tosco, Mauro (1988) : The phoneme D and the marker of reflexive-middle voice in eastern Cushitic
[19780]   Tosco, Mauro (1994) : The historical syntax of East Cushitic: a first sketch
[19783]   Tosco, Mauro (1995) : A pidgin verbal system: the case of Juba Arabic
[19787]   Tosco, Mauro (1997) : Focus and verbal system in Dhaasanac (East Cushitic, south-west Ethiopia)
[19790]   Tosco, Mauro (1999) : The color terms of Dhaasanac
[19793]   Tosco, Mauro (2001) : The Dhaasanac language: grammar, texts and vocabulary of a Cushitic language of Ethiopia
[19794]   Tosco, Mauro (2001) : The short past in Dhaasanac
[19776]   Tosco, Mauro & Jonathan Owens (1993) : Turku: a descriptive and comparative study
[19798]   Toselli, Fr. Giovanni (1939) : Elementi di lingua magi: grammatica e dizionario
[19799]   Tossa Comlan, Zéphirin (1994) : Adjonctions et séries verbales dans les langues gbe
[19800]   Totty, L. A. (1---) : Suk grammar
[19802]   Toulmond, Léon (1937) : Essai de grammaire d’ébudja
[19828]   Tourville, José (1993) : On the reduced nasal phoneme of Manding
[19830]   Toweett, Taaitta (1974) : Kaleenychiin vowel category indicators
[19837]   Traill, Anthony (1970) : Transformational grammar and the case of an Ndebele-speaking aphasic
[19838]   Traill, Anthony (1973) : “N4 or S7”: another Bushman language
[19840]   Traill, Anthony (1974) : Westphal on “N4 or S7?”: a reply
[19842]   Traill, Anthony (1974) : The compleat guide to the Koon: a research report on linguistic fieldwork undertaken in Botswana and South West Africa
[19849]   Traill, Anthony (1978) : The languages of the Bushmen
[19859]   Traill, Anthony (1984) : Rramalebauya - linguistic and language studies in Africa: essays in honour of Desmond T. Cole
[19862]   Traill, Anthony (1986) : Do the Khoi have a place in the San? New data on Khoisan linguistic relationships
[19873]   Traill, Anthony (1994) : Structural typology and remote relationships between Zhu and !Xóõ
[19887]   Traill, Anthony (2001) : Structural typology and remote relationships between Zhu and !Xóõ
[19844]   Traill, Anthony (Ed) (1975) : Bushman and Hottentot linguistic studies
[19886]   Traill, Anthony & Hirosi Nakagawa (2000) : A historical !Xóõ-G|ui contact zone: linguistics and other relations
[19889]   Trancart, C. (1941) : Notes sur le vocabulaire camelin en haute Maurétanie
[19890]   Tranel, Bernard (1992/94) : Tone sandhi and vowel deletion in Margi
[19911]   Tressan, [Marquis] Michel de Lavergne de (1951) : Pour une transciption phonétique peule unifiée
[19912]   Tressan, [Marquis] Michel de Lavergne de (1952) : Au sujet des Peuls
[19918]   Trezenem, E. (1940) : Contribution à l’étude des nègres africains: les Bateke Balali
[19925]   Trigger, Bruce G. (1966) : The languages of the northern Sudan: an historical perspective
[19937]   Triulzi, Alessandro , Atieb Dafallah & Marvin Lionel Bender (1976) : Some notes on the Ethiopian Bertha and their language
[19938]   Trivedi, B. V. (1955) : Gujarati-Swahili shabdapothi [Gujarati-Swahili dictionary]
[19944]   Tröbs, Holger (1993) : Lokale Strukturen im Manding
[19945]   Tröbs, Holger (1998) : Funktionale Sprachbeschreibung des Jeli (West-Mande)
[19939]   Troesch, J. (1953) : La négation dans le dialecte fiote
[19947]   Trudinger, Ronald (1942/44) : [Padang (Dinka) dictionary]
[19948]   Trudnos, Anna (1985) : Oromo documentation: bibliography and maps
[19949]   Trutenau, H. Max J. (1973) : A historical note on the size of the Akan, Gã and Dangme speaking populations in Ghana
[19953]   Trutenau, H. Max J. (Ed) (1976) : Languages of the Akan area: papers in western Kwa linguistics and on the linguistic geography of the area of Ancient Begho (Transactions of the Linguistic Circle of Accra, III)
[19964]   Tsehai Berhane-Selassie (1975) : The question of dDamot and Wolamo
[19968]   Tshimvundu, Zezeze Kalonji (19--) : Semiotique de la lexicographie bilingue en Afrique francophone: le cas français-ciluba (problematique, analyse des dictionnaires et prealables pour un modele minimal fonctionnalise)
[19995]   Tubiana, Joseph (1960/63) : Amharique mäysa, galla maesa?
[20000]   Tubiana, Joseph (1974) : Le chamito-sémitique et les langues africaines
[20003]   Tubomeshi, A. (1966) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue minungu
[20004]   Tucho, Yigazu , R. David Paul Zorc & Eleanor C. Barma (1996) : Oromo newspaper reader: grammar sketch and lexicon
[20005]   Tuchscherer, Konrad (1995) : African script and scripture: the history of the Kikakui (Mende) writing system for Bible translations
[20017]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1939) : Dinka orthography
[20018]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1940) : The eastern Sudanic languages
[20020]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1945) : Memorandum on Dinka orthography
[20022]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1946/47) : De unificatie der zuidnilotische talen
[20026]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1949) : Sotho-Nguni orthography and tone-marking
[20037]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1958) : Some problems of junction in Lango
[20050]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1967) : Erythraic elements and patternings: some East African findings
[20054]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1970) : Erythraic relics in East Africa
[20066]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1981) : Le dinka (agar)
[20067]   Tucker, Archibald Norman (1981) : Les langues para-nilotiques: unité étendue
[20043]   Tucker, Archibald Norman & Margaret Arminel Bryan (1962) : Noun classification in Kalenjin: Päkot
[20045]   Tucker, Archibald Norman & Margaret Arminel Bryan (1964) : Noun classification in Kalenjin: Nandi-Kipsigis ; part 1
[20047]   Tucker, Archibald Norman & Margaret Arminel Bryan (1965) : Noun classification in Kalenjin: Nandi-Kipsigis ; part 2
[20053]   Tucker, Archibald Norman & Margaret Arminel Bryan (1970) : Tonal classification of nouns in Ngazija
[20074]   Tugendhaft, K. (1972) : Luria’s tests on traumatic bilingual or polyglot aphasians
[20076]   TUKI (1990) : Kamusi sanifu ya biolojia, fizikia na kemia
[20077]   TUKI (1990) : Kamusi sanifu ya isimu na lugha
[20092]   Turay, Abdul Karim (1975) : Hausa, Manding and Swahili as major contact language in Africa
[20093]   Turchetta, Barbara (1998) : On the application of the notion of grammaticalization to West African Pidgin English
[20099]   Turner, William Y. (1952) : Tumbuka-Tonga-English dictionary
[20107]   Turton, David A. (1981) : Le mun (mursi)
[20115]   Tyhurst, James J. (1983) : Linguistic survey of the Nyang languages
[20121]   Uakumbua, B. S. (1996) : Namibian languages at Windhoek College of Education (WCE): focus on Otjiherero
[22992]   Ubels, Edward H. (1975) : An historical-comparative study of some West Bamileke dialects
[20137]   Ugot, Mercy I. (2003) : Affixation in Agwuagune
[20138]   Uhlig, Siegbert (1986) : Die Äthiopistik
[20163]   Unegbu, S. (1984) : Aspects of Ogberia phonology
[22982]   Unseth, Peter (2002) : Bi-consonantal reduplication in Amharic and Ethio-Semitic
[20231]   Valkhoff, Marius F. (1967) : Afrikaans, Portugees en Kreools
[20235]   Valkhoff, Marius F. (1972) : New light on Afrikaans and ‘Malayo-Portuguese’
[20240]   Valler, Vito & Lodovico Festi (1995) : Dicionário etxuwabo-português
[22862]   Vallette, René (1985) : Un morphème de classe supplementaire en fulfulde (dialecte du jelgooji, Burkina Faso)
[22863]   Vallette, René (1988) : La focalisation en fulfulde
[20260]   Vansina, Jan (1974) : Les langues bantoues et l’histoire: le cas kuba
[20273]   Vedder, [Hermann] Heinrich (1923) : Die Bergdama
[20275]   Vedder, [Hermann] Heinrich (1925) : Zwölf Lesetafeln für Anfängers in Otjiherero
[20282]   Veen, Lolke J. van der (1986) : Note en vue d’une description phonologique et morphologique de la langue pouvi (Gabon)
[20283]   Veen, Lolke J. van der (1986) : De l’espace vocalique et des tons en pouvi: notes descriptives
[20284]   Veen, Lolke J. van der (1988) : Caractéristiques principales du groupe B30
[20285]   Veen, Lolke J. van der (1991) : Étude comparée des parlers du groupe okani (B.30 Gabon)
[20287]   Veen, Lolke J. van der (1991) : Étude dialectométrique et lexicostatistique du groupe B30 (Gabon)
[20292]   Veen, Lolke J. van der (2003) : The B30 language group
[22706]   Veen, Lolke J. van der (1989) : Doubles réflexes dans quelques langues du groupe okani (Gabon)
[22383]   Velten, H. V. (1943) : The growth of phonemic and lexical patterns in Fant language
[20346]   Vérin, Pierre , Conrad Phillip Kottak & Peter Gorlin (1969) : The glottochronology of Malagasy speech communities
[20331]   Vermunt, Cornelius (1948) : Place-names in the Uluguru mountains
[20336]   Verri, Sisto (1950) : Saggio di comparazione lessicale fra il cunama e le lingue bari e lotuxo
[20338]   Versteegh, Kees (1984) : Pidginization and creolization: the case of Arabic
[20340]   Versteegh, Kees (1993) : Leveling in the Sudan: from Arabic Creole to Arabic dialect
[20342]   Versteegh, Kees (2001) : Arabic in Madagascar
[20363]   Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens & Petrus Amakali (1975) : Ndonga-Afrikaans-English. Drietalige woordeboek/Tri-lingual dictionary/Embwiitya pamalaka gatatu
[20366]   Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens & Petrus Amakali (1980) : Workbook: Oshiwambo excercises and key to be used with the Handbook of Oshiwambo
[20368]   Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens & Petrus Amakali (1984) : Oshindonga woordeboek/dictionary/embwiitya
[20367]   Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens & Theo[philus] K. Kamupingene (1983) : Otjiherero woordeboek/dictionary/embo romambo
[20364]   Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens , Petrus Amakali & Dirk Ziervogel (1978) : A handbook of Oshiwambo
[20378]   Villiers, Meyer de (1968) : Die grammatika van tyd en modaliteit
[20386]   Vincent, George (1985) : Juba Arabic from a Bari perspective
[20389]   Vinck, Honoré (1988) : Le nom authentique du Salonga
[23038]   Vinton, Jim & Virginia Vinton (1999) : Levantamento linguístico da Zambézia leste, Moçambique: uma pesquisa da língua Chwabo e as suas variantes
[20433]   Viterbo, Ettore (1936) : Vocabolario della lingua oromonica (lingua galla) in due parti: italianoi-galla e galla-italiano
[20439]   Voeltz, Erhard Friedrich Karl (1976) : Inalienable possession in Sotho
[20440]   Voeltz, Erhard Friedrich Karl (1977) : Proto-Niger-Congo verb extensions
[20449]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1974) : Die Hilfsverben der begrenzten Dauer im Tegrenna unter Berücksichtigung des Tigre und des Amharischen
[20454]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1985) : Die beiden Präfixkonjugationen des Ostkuschitischen
[20464]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1989) : The development of the Old Ethiopic consonantal system
[20469]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1996) : Zwei neue Arbeiten zum Omotischen
[20470]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1998) : Zur Gliederung des Kuschitischen: das Bedauye und das Restkuschitische
[20471]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1998) : Bibliographie zur äthiosemitischen unf kuschitischen Sprachwissenschaft. Teil I
[20472]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1999) : Amareñña
[20474]   Voigt, Rainer Maria (1999) : Bibliographie zur äthiosemitischen unf kuschitischen Sprachwissenschaft. Teil II
[20480]   Voogt, A. J. de (1992) : Some phonetic aspects of Hatsa and Sandawe clicks
[20489]   Voorhoeve, Jan (1971) : The linguistic unit Mbam-Nkam (Bamileke, Bamun and other related languages)
[20490]   Voorhoeve, Jan (1971) : Tonology of the Bamileke noun
[20491]   Voorhoeve, Jan (Ed) (1971) : The Mbam-Nkam languages
[20503]   Vorbichler, Anton (1960) : Die sprachlichen Beziehungen zwischen den Waldnegern und Pygmäen in der Republik Kongo-Léo
[20504]   Vorbichler, Anton (1963) : Zu dem Problem der Klasseneinteilung in Lebendiges und Lebloses in den Pygmäen- und Waldnegerdialekten des Ituri, Congo
[20506]   Vorbichler, Anton (1966) : Die tonale Struktur Verbalklassen in den Waldneger- und Pygmäensprachen des Ituri-Urwaldes, Ost-Kongo
[20507]   Vorbichler, Anton (1969) : Linguistische Bemerkungen zur Herkunft der Mamve-Balese
[20509]   Vorbichler, Anton (1974) : Zur Problem der Sprachmischung in zentralsudanischen Sprachen
[20516]   Vorbichler, Anton (1983) : Zahlensystem des Balese-Obi und Mamvu (Mangbutu-Efe-Gruppe der zentralsudanischen Sprachen)
[20522]   Vossen, Rainer (1981) : The classification of eastern Nilotic and its significance for ethnohistory
[20523]   Vossen, Rainer (1982) : The Eastern Nilotes: linguistic and historical reconstruction
[20525]   Vossen, Rainer (1983) : Comparative eastern Nilotic
[20526]   Vossen, Rainer (1984) : Studying the linguistic and ethno-history of the Khoe-speaking (central Khoisan) peoples of Botswana: research in progress
[20528]   Vossen, Rainer (1985) : Encoding the object in the finite verb: the case of //Ani (Central Khoisan)
[20531]   Vossen, Rainer (1986) : Zur Phonologie der //Ani-Sprache
[20533]   Vossen, Rainer (1987) : Am Anfang steht der Snalz: afrikanische Buschmann-Sprachen untersucht
[20539]   Vossen, Rainer (1988) : The initial click-sound is their characteristic: African Bushman languages investigated [German research: reports of the DFG
[20546]   Vossen, Rainer (1991) : “Hottentottisch” und die Genussprachen der Nord- und Nordost-afrikanischen Viehhälter: Spekulationen über genetische Zusammenhange
[20550]   Vossen, Rainer (1994) : Zur historischen Rekonstruktion der nominalen Genus-Numerus-Suffixe in den Khoe-Sprachen
[20560]   Voznesenskaya, Y. A. (1975) : K voprosu o yazykovykh kontaktakh Hausa i Fula v Nigerii (na materiale leksiki)
[20564]   Vreeden, B. F. van (1965) : Bydrae van die Basterbevolkingsgroep tot die naamgewing van Boesmanland en Gordonia
[20565]   Vreeden, B. F. van (1966) : Aantekeninge oor plekname
[20569]   Vycichl, Werner (1935) : Was sind Hamiten sprachen?
[20575]   Vycichl, Werner (1953) : Zur Sprache und Volkskunde der ‘Abbadi: Übersicht über die Ergebnisse der [...] Studien bei dem Nil und Rotem Meer
[20580]   Vycichl, Werner (1961) : Berber words in Nubian
[20583]   Vycichl, Werner (1974) : Les études chamito-sémitiques à l’université de Fribourg et le ‘Lamékhite’
[22650]   Vycichl, Werner (1952) : Introducción al estudio de la lengua de la historia de Canarias
[20591]   Vydrin, Valentin (1987) : Yazyk looma
[20593]   Vydrin, Valentin (1999) : Language contacts: Manding and Diola Fogny
[20594]   Vydrin, Valentin (1999) : Manding-English dictionary (Maninka, Bamana), 1: A, B, D-DAD
[20598]   Waane, Simon Alcuin Cornelio (1976) : Pottery making traditions of the Ikombe Kisi of Kyela district: an anthropological paper
[20601]   Waarden, Catrien van (1991) : Bibliography on the Bakalanga, their culture and their language
[20617]   Wainwright, G. A. (1954) : The diffusion of -uma as a name for iron
[20638]   Wald, Benji [Victor] (2001) : Substratal and superstratal influences on the evolution of Swahili syntax: Central Coast Bantu and Arabic
[20645]   Wallis, H. R. (1920?) : Handbook of Uganda
[20650]   Walsh, Martin T. (1980/81) : Tape-recordings from Utengele, Usangu
[20651]   Walsh, Martin T. (1982) : Nyakyusa greetings
[20652]   Walsh, Martin T. (1985) : Unpublished Shisango dictionary
[20655]   Walsh, Martin T. (1995) : Snakes on the Usangu plains: an introduction to Sangu ethnoherpetology
[20659]   Walsh, Martin T. (1997) : Snakes and other reptiles in Mtanga: preliminary notes on Ha ethnoherpetology in a village bordering Gombe Stream National Park, western Tanzania
[20668]   Waltisberg, Michael (2001) : Die St-Stämme des Altäthiopischen
[20678]   Wandres, Carl (1925/26) : Nama-Wörter (nicht bei Kroenlein 1889 aufgeführt), mit Anhang: Bergdama-Wörter
[20679]   Wandres, Carl (1927) : Tiernamen in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache, etymologisch erläutert
[20686]   Wanger, P. Willibald (1928) : Gemeinschaftliches Sprachgut in Sumer und Ntu
[20687]   Wanger, P. Willibald (1929) : Ursinn von twa in (u)muTwa ‘Buschmann’
[20690]   Wanger, P. Willibald (1930) : Ntu-Philology
[20691]   Wanger, P. Willibald (1935) : Comparative lexical study of Sumerian and Ntu (‘Bantu’)
[20714]   Warfel, Kevin D. (1998) : Counting and monetary transactions in Phwie
[20716]   Warmelo, Nicolaas Jacobus van (1929) : European and other influences in Sotho
[20730]   Warren, Dennis M. (1976) : Bibliography and vocabulary of the Akan (Twi-Fante) language of Chana
[20732]   Waseka, Lungumbu Bweni (1988) : La conjugaison en lega
[20733]   Watema, F. Shabendelo Mulamba (19--) : La situation de contact linguistique au Zaïre (R.D.C.): français, kikongo, swahili et ciluba
[20738]   Watson, K. (1974) : Identity deletion phenomena in Lango
[20739]   Watson, Richard (1984) : Juba Arabic for beginners
[20740]   Watson, Richard (1989) : An introduction to Juba Arabic
[20741]   Watson, Richard Lyness (1991) : Moru-Ma’di orthographies
[20758]   Wawomola, Leo Wambaaya (1---) : Introduction to Lumasaaba grammar: notes and suggestions on how to write Standard Lumasaaba
[20759]   Wayland, E. J. (1931) : Preliminary studies of the tribes of Karamoja: the Labwor, the Wanderobo, the Dodotho, and the Jie; with a note concerning the Karamojong
[20760]   Waziri, Ibrahim Maina (1995) : “Loan words” and “multidictional” words as important lingustic and historical evidence for the Nilo-Saharan (Kanuri) and Afroasiatic/Chadic (Bole of Pikka) language interaction
[20771]   Webb, Victor [N.] [C.] (1993) : Die herkoms van oranjerivierafrikaans
[20795]   Wedekind, Klaus (1983) : A six-tone language in Ethiopia: tonal analysis of Benc4-non4 (Girima)
[20801]   Wedekind, Klaus (1989) : Status and dynamics of Ethiopian vowel systems
[20803]   Wedekind, Klaus (1990) : Gimo-Jan or Ben-Yem-Om: Beng-Yemsa phonemes, tones and words
[20804]   Wedekind, Klaus (1990) : Glottalization constraints and Ethiopian counter-evidence
[20809]   Wedekind, Klaus (1995) : A note on “Amuru”
[20814]   Wedekind, Klaus (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the Amuru area of Ethiopia
[20806]   Wedekind, Klaus & Charlotte Wedekind (1993) : Survey of languages of the Assosa-Begi-Komosha area - part II
[20816]   Wedekind, Klaus & Charlotte Wedekind (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey report on languages of the Asosa-Begi-Komosha area
[20821]   Wedin, Ɔsa (2004) : Literacy practices in and out of school in Karagwe: the case of primary school literacy in rural Tanzania
[23397]   Wedin, Ɔsa (2005) : Language ideologies and schooled education in rural Tanzania: the case of Karagwe
[20827]   Weibegué, Ch. & Pierre Palayer (1982) : Lexique lele-français
[20829]   Weier, Hans-Ingolf (1992) : Tonrelationen in Luba-Sprichwörtern: Reimformen auf suprasegmentaler Ebene bei den Baluba und Beena Luluwa in Zaire
[20844]   Welmers, William Everrett (1949) : Tonemes and tone writing in Maninka
[20852]   Welmers, William Everrett (1957) : Report on Senufo dialect studies
[20870]   Welmers, William Everrett (1971) : The typology of the proto-Niger-Kordofanian noun class system
[22932]   Werle, Johannes-Martin (1976) : Remarques sur la structure d’information en bété (langue kru de Côte d’Ivoire)
[20895]   Werle, Johannes-Martin & Dagou Justin Gbalehi (1976) : Phonologie et morphologie du bété de la région de Guibéroua
[20896]   Werle, Johannes-Martin , Ann Hook & Gnoléba Raymond Zogbo (1977) : Enquête dialectale de bété
[20909]   Werner, Roland (1989) : Das ‘Vocabulary of the Kensy and Nouba languages’ des John Lewis Burckhardt im Vergleich mit dem heutigen Nilnubisch ; Teil 1
[20925]   Wessetsky, W. (1945) : Über die Verwendung des Schriftzeichnes sp 2 als Hervorhebung des vorangehenden Wortes oder Satzes
[20931]   Westermann, Diedrich (1922) : Die Sprache der Guang in Togo und auf der Goldküste und fünf anderen Togosprachen
[20936]   Westermann, Diedrich (1925) : Das Tschi und Guang: ihre Stellung innerhalb der Ewe-Tschi-Gruppe (Westsudanische Studien, 1)
[20939]   Westermann, Diedrich (1926) : Das Edo in Nigerien: seine Stellung innerhalb der Kwa-Sprachen (Westsudanische Studien, 3)
[20962]   Westermann, Diedrich (1937) : Laut und Sinn in einigen westafrikanischen Sprachen
[20972]   Westermann, Diedrich (1944) : Form und Funktion der Reduplikation in einigen westafrikanischen Sprachen
[20974]   Westermann, Diedrich (1947) : Pluralbildung und Nominalklassen in einigen afrikanischen Sprachen
[20977]   Westermann, Diedrich (1951) : Die Sprache der Pygmäen
[20988]   Westhuizen, P. J. W. S. van der (1984) : Boesmanbybelvertaling
[20989]   Westhuizen, P. J. W. S. van der (1985) : Die Boesmans: hulle kultuur, godsdiens, taal, Bybelvertaling en toekoms
[20993]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (19--) : Not all Bushmen are Bushmen
[20995]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1945) : Unpublished field notes on Nama and Naron
[20998]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1950) : The stative conjugation in Zulu, Sotho and Venda
[21000]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1953-1971) : The E.O.J. Westphal papers
[21006]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1961) : Olungkhumbi vocabulary: a pre-lexicographical study
[21007]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1962) : On classifying Bushman and Hottentot languages
[21010]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1963) : The linguistic prehistory of southern Africa: Bush, Kwadi, Hottentot and Bantu linguistic relationships
[21022]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1974) : Notes on A. Traill: “N4 or S7?”
[21024]   Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes (1980) : The age of ‘Bushman’ languages in southern Africa
[21028]   Wexler, P. (1980) : Problems in monitoring the diffusion of Arabic into West and Central African languages
[14636]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (19--) : Ki-Pokomu vocabulary list
[21051]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1955) : Kimwita: an inquiry into dialectal status and characteristics
[21055]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1956) : Ki-Mtang’ata: a dialect of the Mrima coast (Tanganyika)
[21058]   Whiteley, Wilfred Howell (1958) : The dialects and verse of Pemba: an introduction
[21115]   Wielligh, Gideon Retief von (1925) : Ons geselstaal
[21131]   Wijnman, H. F. (1960) : An outline of the development of Ethiopian typography in Europe
[21149]   Wilkes, A. (1985) : Word and word division: a study of some orthographical problems in the writing systems of the Nguni and Sotho languages
[21155]   Wilkes, A. (2001) : Northern and Southern Ndebele: why harmonizing will not work
[21158]   Wilkinson, Robert W. (1975) : The phonemic status of midtone in Ebolowa Bulu
[21169]   Willcocks, William (1925) : Syria, Egypt, North Africa and Malta speak Punic, not Arabic
[21186]   Williams, Eddie , Paul Thompson , Grace Varela & Andrew Makocho (2001) : Again! Kawarinso! Repetition in English and ChiChewa in Malawi classroom discourse
[22396]   Williams, Edwin S. (1976) : Underlying tone in Margi and Igbo
[21193]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1966) : The status of /e/ in Ònicha Ìgbo
[21196]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1967) : Songhai word list (Gao dialect)
[21214]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1970) : Reading and writing Echie
[21215]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1971) : The Benue-Congo languages and Ijo
[21229]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1973) : Reading and writing Echie
[21231]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1974) : Reading and writing Egbema
[21242]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1979) : Medial consonants on Proto-Ijo
[21244]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1979) : Sentence tone in some southern Nigerian languages
[21274]   Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] (1999) : Reconstructing proto-Igboid obstruents
[21265]   Williamson, Nwinee B. (1990) : The tonal system of Kana
[21278]   Willmore, John Selden (1927) : Handbook of spoken Egyptian Arabic, comprising a short grammar and an English Arabic vocabulary of current words and phrases
[21284]   Willms, Alfred (1972) : Einführung in das Vulgararabische von Nordwestafrika
[21287]   Wils, J. (1933) : De classificatie der afrikaansche Negertalen
[21288]   Wils, J. (1935) : De nominale klassificatie in de afrikaanse negertalen
[21297]   Wilson, G. McL. (1951) : Unpublished notes on the language of the Barabaig
[21316]   Wilson, J. G. (1970) : Preliminary observations on the Oropom people of Karamoja, their ethnic status, culture and postulated relation to the peoples of the late stone age
[21308]   Wilson, William André Auquier (1963) : Diola et langues de Guinée
[21346]   Winston, F. D. D. (1973) : Mood, polarity and aspect in Òhúhu Ìgbo verbs
[21348]   Winter, Jürgen Christoph (198-) : Die Tonabzeichnungen von Krönlein, Schultze und Meinhof im Nama und !Ora
[21355]   Winter, Jürgen Christoph (1987) : Zur Prosodologie des Mochi-Dialekts des Chagga
[21357]   Winters, C. A. (1983) : Possible relationship between Manding and Japanese
[21367]   Wit, Helene E. Duyvené de & R. M. Ntuli (1997) : Die onderrig van taalhandelinge: voorstelle met betrekking tot metodologie
[21369]   Witte, R. P. J. de (19--) : Vocabulaire de kesakata, non-publié
[21370]   Witte, R. P. J. de (19--) : Notions de grammaire et élements de vocabulaire de kempe
[21371]   Witte, R. P. J. de (19--) : Notions de grammaire et vocabulaire de keboma/mushie
[21372]   Witte, R. P. J. de (19--) : Notes de vocabulaire et de grammaire de kedia, non-publié
[21373]   Witte, R. P. J. de (19--) : Étude comparée dialectale des dialectes de kesakata
[21374]   Witte, R. P. J. de (19--) : Grammaire de kesakata, non-publié
[21375]   Witte, R. P. J. de (1950) : Over het Kesakata
[21378]   Witte, R. P. J. de (1955) : Taalstudie bij de Basakata
[21391]   Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1978/79) : Materialen zum Pedi-Sprachkurs
[21397]   Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1985) : On the semantics of descriptive cattle names in Fulani
[21398]   Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1986) : The verbal particle -naa in Nongaare Fulani
[21399]   Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1992) : Lingala, Bolia-Ntomba und Mongo
[21400]   Wolf, Paul Polydoor de (1993) : The Fula particle don and its congeners: comparative notes on their grammaticalization processes
[21495]   Wölfel, Dominik Josef (1950) : Die Gottesnamen der Libyer und der Berber
[21496]   Wölfel, Dominik Josef (1965) : Monumenta linguae Canariae - die kanarischen Sprachdenkmäler: eine Studie zur Vorund Frühgeschichte Weissafrikas
[22698]   Wölfel, Dominik Josef (1957) : Dilettantismus und Sharlatanarie und die Erforschung der Eingeborenensprache der Kanarische Inseln
[21427]   Wolff, H. Ekkehard , A. Hauenschild & Thomas Labahn (1981) : Biu-Mandara vowel systems
[21405]   Wolff, Hans (1954) : Nigerian orthography
[21408]   Wolff, Hans (1964) : Synopsis of the Ogoni language
[21469]   Wookey, Alfred John (1921) : Secwana grammar with exercises: English into Secwana and Secwana into English
[21470]   Wookey, Alfred John (1929) : Secwana and English phrases: with an introduction to grammar and vocabulary
[21471]   Wookey, Alfred John (1945) : Secwana and English phrases: with an introduction to grammar and vocabulary
[21472]   Wookey, Alfred John (1948) : Secwana and English phrases: with an introduction to grammar and vocabulary
[21473]   Wookey, Alfred John (1953) : Secwana and English phrases: with an introduction to grammar and vocabulary
[21474]   Wookey, Alfred John (1956) : Secwana and English phrases: with an introduction to grammar and vocabulary
[21476]   Wookey, Alfred John (1969) : Secwana and English phrases: with an introduction to grammar and vocabulary
[21478]   Woolford, Ellen (1991) : Two subject positions in Lango
[21488]   Worrell, William H. (1933) : Syllabic consonants in Sahidic Coptic
[21493]   Wossen Gebeyehu (1988) : The phonology of Bodi
[21505]   Wright, Frank (1986) : Practical words: an ethnography of second language learning (Kano, Nigeria)
[21516]   Wubneh Bekele (2003) : Noun phrase in Ochollo
[21534]   Wyk, Egidius B. van (1969) : Die indeling van die Sotho-taalgroep
[21555]   Yahaya, Moinaecha Cheikh (2000) : L’onomastique comorienne: étude linguistique
[21564]   Yalemdesta Mulugeta (2003) : Pronouns and pronominalization in Zayse
[21577]   Yankah, Kwesi (1995) : Speaking for the chief: Okyeame and the politics of Akan royal oratory
[21580]   Yankson, Kofi E. (1974) : The use of pidgin in “No longer at ease” and “A man of the people”
[22734]   Yav, André (2001) : Vocabulaire de ville de Elisabethville: a history of Elisabethville from its beginning to 1965 [edited, translated, and commented by Johannes Fabian with the assistance from Kalundi Mango]
[21591]   Yembeline, Kodangba (1998) : Essai de bibliographie des Ngbandi (R.D.C.)
[23095]   Yip, May (2004) : Phonology of the These language
[21599]   Yisma Tsige (2001) : The structure of simple sentences in Gofa
[21600]   Yitbarek Ejigu (1970) : [The verb in Wolamigna]
[21602]   Yoda, Sumikazu (2005) : The Arabic dialect of the Jews in Tripoli (Libya): grammar, text, and glossary
[21605]   Yokwe, Eluzai Moga (1985) : The diversity of Juba Arabic
[21618]   Yri, Kjell-Magne (1981) : Short course in Sidaamu ‘afo
[21619]   Yri, Kjell-Magne (1984) : Dictionary: English-Sidaamu ‘afo
[21639]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1989) : A tonological study of Machame verbs
[21646]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1992) : A classified vocabulary of the Luba language
[21648]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1992) : A tonological study of Yambasa verbs
[21652]   Yukawa, Yasutoshi (1992) : A tonological study of Luba verbs
[21665]   Yunis, El Yuzbashi Regib (1922) : Notes on Baggara and Nuba of western Kordofan
[21666]   Yunis, El Yuzbashi Regib (1924) : The Kuku
[21682]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1975) : Material for a comparative dictionary of Cushitic languages: Somali-Galla comparisons
[21697]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1984) : Remarks on the verb in Ometo
[21709]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1990) : Preliminary remarks on case morphemes in Omotic
[21711]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1991) : Ethiopian language subareas
[21712]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1991) : Insights into Proto-Cushitic morphology
[21714]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1993) : Was ist Proto-Berberisch?
[21719]   Zaborski, Andrzej (1998) : La linguistique chamito-sémitique cinquante années après l’essai comparatif de Marcel Cohen
[21710]   Zaborski, Andrzej & Mohammed Ali (1990) : Handbook of the Oromo language
[21742]   Zauzich, Karl-Theodor (1968) : Die ägyptische Schreibertradition in Aufbau, Sprache und Schrift der demotischen Kaufverträge aus ptolemäischer Zeit, Bd 1: Text
[21743]   Zauzich, Karl-Theodor (1968) : Die ägyptische Schreibertradition in Aufbau, Sprache und Schrift der demotischen Kaufverträge aus ptolemäischer Zeit, Bd 2: Anmerkungen, Indices, Tabellen der Anlage
[21745]   Zauzich, Karl-Theodor (1992) : Hieroglyphs without mystery: an introduction to ancient Egyptian writing
[21769]   Zelealem [Mollaligne] Leyew (2003) : The Kemantney language: a sociolinguistic and grammatical study of language replacement
[21773]   Zeni, Leone Enrico (1966) : Gramática da língua ecwabo
[21780]   Zéphirin, Comlan (1994) : Adjonctions et séries verbales dans les langues gbe
[21777]   Zetterstéen, K. V. (1931) : Nubiska språket [The Nubian language]
[21779]   Zewde Cheru, Ralph Siebert & Klaus Wedekind (1994) : [Something on Muusiye (Bussa)]
[21801]   Ziegelmeyer, Georg (1999) : Areale Merkmale im weiteren Tschadseebereich: die Partikeln sai und duwo/tukuna/tawon.s
[21804]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1948) : Note on the noun classes of Swati and Nrebele
[21809]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1954) : The Eastern Sotho: a tribal, historical and linguistic survey (with ethnographical notes) of the Pai, Kutswe and Pulana Bantu tribes in the Pilgrim’s Rest District of the Transvaal Province
[21811]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1955) : Notes on the language of the eastern Transvaal Bushmen
[21812]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1955) : A grammatical sketch of the language of the !Ko Bushmen, from material collected by H.-J. Heinz
[21834]   Ziervogel, Dirk (1973) : Die pronominale afleiding in Sotho
[21837]   Ziervogel, Dirk & Pothinus C. Mokgokong (1975) : Pukuntshu ye kgolo ya Sesotho sa Leboa: Sesotho sa Leboa - Seburu, Seisimane / Groot Noord-Sotho woordeboek; Noord-Sotho - Afrikaans, Engels / Comprehensive Northern Sotho dictionary: Northern Sotho - Afrikaans, English
[21845]   Ziervogel, Dirk & Pothinus C. Mokgokong (1988) : Klein Noord-Sotho woordeboek: N.-Sotho - Afrikaans - Engels, Afrikaans - N.-Sotho, English - N. Sotho
[21846]   Zietelmann, Thomas (1996) : The return of the devil’s tongue: polemics about the choice of the Roman alphabet (qubee) for the Oromo language
[21856]   Zima, Petr (1973) : Haustina
[21860]   Zima, Petr (1974) : Types of standard language development in sub-Saharan Africa
[21861]   Zima, Petr (1975) : Research in the territorial and social stratification of African languages (Hausa and Songhay)
[21863]   Zima, Petr (1984) : Labiovelar stops in the Djougou dialect of Songhay
[21864]   Zima, Petr (1988) : Songhay, Hausa and Chadic
[21865]   Zima, Petr (1989) : Les langues mandé, le songhay et les langues tchadiques: où en sommes nous après Greenberg et Lacroix?
[21866]   Zima, Petr (1990) : Common Chadic lexemes and Songhay
[21868]   Zima, Petr (1992) : Dendi-songhay et hawsa: interférence et isomorphisme lexical
[21869]   Zima, Petr (1992) : The role of Songhay for new trends in diachronic linguistics/linguistic kinship (review article)
[21876]   Zima, Petr (1998) : Dialecte marginal ou pidgin vernacularisé? Le cas du dendi (songhay)
[21878]   Zima, Petr (2000) : Hausa: a genetically related branch of dialects within Chadic cum cluster of post-creole areal varieties?
[21881]   Zimmermann, Wolfgang (1973) : Erläuterungen zu den Bezeichnungen “Damara” und “Owambo”
[21882]   Zimmermann, Wolfgang (1978) : Enkele gedagte oor die kwalifiseerende krag van klasprefikse in die Suidwestale
[21883]   Zimmermann, Wolfgang (1979) : Die inboorlingstaalburo van Suidwes-Afrika
[22480]   Zogbo, Gnoléba Raymond (2004) : Parlons bété: une langue de Côte d’Ivoire
[21895]   Zorc, R. David Paul & David Mokabe (1998) : Sotho newspaper reader, reference grammar, and lexicon
[21914]   Zubko, G. V. (1980) : Fula-rusko-francuzskij slovar’
[21917]   Zufan Berhanu (1989) : The noun morphology of Ari
[21918]   Zukowsky, L. (1924) : Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Säugetiere Deutsch-Südwest-Afrikas unter besonderer Berücksichtigung des Rotwildes [gegründet von A. F. A. Wiegmann; fortgesetzt von W. F. Erichson, F. H. Troschel, E. von Martens, F. Hilgendorf, W. Weltner und E. Strand; herausgegeben von Embrik Strand]
[21921]   Zungu, E. M. (2000) : A comparative phonological and morphological analysis of the North and South Lala dialects of Tekela Nguni
[21929]   Zwernemann, Jürgen (1968) : Ein “Gurunsi”-Vokabular aus Bahia: ein Beitrag zur Afro-Amerikanistik
[21930]   Zwernemann, Jürgen (1996) : Documents kpeego
[21934]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1928) : Grundzüge der nubischen Grammatik im christichen Frühmittelalter (Altnubisch): Grammatik, Texte, Kommentar und Glossar
[21935]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1928) : Zur Stellung des Darfur-Nubischen
[21937]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1931/32) : Die Sprache Numidiens: ein neuer Beitrag zur historischen Afrikanistik
[21939]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1932) : Neue Sprachdenkmäler des Altnubischen
[21940]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1932/33) : Ursprung und Sprachcharacter des Altägyptischen
[21942]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1936) : Das geschichtliche Fundament der Hamitischen Sprachen
[21943]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1940/41) : Die Sprache der Blemmyer: ein Beitrag zur Alt-Afrikanistik
[21945]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1945/50) : Die Lautverschiebungen des Nubischen
[21946]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1950/51) : Die kanarische Berberisch in seinem sprachgeschichtlichen Milieu
[21948]   Zyhlarz, Ernst (1960) : Zum Typus der kaschitischen Sprache
[21950]   Zyl, H. J. van (1941) : Thika-polêlô: dithutô tsa mphatô wa pele dikôlông tsa barutisi le Std. VI le VII
[21951]   Zyl, H. J. van (1958) : Verslag van die komissie van die ondersoek na nie-blanke onderwys in Suidwes-Afrika